Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 22, 2011

Registration No. 333-172713

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NXP Semiconductors N.V.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

The Netherlands		3674		Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

High Tech Campus 60

5656 AG Eindhoven

The Netherlands

Tel: +31 40 2729233

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

James N. Casey

1109 McKay Drive

M/S 54SJ

San Jose, CA 95131-1706

United States

Tel: +1 408 434 3000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Nicholas J. Shaw		Paul Etienne Kumleben
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP CityPoint One Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9HU England		Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP 99 Gresham Street London EC2V 7NG England

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as possible after this registration statement becomes effective

 

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.		¨
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.		¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.		¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.		¨

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell the securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and the selling stockholders are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated            , 2011.

NXP Semiconductors N.V.

25,000,000 Shares

Common Stock

 

 

The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus, including entities affiliated with directors of our company and with members of our senior management, are offering all of the shares of our common stock offered hereby and will receive all of the proceeds from this offering. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

Our shares of common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “NXPI.” On March 11, 2011, the closing price of our shares of common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $27.46 per share.

 

 

An investment in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

		Per share				Total
Public offering price		$				$
Underwriting discount and commissions		$				$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders		$				$

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 25,000,000 shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 3,750,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount and commissions, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment on or about                     , 2011.

 

 

 

Credit Suisse		Goldman, Sachs & Co.		Morgan Stanley

BofA Merrill Lynch						Barclays Capital

		J.P. Morgan				KKR
ABN AMRO				HSBC				Rabobank International

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2011

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary			1
Risk Factors			12
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements			32
Use of Proceeds			33
Common Stock Price Range			34
Holders			34
Dividend Policy			35
Capitalization			36
Exchange Rate Information			37
Selected Historical Combined and Consolidated Financial Data			38
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations			41
Business			85
Management			110
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions			127
Principal and Selling Stockholders			131
Shares Eligible for Future Sale			138
Description of Indebtedness			140
Material Tax Considerations			150
Underwriting (including Conflict of Interest)			158
Legal Matters			165
Experts			165
Where You Can Find More Information			166
Incorporation by Reference			167
Glossary			168
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the information contained in any free writing prospectus that we authorize to be delivered to you. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The selling stockholders and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the information contained in any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of such prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of such prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.

 

 

We obtained market data and certain industry data and forecasts included in this prospectus from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. iSuppli, Gartner Dataquest, Strategy Analytics, Datapoint Research and ABI were the primary sources for third-party industry data and forecasts. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based upon our management’s knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. Statements as to our market position are based on the most recent data available to us. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Where we refer to our position as the leading position, we mean we have the number 1 position; where we refer to our position as a leading position, we mean we have a top 2 position; where we refer to our position as a strong position, we mean we have a top 5 position.

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risk factors described below and all other information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus, including the financial statements and related notes. The occurrence of the risks described below could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In any such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose part or all of your investment. Various statements in this prospectus, including the following risk factors, contain forward-looking statements.

Risks Related to Our Business

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical.

Historically, the relationship between supply and demand in the semiconductor industry has caused a high degree of cyclicality in the semiconductor market. Semiconductor supply is partly driven by manufacturing capacity, which in the past has demonstrated alternating periods of substantial capacity additions and periods in which no or limited capacity was added. As a general matter, semiconductor companies are more likely to add capacity in periods when current or expected future demand is strong and margins are, or are expected to be, high. Investments in new capacity can result in overcapacity, which can lead to a reduction in prices and margins. In response, companies typically limit further capacity additions, eventually causing the market to be relatively undersupplied. In addition, demand for semiconductors varies, which can exacerbate the effect of supply fluctuations. As a result of this cyclicality, the semiconductor industry has in the past experienced significant downturns, such as in 1997/1998, 2001/2002 and in 2008/2009, often in connection with, or in anticipation of, maturing life cycles of semiconductor companies’ products and declines in general economic conditions. These downturns have been characterized by diminishing demand for end-user products, high inventory levels, underutilization of manufacturing capacity and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. The foregoing risks have historically had, and may continue to have, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The semiconductor industry is highly competitive. If we fail to introduce new technologies and products in a timely manner, this could adversely affect our business.

The semiconductor industry is highly competitive and characterized by constant and rapid technological change, short product lifecycles, significant price erosion and evolving standards. Accordingly, the success of our business depends to a significant extent on our ability to develop new technologies and products that are ultimately successful in the market. The costs related to the research and development necessary to develop new technologies and products are significant and any reduction of our research and development budget could harm our competitiveness. Meeting evolving industry requirements and introducing new products to the market in a timely manner and at prices that are acceptable to our customers are significant factors in determining our competitiveness and success. Commitments to develop new products must be made well in advance of any resulting sales, and technologies and standards may change during development, potentially rendering our products outdated or uncompetitive before their introduction. If we are unable to successfully develop new products, our revenues may decline substantially. Moreover, some of our competitors are well-established entities, are larger than us and have greater resources than we do. If these competitors increase the resources they devote to developing and marketing their products, we may not be able to compete effectively. Any consolidation among our competitors could enhance their product offerings and financial resources, further strengthening their competitive position. In addition, some of our competitors operate in narrow business areas relative to us, allowing them to concentrate their research and development efforts directly on products and services for those areas, which may give them a competitive advantage. As a result of these competitive pressures, we may face declining sales volumes or lower prevailing prices for our products, and we may not be able to reduce our total costs in line with these declining revenues. If any of these risks materialize, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

12

---

Table of Contents

In many of the market segments in which we compete, we depend on winning selection processes, and failure to be selected could adversely affect our business in those market segments.

One of our business strategies is to participate in and win competitive bid selection processes to develop products for use in our customers’ equipment and products. These selection processes can be lengthy and require us to incur significant design and development expenditures, with no guarantee of winning a contract or generating revenues. Failure to win new design projects and delays in developing new products with anticipated technological advances or in commencing volume shipments of these products may have an adverse effect on our business. This risk is particularly pronounced in markets where there are only a few potential customers and in the automotive market, where, due to the longer design cycles involved, failure to win a design-in could prevent access to a customer for several years. Our failure to win a sufficient number of these bids could result in reduced revenues and hurt our competitive position in future selection processes because we may not be perceived as being a technology or industry leader, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The demand for our products depends to a significant degree on the demand for our customers’ end products.

The vast majority of our revenues are derived from sales to manufacturers in the automotive, identification, wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing markets. Demand in these markets fluctuates significantly, driven by consumer spending, consumer preferences, the development of new technologies and prevailing economic conditions. In addition, the specific products in which our semiconductors are incorporated may not be successful, or may experience price erosion or other competitive factors that affect the price manufacturers are willing to pay us. Such customers have in the past, and may in the future, vary order levels significantly from period to period, request postponements to scheduled delivery dates, modify their orders or reduce lead times. This is particularly common during periods of low demand. This can make managing our business difficult, as it limits the predictability of future revenues. It can also affect the accuracy of our financial forecasts. Furthermore, developing industry trends, including customers’ use of outsourcing and new and revised supply chain models, may affect our revenues, costs and working capital requirements. Additionally, a significant portion of our products is made to order.

If customers do not purchase products made specifically for them, we may not be able to resell such products to other customers or may not be able to require the customers who have ordered these products to pay a cancellation fee. The foregoing risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by significant price erosion, especially after a product has been on the market for a significant period of time.

One of the results of the rapid innovation that is exhibited by the semiconductor industry is that pricing pressure, especially on products containing older technology, can be intense. Product life cycles are relatively short, and as a result, products tend to be replaced by more technologically advanced substitutes on a regular basis. In turn, demand for older technology falls, causing the price at which such products can be sold to drop, in some cases precipitously. In order to continue profitably supplying these products, we must reduce our production costs in line with the lower revenues we can expect to receive per unit. Usually, this must be accomplished through improvements in process technology and production efficiencies. If we cannot advance our process technologies or improve our efficiencies to a degree sufficient to maintain required margins, we will no longer be able to make a profit from the sale of these products. Moreover, we may not be able to cease production of such products, either due to contractual obligations or for customer relationship reasons, and as a result may be required to bear a loss on such products. We cannot guarantee that competition in our core product markets will not lead to price erosion, lower revenue growth rates and lower margins in the future. Should reductions in our manufacturing costs fail to keep pace with reductions in market prices for the products we sell, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

13

---

Table of Contents

Our substantial amount of debt could adversely affect our financial health, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are highly leveraged. Our substantial indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on us by: making it more difficult for us to satisfy our payment obligations under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan and under the Super Priority Notes, the Secured Notes and the Unsecured Notes; limiting our ability to borrow money for working capital, restructurings, capital expenditures, research and development, investments, acquisitions or other purposes, if needed, and increasing the cost of any of these borrowings; requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our debt, which reduces the funds available for operations and future business opportunities; limiting our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions, including increased competition and demand for new services; placing us at a disadvantage when compared to those of our competitors that have less debt; and making us more vulnerable than those of our competitors who have less debt to a downturn in our business, industry or the economy in general. Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still incur significantly more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks described above.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service and repay all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions. In the future, we may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. We have seen substantial negative cash flows from operations in periods of adverse economic developments. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, or from other sources may not be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, including the Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan, the Super Priority Notes, the Secured Notes or the Unsecured Notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs, including the Redesign Program and working capital and capital expenditure requirements, and we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness.

In addition, the availability of our Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility is subject to a number of conditions. If we do not satisfy these conditions by a certain date, our Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility will not be available to refinance our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or for other purposes, and as a result we will lose an important source of liquidity.

A substantial portion of our indebtedness currently bears interest at floating rates, and therefore if interest rates increase, our debt service requirements will increase. We may therefore need to refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan, the Super Priority Notes, the Secured Notes and the Unsecured Notes, on or before maturity.

If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity investments or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, or seeking to restructure our debt through compromises, exchanges or insolvency processes.

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result:

 

•

holders of our debt securities could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable;

 

14

---

Table of Contents

•

the lenders under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, could terminate their commitments to lend us money and/or foreclose against the assets securing any outstanding borrowings; and

 

•

we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. We review our goodwill and other intangible assets balance for impairment upon any indication of a potential impairment, and in the case of goodwill, at a minimum of once a year. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of or affect the products and services we sell, challenges to the validity of certain registered intellectual property, reduced sales of certain products incorporating registered intellectual property and a variety of other factors. The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a charge to results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability—Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangibles,” for the latest impairment charges that we have made. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Any future determination of impairment of goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and net worth.

As our business is global, we need to comply with laws and regulations in countries across the world and are exposed to international business risks that could adversely affect our business.

We operate globally, with manufacturing, assembly and testing facilities in several continents, and we market our products globally.

As a result, we are subject to environmental, labor and health and safety laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate. We are also required to obtain environmental permits and other authorizations or licenses from governmental authorities for certain of our operations and have to protect our intellectual property worldwide. In the jurisdictions where we operate, we need to comply with differing standards and varying practices of regulatory, tax, judicial and administrative bodies.

There is new U.S. legislation to improve the transparency and accountability concerning the supply of minerals coming from the conflict zones of the Democratic Republic of Congo. Such legislation includes disclosure requirements regarding the use of “conflict” minerals mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries and procedures regarding a manufacturer’s efforts to prevent the sourcing of such “conflict” minerals. The implementation of these requirements could affect the sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of our products. As a result, there may only be a limited pool of suppliers who provide conflict free metals, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Also, since our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges with our customers and other stakeholders if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins of all metals used in our products.

In addition, the business environment is also subject to many uncertainties, including the following international business risks:

 

•

negative economic developments in economies around the world and the instability of governments, currently for example the sovereign debt situation in certain European countries;

 

•

Social and political instability in a number of countries around the world, including the recent developments in North Africa and the Middle East, and also including the threat of war, terrorist

 

15

---

Table of Contents

attacks in the United States or in EMEA, epidemics or civil unrest. Although we have no direct investments in North Africa and the Middle East, the ongoing changes may have, for instance via our customers, the energy prices and the financial markets, a negative effect on our business, financial condition and operations;

 

•

pandemics or national and international environmental, nuclear or other disasters, which may adversely affect our workforce, as well as our local suppliers and customers;

 

•

adverse changes in governmental policies, especially those affecting trade and investment;

 

•

foreign currency exchange, in particular with respect to the U.S. dollar, and transfer restrictions, in particular in Greater China; and

 

•

threats that our operations or property could be subject to nationalization and expropriation.

No assurance can be given that we have been or will be at all times in complete compliance with the laws and regulations to which we are subject or that we have obtained or will obtain the permits and other authorizations or licenses that we need. If we violate or fail to comply with laws, regulations, permits and other authorizations or licenses, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In addition, if any of the international business risks were to materialize or become worse, they could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Environmental and other disasters, such as flooding, large earthquakes, volcanic eruptions or nuclear or other disasters, or a combination thereof, such as recently experienced in Japan, may negatively impact our business. There is increasing concern that climate change is occurring and may cause a rising number of natural disasters.

Our business is vulnerable to the direct and indirect impact of environmental and other disasters. For instance, the March 2011 earthquake off the coast of Japan and the resulting tsunami and disaster at certain nuclear power plants in Japan have or could have a significant impact on the availability and prices of certain raw materials we use and our supply chain and distribution channels generally, and could lead to reduced sales of our products to customers whose businesses or supply chains are affected by the disaster. The near and longer-term impact of the recent events in Japan on our company, our suppliers, or our customers is not yet fully quantifiable. Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If flooding, a large earthquake, a volcanic eruption or a nuclear or other disaster were to directly damage, destroy or disrupt our manufacturing facilities, it could disrupt our operations, delay new production and shipments of existing inventory or result in costly repairs, replacements or other costs, all of which would negatively impact our business. The impact of such occurrences depends on the specific geographic circumstances but could be significant, as some of our factories are located in islands with known earthquake fault zones, including the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan or Thailand. Even if our manufacturing facilities are not directly damaged, a large natural or other disaster may result in disruptions in distribution channels or supply chains and significant increases in the prices of raw materials used for our manufacturing process. Furthermore, any disaster affecting our customers (or their respective customers) may significantly negatively impact the demand for our products and our revenues. There is also increasing concern that climate change is occurring and may have dramatic effects on human activity without aggressive remediation steps. A modest change in temperature may cause a rising number of natural disasters. We cannot predict the economic impact, if any, of natural disasters or climate change.

In difficult market conditions, our high fixed costs combined with low revenues negatively affect our results of operations.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by high fixed costs and, notwithstanding our significant utilization of third-party manufacturing capacity, most of our production requirements are met by our own manufacturing facilities. In less favorable industry environments, we are generally faced with a decline in the

 

16

---

Table of Contents

utilization rates of our manufacturing facilities due to decreases in product demand. During such periods, our fabrication plants operate at a lower loading level, while the fixed costs associated with the full capacity continue to be incurred, resulting in lower gross profits.

The semiconductor industry is capital intensive and if we are unable to invest the necessary capital to operate and grow our business, we may not remain competitive.

To remain competitive, we must constantly improve our facilities and process technologies and carry out extensive research and development, each of which requires investment of significant amounts of capital. This risk is magnified by the relatively high level of debt we currently have, since we are required to use a portion of our cash flow to service that debt. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash or raise sufficient capital to meet both our debt service and capital investment requirements, or if we are unable to raise required capital on favorable terms when needed, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are bound by the restrictions contained in the Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan and the Indentures, which may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

Restrictive covenants in our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan and the Indentures limit our ability, among other things, to:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

 

•

pay dividends or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

 

•

repurchase or redeem capital stock;

 

•

sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

•

agree to limitations on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to make distributions;

 

•

enter into transactions with our affiliates;

 

•

incur liens;

 

•

guarantee indebtedness; and

 

•

engage in consolidations, mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets.

These restrictions could restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies. We are currently in compliance with all of our restrictive covenants.

Our failure to comply with the covenants contained in our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan or the Indentures or our other debt agreements, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and our financial condition.

Our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan and the Indentures require us to comply with various covenants. Even though we are currently in compliance with all of our covenants, if there were an event of default under any of our debt instruments that was not cured or waived, the holders of the defaulted debt could terminate commitments to lend and cause all amounts outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately, which in turn could result in cross defaults under our other debt instruments. Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under all of our outstanding debt instruments if some or all of these instruments are accelerated upon an event of default.

 

17

---

Table of Contents

If, when required, we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness under, or amend the covenants contained in, our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, or if a default otherwise occurs, the lenders under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and issuing or renewing letters of credit, declare all outstanding borrowings and other amounts, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable, institute enforcement proceedings against those assets that secure the extensions of credit under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, and thereby prevent us from making payments on our debt. Any such actions could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

We rely to a significant extent on proprietary intellectual property. We may not be able to protect this intellectual property against improper use by our competitors or others.

We depend significantly on patents and other intellectual property rights to protect our products and proprietary design and fabrication processes against misappropriation by others. We may in the future have difficulty obtaining patents and other intellectual property rights, and the patents we receive may be insufficient to provide us with meaningful protection or commercial advantage. We may not be able to obtain patent protection or secure other intellectual property rights in all the countries in which we operate, and under the laws of such countries, patents and other intellectual property rights may be or become unavailable or limited in scope. The protection offered by intellectual property rights may be inadequate or weakened for reasons or circumstances that are out of our control. Further, our trade secrets may be vulnerable to disclosure or misappropriation by employees, contractors and other persons. In particular, intellectual property rights are difficult to enforce in the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and certain other countries, since the application and enforcement of the laws governing such rights may not have reached the same level as compared to other jurisdictions where we operate, such as the United States, Germany and the Netherlands. Consequently, operating in some of these nations may subject us to an increased risk that unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise use our intellectual property or the intellectual property of our suppliers or other parties with whom we engage. There is no assurance that we will be able to protect our intellectual property rights or have adequate legal recourse in the event that we seek legal or judicial enforcement of our intellectual property rights under the laws of such countries. Any inability on our part to adequately protect our intellectual property may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The intellectual property that was transferred or licensed to us from Philips may not be sufficient to protect our position in the industry.

In connection with our separation from Philips in 2006, Philips transferred approximately 5,300 patent families to us subject to certain limitations, including (1) any prior commitments to and undertakings with third parties entered into prior to the separation and (2) certain licenses retained by Philips. The licenses retained by Philips give Philips the right to sublicense to third parties in certain circumstances, which may divert revenue opportunities from us. Approximately 800 of the patent families transferred from Philips were transferred to ST-NXP Wireless (and subsequently to ST-Ericsson, its successor) in connection with the contribution of our wireless operations to ST-NXP Wireless in 2008. Approximately 400 of the patent families transferred from Philips were transferred to Trident in connection with the divestment of our television systems and set-top box business lines to Trident in 2010. Further, a number of other patent families have been transferred in the context of other transactions. In addition, the acquisition of our Sound Solutions Business by Knowles Electronics scheduled to close on or about the end of the first quarter of 2011, subject to regulatory approvals or customary closing conditions, will lead to the transfer of certain patent families.

Philips granted us a non-exclusive license to: (1) all patents Philips holds but has not assigned to us, to the extent that they are entitled to the benefit of a filing date prior to the separation and for which Philips is free to grant licenses without the consent of or accounting to any third party and (2) certain know-how that is available to us, where such patents and know-how relate to: (i) our current products and technologies, as well as successor products and technologies, (ii) technology that was developed for us prior to the separation and (iii) technology developed pursuant to contract research co-funded by us. Philips has also granted us a non-exclusive royalty-free

 

18

---

Table of Contents

and irrevocable license under: (1) certain patents for use in giant magneto-resistive devices outside the field of healthcare and bio applications and (2) certain patents relevant to polymer electronics resulting from contract research work co-funded by us in the field of radio frequency identification tags. Such licenses are subject to certain prior commitments and undertakings. However, Philips retained ownership of certain intellectual property related to our business, as well as certain rights with respect to intellectual property transferred to us in connection with the separation. There can be no guarantee that the patents transferred to us will be sufficient to assert offensively against our competitors, to be used as leverage to negotiate future cross-licenses or to give us freedom to operate and innovate in the industry. The strength and value of our intellectual property may be diluted if Philips licenses or otherwise transfers such intellectual property or such rights to third parties, especially if those third parties compete with us. The foregoing risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may become party to intellectual property claims or litigation that could cause us to incur substantial costs, pay substantial damages or prohibit us from selling our products.

We have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications alleging possible infringement of patents and other intellectual property rights of others. Further, we may become involved in costly litigation brought against us regarding patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights. If any such claims are asserted against us, we may seek to obtain a license under the third party’s intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain any or all of the necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. In the event that we cannot obtain or take the view that we don’t need a license, these parties may file lawsuits against us seeking damages (and potentially treble damages in the United States) or an injunction against the sale of our products that incorporate allegedly infringed intellectual property or against the operation of our business as presently conducted. Such lawsuits, if successful, could result in an increase in the costs of selling certain of our products, our having to partially or completely redesign our products or stop the sale of some of our products and could cause damage to our reputation. Any litigation could require significant financial and management resources regardless of the merits or outcome, and we cannot assure you that we would prevail in any litigation or that our intellectual property rights can be successfully asserted in the future or will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. The award of damages, including material royalty payments, or the entry of an injunction against the manufacture and sale of some or all of our products, could affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on strategic partnerships, joint ventures and alliances for manufacturing and research and development. However, we often do not control these partnerships and joint ventures, and actions taken by any of our partners or the termination of these partnerships or joint ventures could adversely affect our business.

As part of our strategy, we have entered into a number of long-term strategic partnerships with other leading industry participants. For example, we have entered into a joint venture with Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited (“TSMC”) called SSMC, and we jointly operate with Jilin Sino- Microelectronics Company Ltd., the Jilin joint venture. We established ASMC together with a number of Chinese partners, and together with Advanced Semiconductor Engineering Inc. (“ASE”), we established the assembly and test joint venture, ASEN. As a result of the transfer of our television systems and set-top box business lines to Trident, we acquired an equity stake in Trident.

If any of our strategic partners in industry groups or in any of the other alliances we engage with were to encounter financial difficulties or change their business strategies, they may no longer be able or willing to participate in these groups or alliances, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not control some of these strategic partnerships, joint ventures and alliances in which we participate. Even though we own 59% of the outstanding stock of Trident, for instance, we only have a 30% voting interest in participatory rights and have a 59% voting interest only for certain protective rights. We may also have certain obligations, including some limited funding obligations or take or pay obligations, with regard to some of our strategic partnerships, joint ventures and alliances. For example, we have made certain commitments to SSMC, in which we have a 61.2% ownership share, whereby we are obligated to

 

19

---

Table of Contents

make cash payments to SSMC should we fail to utilize, and TSMC does not utilize, an agreed upon percentage of the total available capacity at SSMC’s fabrication facilities if overall SSMC utilization levels drop below a fixed proportion of the total available capacity.

We have made and may continue to make acquisitions and engage in other transactions to complement or expand our existing businesses. However, we may not be successful in acquiring suitable targets at acceptable prices and integrating them into our operations, and any acquisitions we make may lead to a diversion of management resources.

Our future success may depend on acquiring businesses and technologies, making investments or forming joint ventures that complement, enhance or expand our current portfolio or otherwise offer us growth opportunities. If we are unable to identify suitable targets, our growth prospects may suffer, and we may not be able to realize sufficient scale advantages to compete effectively in all markets. In addition, in pursuing acquisitions, we may face competition from other companies in the semiconductor industry. Our ability to acquire targets may also be limited by applicable antitrust laws and other regulations in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions in which we do business. To the extent that we are successful in making acquisitions, we may have to expend substantial amounts of cash, incur debt, assume loss-making divisions and incur other types of expenses. We may also face challenges in successfully integrating acquired companies into our existing organization. Each of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may from time to time desire to exit certain product lines or businesses, or to restructure our operations, but may not be successful in doing so.

From time to time, we may decide to divest certain product lines and businesses or restructure our operations, including through the contribution of assets to joint ventures. We have, in recent years, exited several of our product lines and businesses, and we have closed several of our manufacturing and research facilities. We may continue to do so in the future. However, our ability to successfully exit product lines and businesses, or to close or consolidate operations, depends on a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. For example, if we are seeking a buyer for a particular business line, none may be available, or we may not be successful in negotiating satisfactory terms with prospective buyers. In addition, we may face internal obstacles to our efforts. In particular, several of our operations and facilities are subject to collective bargaining agreements and social plans or require us to consult with our employee representatives, such as work councils which may prevent or complicate our efforts to sell or restructure our businesses. In some cases, particularly with respect to our European operations, there may be laws or other legal impediments affecting our ability to carry out such sales or restructuring. If we are unable to exit a product line or business in a timely manner, or to restructure our operations in a manner we deem to be advantageous, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if a divestment is successful, we may face indemnity and other liability claims by the acquirer or other parties.

Although a definitive agreement between us and Dover Corporation was signed on the acquisition of our Sound Solutions Business by Knowles Electronics, the transaction is not yet closed and there is a risk that the transaction may not materialize.

We and Dover Corporation (NYSE: DOV) announced on December 22, 2010, that we have signed a definitive agreement whereby Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business, a leading provider of speaker and receiver components for the mobile handset market, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions. The sale of our Sound Solutions Business will significantly strengthen our balance sheet, while allowing us to further focus our resources on our core High-Performance Mixed-Signal business. Under the terms of the agreement, Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business for $855 million in cash. The transaction is expected to close on or about the end of the first quarter of 2011. In the event that the acquisition of our Sound Solutions Business by Knowles Electronics does not materialize, this will reduce our ability to improve our balance sheet. This may have a material adverse impact on our share price.

 

20

---

Table of Contents

Our Redesign Program may not be entirely successful or we may not make the projected continued progress in the future execution of our Redesign Program. The estimated future savings with regard to our Redesign Program are difficult to predict.

In September 2008, we announced our Redesign Program, targeted to reduce our annual cost base through major reductions of the manufacturing base, rightsizing of our central research and development and reduction of support functions. In the course of 2009, we accelerated and expanded the program. In 2010, we continued to proceed with the Redesign Program’s implementation. However, our savings from measures yet to be implemented may be lower than we currently anticipate, and they may or may not be realized on our anticipated time line. The cost of implementing the Redesign Program may also differ from our estimates and negative effects from the Redesign Program, such as customer dissatisfaction, may have a larger impact on our revenues than currently expected.

If we fail to extend or renegotiate our collective bargaining agreements and social plans with our labor unions as they expire from time to time, if regular or statutory consultation processes with employee representatives such as works councils fail or are delayed, or if our unionized employees were to engage in a strike or other work stoppage, our business and operating results could be materially harmed.

We are a party to collective bargaining agreements and social plans with our labor unions. We also are required to consult with our employee representatives, such as works councils, on items such as restructurings, acquisitions and divestitures. Although we believe that our relations with our employees, employee representatives and unions are satisfactory, no assurance can be given that we will be able to successfully extend or renegotiate these agreements as they expire from time to time or to conclude the consultation processes in a timely and favorable way. The impact of future negotiations and consultation processes with employee representatives could have a material impact on our financial results. Also, if we fail to extend or renegotiate our labor agreements and social plans, if significant disputes with our unions arise, or if our unionized workers engage in a strike or other work stoppage, we could incur higher ongoing labor costs or experience a significant disruption of operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our working capital needs are difficult to predict.

Our working capital needs are difficult to predict and may fluctuate. The comparatively long period between the time at which we commence development of a product and the time at which it may be delivered to a customer leads to high inventory and work-in-progress levels. The volatility of our customers’ own businesses and the time required to manufacture products also makes it difficult to manage inventory levels and requires us to stockpile products across many different specifications.

Our business may be adversely affected by costs relating to product defects, and we could be faced with product liability and warranty claims.

We make highly complex electronic components and, accordingly, there is a risk that defects may occur in any of our products. Such defects can give rise to significant costs, including expenses relating to recalling products, replacing defective items, writing down defective inventory and loss of potential sales. In addition, the occurrence of such defects may give rise to product liability and warranty claims, including liability for damages caused by such defects. If we release defective products into the market, our reputation could suffer and we could lose sales opportunities and become liable to pay damages. Moreover, since the cost of replacing defective semiconductor devices is often much higher than the value of the devices themselves, we may at times face damage claims from customers in excess of the amounts they pay us for our products, including consequential damages. We also face exposure to potential liability resulting from the fact that our customers typically integrate the semiconductors we sell into numerous consumer products, which are then sold into the marketplace. We are exposed to product liability claims if our semiconductors or the consumer products based on them malfunction and result in personal injury or death. We may be named in product liability claims even if there is no evidence that our products caused the damage in question, and such claims could result in significant costs and expenses

 

21

---

Table of Contents

relating to attorneys’ fees and damages. In addition, our customers may recall their products if they prove to be defective or make compensatory payments in accordance with industry or business practice or in order to maintain good customer relationships. If such a recall or payment is caused by a defect in one of our products, our customers may seek to recover all or a portion of their losses from us. If any of these risks materialize, our reputation would be harmed and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business has suffered, and could in the future suffer, from manufacturing problems.

We manufacture our products using processes that are highly complex, require advanced and costly equipment and must continuously be modified to improve yields and performance. Difficulties in the production process can reduce yields or interrupt production, and, as a result of such problems, we may on occasion not be able to deliver products or in a timely or cost-effective or competitive manner. As the complexity of both our products and our fabrication processes has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances have been reduced and requirements for precision have become more demanding. As is common in the semiconductor industry, we have in the past experienced manufacturing difficulties that have given rise to delays in delivery and quality control problems. There can be no assurance that any such occurrence in the future would not materially harm our results of operations. Further, we may suffer disruptions in our manufacturing operations, either due to production difficulties such as those described above or as a result of external factors beyond our control. We may, in the future, experience manufacturing difficulties or permanent or temporary loss of manufacturing capacity due to the preceding or other risks. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on the timely supply of equipment and materials and could suffer if suppliers fail to meet their delivery obligations or raise prices. Certain equipment and materials needed in our manufacturing operations are only available from a limited number of suppliers.

Our manufacturing operations depend on deliveries of equipment and materials in a timely manner and, in some cases, on a just-in-time basis. From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit the amounts supplied to us or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. Supply disruptions may also occur due to shortages in critical materials, such as silicon wafers or specialized chemicals. Because the equipment that we purchase is complex, it is frequently difficult or impossible for us to substitute one piece of equipment for another or replace one type of material with another. A failure by our suppliers to deliver our requirements could result in disruptions to our manufacturing operations. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed if we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of quality equipment or materials in a timely manner or if there are significant increases in the costs of equipment or materials.

Failure of our outside foundry suppliers to perform could adversely affect our ability to exploit growth opportunities.

We currently use outside suppliers or foundries for a portion of our manufacturing capacity. Outsourcing our production presents a number of risks. If our outside suppliers are unable to satisfy our demand, or experience manufacturing difficulties, delays or reduced yields, our results of operations and ability to satisfy customer demand could suffer. In addition, purchasing rather than manufacturing these products may adversely affect our gross profit margin if the purchase costs of these products are higher than our own manufacturing costs would have been. Our internal manufacturing costs include depreciation and other fixed costs, while costs for products outsourced are based on market conditions. Prices for foundry products also vary depending on capacity utilization rates at our suppliers, quantities demanded, product technology and geometry. Furthermore, these outsourcing costs can vary materially from quarter to quarter and, in cases of industry shortages, they can increase significantly, negatively affecting our gross profit.

 

22

---

Table of Contents

Loss of our key management and other personnel, or an inability to attract such management and other personnel, could affect our business.

We depend on our key management to run our business and on our senior engineers to develop new products and technologies. Our success will depend on the continued service of these individuals. Although we have several share based compensation plans in place, we cannot be sure that these plans will help us in our ability to retain key personnel, especially considering the fact that participants under some of our plans are allowed to exercise stock options and sell the shares so acquired pro rata upon a sale of shares of common stock by the co-investors, including the Private Equity Consortium, and that all of the stock options under some of our plans become exercisable upon certain change of control events (in particular, the Private Equity Consortium no longer holding 30% of our shares of common stock). The loss of any of our key personnel, whether due to departures, death, ill health or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business. The market for qualified employees, including skilled engineers and other individuals with the required technical expertise to succeed in our business, is highly competitive and the loss of qualified employees or an inability to attract, retain and motivate the additional highly skilled employees required for the operation and expansion of our business could hinder our ability to successfully conduct research activities or develop marketable products. The foregoing risks could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Disruptions in our relationships with any one of our key customers could adversely affect our business.

A substantial portion of our revenues is derived from our top customers, including our distributors. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to generate similar levels of revenues from our largest customers in the future. Should one or more of these customers substantially reduce their purchases from us, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We receive subsidies and grants in certain countries, and a reduction in the amount of governmental funding available to us or demands for repayment could increase our costs and affect our results of operations.

As is the case with other large semiconductor companies, we receive subsidies and grants from governments in some countries. These programs are subject to periodic review by the relevant governments, and if any of these programs are curtailed or discontinued, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As the availability of government funding is outside our control, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to benefit from government support or that sufficient alternative funding will be available if we lose such support. Moreover, should we terminate any activities or operations, including strategic alliances or joint ventures, we may face adverse actions from the local governmental agencies providing such subsidies to us. In particular, such government agencies could seek to recover such subsidies from us and they could cancel or reduce other subsidies we receive from them. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Legal proceedings covering a range of matters are pending in various jurisdictions. Due to the uncertainty inherent in litigation, it is difficult to predict the final outcome. An adverse outcome might affect our results of operations.

We and certain of our businesses are involved as plaintiffs or defendants in legal proceedings in various matters. Although the ultimate disposition of asserted claims and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, our financial position and results of operations could be affected by an adverse outcome.

For example, we are the subject of an investigation by the European Commission in connection with alleged violations of competition laws in connection with the smart card chips we produce. The European Commission stated in its release on January 7, 2009 that it would start investigations in the smart card chip sector because it has reason to believe that the companies concerned may have violated European Union competition rules, which prohibits certain practices such as price fixing, customer allocation and the exchange of commercially sensitive

 

23

---

Table of Contents

information. As a company active in the smart card chip sector, we are subject to the ongoing investigation. We are cooperating in the investigation. If the European Commission were to find that we violated European Union competition laws, it could impose fines and penalties on our company that, while the amounts cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position. However, any such fines or penalties may be material to our consolidated statement of operations for a particular period.

Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may have an adverse effect on our financial results.

A majority of our expenses are incurred in euro, while most of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, our results of operations may be affected by changes in exchange rates, particularly between the euro and the U.S. dollar. In addition, despite the fact that a majority of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars and a substantial portion of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars, we have euro denominated assets and liabilities and the impact of currency translation adjustments to such assets and liabilities may have a negative effect on our results. In addition, the U.S. dollar-denominated debt held by our Dutch subsidiary with functional currency euro may generate adverse currency results in our financial income and expenses. We continue to hold or convert most of our cash in euro as a hedge for euro expenses, euro interest payments and payments in relation to the Redesign Program. We are exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates when we convert U.S. dollars to euro.

We are exposed to a variety of financial risks, including currency risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, commodity price risk, credit risk and other non-insured risks, which may have an adverse effect on our financial results.

We are a global company and, as a direct consequence, movements in the financial markets may impact our financial results. We are exposed to a variety of financial risks, including currency fluctuations, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, commodity price risk and credit risk and other non-insured risks. We enter into diverse financial transactions with several counterparties to mitigate our currency risk. Derivative instruments are only used for hedging purposes. The rating of our debt by major rating agencies may further improve or deteriorate. As a result, our additional borrowing capacity and financing costs may be impacted. We are also a purchaser of certain base metals, precious metals and energy used in the manufacturing process of our products. Currently, we do not use financial derivative instruments to manage exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices. Credit risk represents the loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed to perform upon their agreed payment obligations. Credit risk is present within our trade receivables. Such exposure is reduced through ongoing credit evaluations of the financial conditions of our customers and by adjusting payment terms and credit limits when appropriate. We invest available cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions and are in that respect exposed to credit risk with these counterparties. We actively manage concentration risk on a daily basis adhering to a treasury management policy. Cash is invested and financial transactions are concluded where possible with financial institutions with a strong credit rating. If we are unable to successfully manage these risks, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The impact of a negative performance of financial markets and demographic trends on our defined benefit pension liabilities and costs cannot be predicted and may be severe.

We hold defined benefit pension plans in a number of countries and a significant number of our employees are covered by our defined-benefit pension plans. As of December 31, 2010, we had recognized a net accrued benefit liability of $199 million, representing the unfunded benefit obligations of our defined pension plan. The funding status and the liabilities and costs of maintaining such defined benefit pension plans may be impacted by financial market developments. For example, the accounting for such plans requires determining discount rates, expected rates of compensation and expected returns on plan assets, and any changes in these variables can have a significant impact on the projected benefit obligations and net periodic pension costs. Negative performance of

 

24

---

Table of Contents

the financial markets could also have a material impact on funding requirements and net periodic pension costs. Our defined benefit pension plans may also be subject to demographic trends. Accordingly, our costs to meet pension liabilities going forward may be significantly higher than they are today, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition.

Changes in the tax deductibility of interest may adversely affect our financial position and our ability to service the obligations under our indebtedness.

On December 5, 2009, the previous Dutch State Secretary of Finance published a letter in which it was announced that, with respect to corporate taxation, the following four issues were the subject of further study: interest deductions of holding companies that are engaged in leveraged acquisitions, tax losses of foreign branches, interest deductions and earnings stripping rules and the so-called group interest box. On April 7, 2010, a committee appointed by the Dutch Ministry of Finance published its initial report. This report contained a general description of potential measures that may effectively limit deductibility of interest, including interest on acquisition debt and measures limiting the deductibility of foreign branch losses. In October 2010, a new Dutch government was installed and the new State Secretary of Finance announced that he will publish his plans for tax reform in April 2011. It is currently unclear whether a legislative proposal will actually be submitted to parliament. Also, it is unclear whether such a legislative proposal would limit the tax deductibility of the interest payable by us under our indebtedness or limit our ability to deduct losses of foreign branches against our Dutch taxable income. However, if it does, this may adversely affect our financial position and our ability to service the obligations under our indebtedness.

We are exposed to a number of different tax uncertainties, which could have an impact on tax results.

We are required to pay taxes in multiple jurisdictions. We determine the taxation we are required to pay based on our interpretation of the applicable tax laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. We may be subject to unfavorable changes in the respective tax laws and regulations to which we are subject. Tax controls, audits, change in controls and changes in tax laws or regulations or the interpretation given to them may expose us to negative tax consequences, including interest payments and potentially penalties. We have issued transfer-pricing directives in the area of goods, services and financing, which are in accordance with the Guidelines of the Organization of Economic Co-operation and Development. As transfer pricing has a cross border effect, the focus of local tax authorities on implemented transfer pricing procedures in a country may have an impact on results in another country. In order to mitigate the transfer pricing uncertainties within our deployment, measures have been taken and a monitoring system has been put in place. On a regular basis, internal audits are executed to test the correct implementation of the transfer pricing directives.

Uncertainties can also result from disputes with local tax authorities about transfer pricing of internal deliveries of goods and services or related to financing, acquisitions and divestments, the use of tax credits and permanent establishments, and losses carried forward. These uncertainties may have a significant impact on local tax results. We have various tax assets partly resulting from the acquisition of our business from Philips in 2006 and from other acquisitions. Tax assets can also result from the generation of tax losses in certain legal entities. Tax authorities may challenge these tax assets. In addition, the value of the tax assets resulting from tax losses carried forward depends on having sufficient taxable profits in the future.

Although we have remediated the specific material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting identified for the year ended December 31, 2009, and believe that we have established proper compliance procedures, there may from time to time exist deficiencies in our control systems that could adversely affect the accuracy and reliability of our periodic reporting.

We are required to establish and periodically assess the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with our assessment of the internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2009, we identified a deficiency related to the accounting and disclosure for

 

25

---

Table of Contents

income taxes, which we concluded constituted a material weakness. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that we identified related to the execution of the procedures surrounding the preparation and review of our income tax provision as of December 31, 2009. In particular, the execution of our controls did not ensure the accuracy and validity of our acquisition accounting adjustments and the determination of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Part of the identified issue was caused by the complexity that resulted from the fact that step-ups from acquisitions are accounted for centrally. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we updated our internal controls and concluded that we had remediated this material weakness. However, despite the compliance procedures that we adopted, there may from time to time exist deficiencies in our control systems that could adversely affect the accuracy and reliability of our periodic reporting. Our periodic reporting is the basis of investors’ and other market professionals’ understanding of our businesses. Imperfections in our periodic reporting could create uncertainty regarding the reliability of our results of operations and financial results, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our reputation or share price.

Environmental laws and regulations expose us to liability and compliance with these laws and regulations, and any such liability may adversely affect our business.

We are subject to many environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate, which govern, among other things, emissions of pollutants into the air, wastewater discharges, the use and handling of hazardous substances, waste disposal, the investigation and remediation of soil and ground water contamination and the health and safety of our employees. We are also required to obtain environmental permits from governmental authorities for certain of our operations. We cannot assure you that we have been or will be at all times in complete compliance with such laws, regulations and permits. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators.

As with other companies engaged in similar activities or that own or operate real property, we face inherent risks of environmental liability at our current and historical manufacturing facilities. Certain environmental laws impose strict, and in certain circumstances, joint and several liabilities on current or previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous substances as well as liability for related damages to natural resources. Certain of these laws also assess liability on persons who arrange for hazardous substances to be sent to disposal or treatment facilities when such facilities are found to be contaminated. Soil and groundwater contamination has been identified at some of our current and former properties resulting from historical, ongoing or third-party activities. We are in the process of investigating and remediating contamination at some of these sites. While we do not expect that any contamination currently known to us will have a material adverse effect on our business, we cannot assure you that this is the case or that we will not discover new facts or conditions or that environmental laws or the enforcement of such laws will not change such that our liabilities would be increased significantly. In addition, we could also be held liable for consequences arising out of human exposure to hazardous substances or other environmental damage. In summary, we cannot assure you that our costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, or our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposures to, regulated materials, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Scientific examination of, political attention to and rules and regulations on issues surrounding the existence and extent of climate may result in an increase in the cost of production due to increase in the prices of energy and introduction of energy or carbon tax. A variety of regulatory developments have been introduced that focus on restricting or managing the emission of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gasses. Enterprises may need to purchase at higher costs new equipment or raw materials with lower carbon footprints. These developments and further legislation that is likely to be enacted could affect our operations negatively. Changes in environmental regulations could increase our production costs, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

26

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The Private Equity Consortium will continue to have control over us after this offering and this control limits your ability to influence our significant corporate transactions. The Private Equity Consortium may have conflicts of interest with other stakeholders, including our stockholders.

The Private Equity Consortium controls us and, after this offering, will beneficially own 55.88% of our common stock or 54.71% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full. As a result, the Private Equity Consortium will continue to be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of our directors, our corporate and management policies, potential mergers or acquisitions, payment of dividends, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. We cannot assure you that the interests of the Private Equity Consortium will coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock, particularly if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts when due. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of us and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

Certain of our underwriters may have conflicts of interest because affiliates of these underwriters are expected to receive part of the proceeds of this offering and because affiliates of one of the underwriters share voting control, together with other members of the Private Equity Consortium, in the majority of our outstanding shares of common stock.

Funds advised by KKR, which are affiliates of KKR Capital Markets LLC, an underwriter of this offering, hold approximately 19.19% of our shares of common stock and share voting control over our shares of common stock with other members of the Private Equity Consortium. Affiliates of KKR Capital Markets LLC also hold certain of our existing notes and may receive 5% or more of the expected net proceeds of the offering. KKR Capital Markets LLC may therefore be deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of Rule 5121 of FINRA. Therefore, this offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121.

Affiliates of each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated who are participating in the underwriting of the shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus, have indirectly through investments in private equity funds, including the funds that form the Private Equity Consortium, interests in less than 1% of our capital stock.

Future sales of our shares could depress the market price of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offer, or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

There are 250,751,500 shares of our common stock outstanding. The 25,000,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the U.S. without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by persons other than our “affiliates” (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act).

Following this offering the Private Equity Consortium and PPTL Investment LP will own 177,613,697 shares of our common stock. The Private Equity Consortium, the Selling Co-investors, PPTL Investment LP and certain other co-investors will be able to continue to sell their shares in the public market from time to time, although such sales may be subject to certain limitations on the timing, amount and method of those sales imposed by the SEC. The Private Equity Consortium, PPTL Investment LP and the underwriters have agreed to a “lock up” period, meaning that the Private Equity Consortium and PPTL Investment LP may not sell any of their shares without the prior consent of each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and

 

27

---

Table of Contents

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated for 90 days, subject to extension in certain events, after the date of this prospectus and subject to certain exceptions. The Private Equity Consortium and PPTL Investment LP have the right to cause us to register the sale of shares of common stock owned by them and, together with certain co-investors, to include their shares in future registration statements relating to our securities. Further, under an agreement between the Private Equity Consortium and co-investors, including the Selling Co-investors, each co-investor has agreed not to sell any shares of common stock during the five business days following the date of this prospectus. If the Private Equity Consortium, the Selling Co-investors, PPTL Investment LP or certain other co-investors were to sell a large number of their shares, the market price of our stock could decline significantly. In addition, the perception in the public markets that additional sales by the Private Equity Consortium, the Selling Co-investors, PPTL Investment LP and/or certain other co-investors might occur could also adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In addition to the lock up period applicable to shares of our common stock held by the Private Equity Consortium and PPTL Investment LP, sales of our common stock held by our directors and certain of our executive officers are also restricted by the lock up agreements that our directors and certain of our executive officers have entered into with the underwriters. The lock up agreements restrict our directors and certain of our executive officers, subject to specified exceptions, from selling or otherwise disposing of any shares for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain events, without the prior consent of each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may, however, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in the lock up agreements.

In addition, we have an aggregate of approximately 21,800,055 shares of common stock underlying stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2010, of which 18,050,123 stock options have a weighted average exercise price of €23.30 per share (or $31.15 per share, based on the average exchange rate as of December 31, 2010) and 3,749,932 stock options have a weighted average exercise price of $13.27. Furthermore, we had an aggregate of 2,130,214 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010, issued as performance and restricted share units, under the Long Term Incentive Plan 2010. In addition, 472,742 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of equity rights are outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

In the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock in connection with acquisitions and other investments, as well as in connection with our current or any revised or new equity plans for management and other employees. The amount of our common stock issued in connection with any such transaction could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding common stock.

United States civil liabilities may not be enforceable against us.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and substantial portions of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, certain members of our board, our officers and certain experts named herein reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such other persons residing outside the United States, or to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against such persons in U.S. courts in any action. In addition, it may be difficult for investors to enforce, in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States, rights predicated upon the U.S. laws.

There is no treaty between the United States and the Netherlands for the mutual recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be enforceable in the Netherlands unless the underlying claim is re-litigated before a Dutch court. Under current practice however, a Dutch court will generally grant the same judgment without a review of the merits of the underlying claim if (i) that judgment resulted from legal proceedings compatible with Dutch notions of due process, (ii) that judgment does not contravene public policy of the Netherlands and (iii) the jurisdiction of the United States federal or state court has been based on internationally accepted principles of private international law.

 

28

---

Table of Contents

Based on the foregoing, there can be no assurance that U.S. investors will be able to enforce against us or members of our board of directors, officers or certain experts named herein who are residents of the Netherlands or countries other than the United States any judgments obtained in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters.

In addition, there is doubt as to whether a Dutch court would impose civil liability on us, the members of our board of directors, our officers or certain experts named herein in an original action predicated solely upon the U.S. laws brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands against us or such members, officers or experts, respectively.

We are a Dutch public company with limited liability. The rights of our stockholders may be different from the rights of stockholders governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

We are a Dutch public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap). Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association and by the laws governing companies incorporated in the Netherlands. The rights of stockholders and the responsibilities of members of our board of directors may be different from the rights and obligations of stockholders in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions. In the performance of its duties, our board of directors is required by Dutch law to consider the interests of our company, its stockholders, its employees and other stakeholders, in all cases with due observation of the principles of reasonableness and fairness. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a stockholder. See “Management—Corporate Governance.”

Our articles of association, Dutch corporate law and our current and future debt instruments contain provisions that may discourage a takeover attempt.

Provisions contained in our articles of association and the laws of the Netherlands, the country in which we are incorporated, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. Provisions of our articles of association impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions.

Our general meeting of stockholders has empowered our board of directors to issue additional shares or to restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights on existing shares for a period of five years from August 2, 2010 until August 2, 2015. An issue of new shares may make it more difficult for a stockholder to obtain control over our general meeting.

In addition, our debt instruments contain, and future debt instruments may also contain, provisions that require prepayment or offers to prepay upon a change of control. These clauses may also discourage takeover attempts.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, are not subject to U.S. proxy rules but are subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. issuer.

We report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act and although we follow Dutch laws and regulations with regard to such matters, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. public companies, including: (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events. In addition, for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2011,

 

29

---

Table of Contents

foreign private issuers will be required to file their annual report on Form 20-F by 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (for fiscal years ending before December 15, 2011, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until six months after the end of each fiscal year), while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from the Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, even though we are contractually obligated and intend to make interim reports available to our stockholders, copies of which we are required to furnish to the SEC on a Form 6-K, and even though we are required to file reports on Form 6-K disclosing whatever information we have made or are required to make public pursuant to Dutch law or distribute to our stockholders and that is material to our company, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, in accordance with the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market we rely on certain home country governance practices rather than the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

We are a foreign private issuer. As a result, in accordance with the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market we rely on home country governance requirements and certain exemptions thereunder rather than relying on the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. For an overview of our corporate governance principles, see “Management—Corporate Governance,” including the section describing the differences between the corporate governance requirements applicable to common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the Dutch corporate governance requirements. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common stock in spite of our operation performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, and in response, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the price at which they were purchased.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and in the repayment of our debt. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their shares of common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our guidance.

From time to time, we release guidance regarding our future performance that represents our management’s estimates as of the date of release. This guidance, which consists of forward-looking statements, is prepared by our management and is qualified by, and subject to, the assumptions and the other information contained or referred to in the release. Our guidance is not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and neither our independent registered public accounting firm nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or examines the guidance and, accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

 

30

---

Table of Contents

Guidance is based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, is inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, some of which will change. We generally state possible outcomes as high and low ranges which are intended to provide a sensitivity analysis as variables are changed but are not intended to represent that actual results could not fall outside of the suggested ranges. The principal reason that we release this data is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such persons.

Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions of the guidance furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results will vary from the guidance and the variations may be material. Investors should also recognize that the reliability of any forecasted financial data diminishes the farther in the future that the data is forecast. In light of the foregoing, investors are urged to put the guidance in context and not to place undue reliance on it.

Any failure to successfully implement our operating strategy or the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances set forth in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus could result in the actual operating results being different than the guidance, and such differences may be adverse and material.

 

31

---

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The information in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus includes forward-looking statements. When used in, or incorporated by reference into, this document, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan” and “project” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, our management or third parties, identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements regarding our business strategy, financial condition, results of operations and market data, as well as any other statements that are not historical facts. These statements reflect beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions made by our management and information currently available to us. Although we believe that these beliefs and assumptions are reasonable, these statements are subject to numerous factors, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes and results to be materially different from those projected. These factors, risks and uncertainties expressly qualify all subsequent oral and written forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf and include, in addition to those listed under “Risk Factors” and those included elsewhere in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus, the following:

 

•

market demand and semiconductor industry conditions;

 

•

our ability to successfully introduce new technologies and products;

 

•

the demand for the goods into which our products are incorporated;

 

•

our ability to generate sufficient cash, raise sufficient capital or refinance our debt at or before maturity to meet both our debt service and research and development and capital investment requirements;

 

•

our ability to accurately estimate demand and match our production capacity accordingly;

 

•

our ability to obtain supplies from third-party producers;

 

•

our access to production from third-party outsourcing partners, and any events that might affect their business or our relationship with them;

 

•

our ability to secure adequate and timely supply of equipment and materials from suppliers;

 

•

our ability to avoid operational problems and product defects and, if such issues were to arise, to rectify them quickly;

 

•

our ability to form strategic partnerships and joint ventures and successfully cooperate with our alliance partners;

 

•

our ability to win competitive bid selection processes;

 

•

our ability to develop products for use in our customers’ equipment and products;

 

•

our ability to successfully hire and retain key management and senior product engineers; and

 

•

our ability to maintain good relationships with our suppliers.

We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements and disclaim any obligation to update our view of any risks or uncertainties described herein or to publicly announce the result of any revisions to the forward-looking statements made in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus, except as required by law.

In addition, this prospectus contains information concerning the semiconductor industry and business segments generally, which is forward-looking in nature and is based on a variety of assumptions regarding the ways in which the semiconductor industry, our market and business segments will develop. We have based these assumptions on information currently available to us, including through the market research and industry reports referred to in this prospectus. Although we believe that this information is reliable, we have not independently verified and cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness. If any one or more of these assumptions turn out to be incorrect, actual market results may differ from those predicted. While we do not know what impact any such differences may have on our business, if there are such differences, they could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition, and the trading price of our common stock.

 

32

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of 25,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering. We will pay the expenses of this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. The selling stockholders include entities affiliated with directors of our company and with members of our senior management. The Private Equity Consortium, the Selling Co-investors and PPTL Investment LP are selling stockholders in this offering. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

33

---

Table of Contents

COMMON STOCK PRICE RANGE

Market Information

Our shares of common stock have been listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “NXPI” since our IPO on August 5, 2010. Prior to that date, there was no public market for our shares of common stock. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our shares of common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market:

 

		Market Prices
		High				Low
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (from August 6, 2010)			21.57				10.23
First quarter 2011 (through March 11, 2011)			33.87				20.64

On March 11, 2011, the closing price of our shares of common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, was $27.46 per share.

HOLDERS

As of March 11, 2011, there were 18 holders of record of our shares of common stock.

 

34

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by the covenants of our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan and the Indentures and may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. As a result, we currently expect to retain future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of our debt, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Whether or not dividends will be paid in the future will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, level of indebtedness, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors and our stockholders may deem relevant. If, in the future, our board of directors decides not to allocate profits to our reserves (making such profits available to be distributed as dividends), any decision to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our stockholders.

 

35

---

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2010.

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Combined and Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1, as well as with Exhibit 15.1 filed with our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

($ in millions)		As of December 31, 2010*
Total short-term debt			423
Total long-term debt			4,128
Total debt			4,551
Total stockholders’ equity			986
Total capitalization			5,537

 

*

On March 4, 2011, we entered into a new $500 million Term Loan, which has not been drawn as of the date of this prospectus. It is intended that the Term Loan will be drawn on April 6, 2011 and the proceeds, together with cash on hand and available borrowing capacity under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility will be used to redeem all $362 million of outstanding 2014 Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, together with $100 million of Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes, €143 million of Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes and for the cash payment of $16 million for accrued and unpaid interest. We estimate that our annual average interest expense will decrease by $10 million as a result of the foregoing.

 

36

---

Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

The majority of our expenses are incurred in euros, while most of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars. As used in this prospectus, “euro”, or “€” means the single unified currency of the European Monetary Union. “U.S. dollar,” “USD,” “U.S.$” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America. As used in this prospectus, the term “noon buying rate” refers to the exchange rate for euro, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro, as announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes as the rate in the city of New York for cable transfers in foreign currencies.

The table below shows the average noon buying rates for U.S. dollars per euro for the five years ended December 31, 2010 and the high, low and period end rates for each of those periods. The averages set forth in the table below have been computed using the noon buying rate on the last business day of each month during the periods indicated.

 

Year ended December 31,		Average
		($ per €)
2006			1.2563
2007			1.3771
2008			1.4726
2009			1.3935
2010			1.3261

The following table shows the high and low noon buying rates for U.S. dollars per euro for each of the six months in the six-month period ended February 28, 2011 and for the period from March 1, 2011 through March 11, 2011:

 

Month		High				Low
		($ per €)
2010
September			1.3638				1.2708
October			1.4066				1.3688
November			1.4224				1.3092
December			1.3395				1.3089
2011
January			1.3715				1.2942
February			1.3793				1.3474
March (through March 11, 2011)			1.3983				1.3813

On March 11, 2011, the noon buying rate was $1.3864 per €1.00.

Fluctuations in the value of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar have had a significant effect on the translation into U.S. dollar of our euro assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and may continue to do so in the future. For further information on the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates on our operations, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may have an adverse effect on our financial results” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Currency Risks.”

The foreign exchange rate used as of December 31, 2010, was $1.3370 per €1.00.

 

37

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our selected historical combined and consolidated financial data. We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations and other financial data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations and other financial data for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, from our audited consolidated financial statements, not included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations and other financial data for the periods from September 29, 2006 (inception) to December 31, 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 from the audited consolidated financial statements of NXP B.V. and its subsidiaries, not included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected combined statement of operations and other financial data for the period from January 1, 2006 to September 28, 2006 and the balance sheet data as of September 28, 2006, from the combined financial statements of the former semiconductor business of Philips and its consolidated subsidiaries, the “predecessor,” not included in this prospectus. The financial results attributable to our interest in our Sound Solutions Business (formerly included in our Standard Products segment) have been presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements and this prospectus.

The results of operations for prior years are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any future period.

The selected historical combined and consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as with Exhibit 15.1 filed with our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

38

---

Table of Contents

		Predecessor						NXP Semiconductors N.V.
($ in millions)		As of and for the period from January 1 to September 28 2006(1)						As of and for the period from September 29 to December 31, 2006(1)				As of and for the years ended December 31,
												2007(1)				2008(1)				2009(1)				2010(1)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Revenues			4,593						1,492				6,051				5,104				3,519				4,402
Operating income (loss)			158						(1,006	)			(791	)			(2,643	)			(931	)			273
Financial income (expense)—net			(27	)					(94	)			(181	)			(614	)			682				(628	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations			54						(788	)			(617	)			(3,567	)			(185	)			(465	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations			15						(1	)			29				36				32				59
Net income (loss)			69						(789	)			(588	)			(3,531	)			(153	)			(406	)
Per Share Data(2):
Basic and diluted income (loss) from continuing operations(3)			N.A.						(185.20	)			(240.60	)			(19.79	)			(0.86	)			(2.03	)
Basic and diluted income (loss) from discontinued operations(3)			N.A.						(0.20	)			5.80				0.20				0.15				0.26
Basic and diluted net income (loss)(3)			N.A.						(185.40	)			(234.80	)			(19.59	)			(0.71	)			(1.77	)
Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year (in thousands)(4)			N.A.						5,000				5,000				180,210				215,252				229,280
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents			N.A.						1,228				1,029				1,781				1,026				898
Total assets			N.A.						12,910				13,574				10,213				8,579				7,637
Net assets			N.A.						5,016				4,565				1,182				1,041				1,219
Working capital(5)			N.A.						1,574				1,081				1,355				870				811
Total debt(6)			N.A.						5,835				6,076				6,367				5,283				4,551
Total stockholders’ equity			N.A.						4,803				4,308				969				843				986
Common stock			N.A.						133				133				42				42				51
Other operating data:
Capital expenditures			(566	)					(140	)			(496	)			(356	)			(92	)			(258	)
Depreciation and amortization(7)			581						1,039				1,506				1,924				887				684
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:
Net cash provided by (used for):
Operating activities			570						382				466				(657	)			(730	)			359
Investing activities			(556	)					(240	)			(618	)			1,046				63				(269	)
Financing activities			60						905				(23	)			318				(80	)			(155	)
Net cash provided by (used for) continuing operations			74						1,047				(175	)			707				(747	)			(65	)
Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations			—						(3	)			8				2				—				(5	)

 

(1)	All years have been restated to reflect the effect of the intended sale of the Sounds Solutions Business in 2011 as discontinued operations.

(2)	On February 29, 2008, through a multi-step transaction, the nominal value of the common shares was decreased from €1.00 to €0.01 and all preference shares were converted into common share, which resulted

 

39

---

Table of Contents

in an increase of outstanding common shares from 100 million to 4.3 billion. On August 2, 2010, we amended our articles of association in order to effect a 1-for-20 reverse stock split, decreasing the number of shares of common stock outstanding from approximately 4.3 billion to approximately 215 million and increasing the par value of the shares of common stock from €0.01 to €0.20. In all periods presented, basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding and earnings per share have been calculated to reflect the 1-for-20 reverse stock split. As a result of the implementation of the new Long-Term Incentive Plan introduced in November 2010, we have issued 1,500,000 additional shares of common stock.

(3)	For purposes of calculating per share net income, net income includes the undeclared accumulated dividend on preferred stock of $138 million in 2006 and $586 million in 2007. This right was extinguished in 2008.

(4)	For the years 2006 until 2010, there is no difference between basic and diluted number of shares due to our net loss position in all periods presented. As a result, all potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive.

(5)	Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities (excluding short-term debt).

(6)

As adjusted for our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, our net debt was $4,607 million, $5,047 million, $4,586 million, $4,257 million and $3,653 million respectively. Net debt is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents total debt (short-term and long-term debt) after deduction of cash and cash equivalents. Management believes that this measure is a good reflection of our net leverage.

(7)

Depreciation and amortization include the cumulative net effect of purchase price adjustments related to a number of acquisitions and divestments, including the purchase by a consortium of private equity investors of an 80.1% interest in our business, described elsewhere in this prospectus as our “Formation.” The cumulative net effects of purchase price adjustments in depreciation and amortization aggregated to $848 million in the period September 29 to December 31, 2006, $762 million in 2007, $658 million in 2008, $371 million in 2009 and $302 million in 2010. In 2010, depreciation and amortization included $40 million relating to disposals that occurred in connection with our restructuring activities and $6 million relating to other incidental items. In 2009, depreciation and amortization included $4 million relating to disposals that occurred in connection with our restructuring activities and $42 million relating to other incidental items. For a detailed list of the acquisitions and a discussion of the effect of acquisition accounting, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability—Effect of Acquisition Accounting” contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Depreciation and amortization also include impairments to goodwill and other intangibles, as well as write-offs in connection with acquired in-process research and development, if any.

 

40

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following information should be read together with our selected consolidated financial and operating data and the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements”.

Overview

We are a global semiconductor company and a long-standing supplier in the industry, with over 50 years of innovation and operating history. We provide leading High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products solutions that leverage our deep application insight and our technology and manufacturing expertise in RF, analog, power management, interface, security and digital processing products. Our product solutions are used in a wide range of automotive, identification, wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing applications. We engage with leading OEMs worldwide and 58% of our revenues both in 2010 and 2009 were derived from Asia Pacific (excluding Japan). Since our separation from Philips in 2006, we have significantly repositioned our business to focus on High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions and have implemented a Redesign Program aimed at achieving a world-class cost structure and processes. As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 24,500 full-time equivalent employees located in at least 30 countries, with research and development activities in Asia, Europe and the United States, and manufacturing facilities in Asia and Europe. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated revenues of $4,402 million.

Our History

We were incorporated in the Netherlands as a Dutch private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) on August 2, 2006, in connection with the sale by Philips of 80.1% of its semiconductor businesses to the Private Equity Consortium. Prior to the separation, we had over 50 years of innovation and operating history with Philips. Since our separation from Philips in 2006, we have significantly repositioned our business and market strategy. Further, in September 2008, we launched our Redesign Program to better align our cost structure with our more focused business scope and to achieve a world-class cost structure and processes. Key elements of our repositioning and redesign are:

Our Repositioning

 

•

New leadership team. Nine of the twelve members of our executive management team are new to the Company or new in their roles since our separation from Philips in 2006, and seven of the twelve have been recruited from outside NXP. Prior to joining NXP, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, Rick Clemmer and Karl-Henrik Sundström, played leading roles in programs that significantly enhanced the performance of their previous companies, Agere Systems Inc. (“Agere”) and Ericsson, respectively. Mike Noonen, our executive vice president of sales, joined us from National Semiconductor Corporation (“National Semiconductor”), where he led global sales and marketing during a period of significant gross margin expansion. Chris Belden, our executive vice president of Operations, implemented the manufacturing redesign program of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. (“Freescale”), formerly part of Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”), between 2002 and 2005, that resulted in significant margin improvement. Peter Kelly, who has been appointed in March 2011 as our executive vice president of operations sharing responsibility with Chris Belden, was previously a key part of the management team that led the spin-off of Agere from Lucent, where he led the global operations team. Ruediger Stroh joined us from LSI and previously Agere, where he helped to turn its hard disk-drive business into a market leader with strong profitability, and within NXP now manages our High-

 

41

---

Table of Contents

Performance Mixed-Signal businesses focused on identification applications. Alexander Everke came to NXP from Infineon Technologies AG (“Infineon”), where he led its global sales organization and helped to restructure the company’s go-to-market model while driving significant top-line growth and within NXP now manages our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses, focusing on wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing applications.

 

•

Focus on High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions. We have implemented our strategy of focusing on High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions because we believe it to be an attractive market in terms of growth, barriers to entry, relative market share, relative business and pricing stability, and capital intensity. Several transactions have been core to our strategic realignment and focus on High-Performance Mixed-Signal: in September 2007, we divested our cordless phone system-on-chip business to DSPG; in July 2008, we contributed our wireless activities to the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture (our stake in which was subsequently sold, with the business being renamed “ST-Ericsson”); and in February 2010, we merged our television systems and set-top box business with Trident. Our primary motivations for exiting the system-on-chip markets for wireless activities and consumer applications were the significant research and development investment requirements and high customer concentration inherent in these markets, which make these businesses less profitable and predictable than our High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products businesses. In addition, we recently sold two non-semiconductor component businesses. On December 22, 2010, we announced that we signed a definitive agreement to sell our Sound Solutions Business (formerly included in our Standard Products segment), which makes mobile speakers and receivers, to Knowles Electronics, which is a subsidiary of Dover Corporation. On that same day, we also announced the sale of NuTune, our joint venture with Technicolor that produces CAN tuner modules for all segments related to broadcast transmission, to AIAC. The described transactions and business repositioning have enabled us to significantly increase our research and development investments in the High-Performance Mixed-Signal applications on which we focus.

 

•

New customer engagement strategy. We have implemented a new approach to serving our customers and have invested in significant additional resources in our sales and marketing organizations. In spite of the recent economic downturn, we hired over 100 additional field application engineers in 2010 and 2009 in order to better serve our customers with High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions. We have also created “application marketing” teams that focus on delivering solutions that include as many suitable NXP components as possible in their system reference designs, which helps us achieve greater cross-selling between our various product lines, while helping our customers accelerate their time to market. With the increased number of application engineers and our applications marketing approach, we are able to engage with more design locations ranging from our largest, highest volume customers to the mid-size customers who typically have lower volumes but attractive margins.

Our Redesign Program

 

•

Streamlined cost structure. We have achieved annualized savings of $794 million by the end of 2010, as compared to our annualized third quarter results for 2008, which was the quarter during which we contributed our wireless operations to the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture (which was renamed “ST-Ericsson”). These savings were primarily achieved through a combination of headcount reductions, factory closings and restructuring of our IT infrastructure. Through December 31, 2010, $656 million related to the accelerated and expanded Redesign Program and other restructuring activities have been paid.

 

•

Leaner manufacturing base. As a part of our Redesign Program, we have significantly reduced our overall manufacturing footprint, particularly in high cost geographies. Our current manufacturing strategy focuses on capabilities that differentiate NXP in terms of product features, process capabilities, cost, supply chain and quality. Accordingly, we have closed or sold a number of facilities, including but not limited to, the sale of our wafer factory in Caen, France in June 2009, the closure of our

 

42

---

Table of Contents

production facility in Fishkill, New York in July 2009, the closure of part of our front-end manufacturing in Hamburg, Germany in January 2010 and the closure of our ICN5 facility in Nijmegen at the end of 2010. As a result, we will have reduced the number of our front-end manufacturing facilities from fourteen at the time of our separation from Philips in 2006 to six by the end of 2011.

As a result of our repositioning and redesign activities, we believe we are well positioned to grow and benefit from improved operating leverage, focused research and development expenditures and an optimized manufacturing infrastructure.

Basis of Presentation

New Segments

On January 1, 2010, we reorganized our prior segments into four reportable segments in compliance with FASB ASC Topic 280. We have two market-oriented business segments, High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products and two other reportable segments, Manufacturing Operations and Corporate and Other. The presentation of our financial results and the discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations have been restated to reflect the new segments.

Our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses deliver High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions to our customers to satisfy their system and sub systems needs across eight application areas: automotive, identification, mobile, consumer, computing, wireless infrastructure, lighting and industrial.

Our Standard Products business segment offers standard products for use across many applications markets, as well as application-specific standard products predominantly used in application areas such as mobile handsets, computing, consumer and automotive.

Our manufacturing operations are conducted through a combination of wholly owned manufacturing facilities, manufacturing facilities operated jointly with other semiconductor companies and third-party foundries and assembly and test subcontractors, which together form our Manufacturing Operations segment. While the main function of our Manufacturing Operations segment is to supply products to our High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products segments, revenues and costs in this segment are to a large extent derived from sales of wafer foundry and packaging services to our divested businesses in order to support their separation and, on a limited basis, their ongoing operations. As these divested businesses develop or acquire their own foundry and packaging capabilities, our revenues from these sources are expected to decline.

Our Corporate and Other segment includes unallocated research expenses not related to any specific business segment, unallocated corporate restructuring charges and other expenses, as well as some operations not included in our two business segments, such as manufacturing, marketing and selling of CAN tuners through our former joint venture NuTune and software solutions for mobile phones, our “NXP Software” business (“NXP Software”). Our NuTune joint venture was sold to AIAC on December 14, 2010, and therefore its results were only consolidated up to that date.

Discontinued Operations

On December 22, 2010, we signed a definitive agreement whereby Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business. The transaction is scheduled to close on or about the end of the first quarter of 2011, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions. The financial results attributable to our interest in our Sound Solutions Business (formerly included in our Standard Products segment) have been presented and separated as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements and this prospectus. The previous years have been restated accordingly.

 

43

---

Table of Contents

Significant Divestments

2010:

 

•

Our Sound Solutions Business to be acquired by Knowles Electronics, an affiliate of Dover Corporation; and

 

•

Major portion of our former Home segment sold to Trident.

2008:

 

•

Wireless Operations of our former Mobile & Personal segment were contributed to the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture.

Non-controlling Interests

The presentation of non-controlling interests has been brought in line with FASB ASC Topic 810 (formerly SFAS 160), effective as of January 1, 2009. Previous periods have been restated accordingly.

Recent Developments

Share Based Compensation Plans

On March 9, 2011, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 with the SEC in relation to the Management Equity Stock Option Plan, the Global Equity Incentive Program and the Long Term Incentive Plan 2010, which we introduced in November 2010. Following the filing of such registration statement, pursuant to our Management Equity Stock Option Plan, members of our management team and certain other executives will be allowed to exercise, from time to time, their vested options. The proportion of options available for exercise cannot exceed the proportion of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold by our co-investors, including the Private Equity Consortium, to the total number of shares of common stock owned by such co-investors. We expect that following the completion of this offering, up to 15% of the vested options under the Management Equity Stock Option Plan will become exercisable, subject to the applicable laws and regulations.

Term Loan

On March 4, 2011, we entered into a $500 million Term Loan to finance general corporate purposes (including refinancing or repaying indebtedness). The Term Loan is available for drawing until and including April 6, 2011 and will mature on March 4, 2017. In connection with the Term Loan, on March 7, 2011, we issued redemption notices for all $362 million outstanding of our 2014 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes due 2014, together with $100 million of our Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes and €143 million of our Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes. The redemptions will be conditional on the receipt of proceeds from the Term Loan, expected on or before April 6, 2011.

For more information on the terms and conditions of the Term Loan, see “Description of Indebtedness—Term Loan.”

Sound Solutions

On December 22, 2010, we announced that we signed a definitive agreement whereby Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business, a leading provider of speaker and receiver components for the mobile handset market. Under the terms of the agreement, Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business for $855 million in cash, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions.

 

44

---

Table of Contents

The financial results attributable to our interest in our Sound Solutions Business (formerly included in our Standard Products segment) have been presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements and this prospectus. The transaction is expected to close on or about the end of the first quarter of 2011. For more information on the sale and purchase agreement we signed in relation to this transaction, including the conditions precedent to closing, see “Business—Divestment of Sound Solutions.”

Factors Affecting Comparability

Economic Downturn

In 2010, the overall market recovery had a positive impact on our revenues and operating income, which had been negatively affected by the global economic downturn in 2008 and 2009. This also affected the utilization levels of our factories during the second half of 2008 and the first half of 2009. During the second half of 2009, our revenues partly recovered due to replenishment of inventory by our customers, market share gains driven by design wins across a wide range of our business lines and the economic recovery generally. This also had a positive impact on our factory utilization levels.

Restructuring and Redesign Program

Since our separation from Philips, we have taken significant steps to reposition our businesses and operations through a number of acquisitions, divestments and restructurings. As a result of the Redesign Program and other restructurings, costs were reduced significantly, driven by reduced costs in manufacturing, research and development and selling, general and administrative activities. The Redesign Program, announced in September 2008, was our response to a challenging economic environment and the refocusing and resizing of our business.

Due to the continuing adverse market conditions in the first half of 2009, steps were taken to accelerate certain aspects of the Redesign Program and expand it to include other restructuring activities. As a result of the expanded Redesign Program, approximately $794 million in annualized savings have been achieved by end of year 2010, as compared to our annualized third quarter results for 2008, which was the quarter during which we contributed our wireless operations to ST-NXP Wireless. We expect to realize additional annual savings from, amongst others, further rationalizing of central support functions, such as IT, supply chain management, and corporate overhead. Through December 31, 2010, $656 million related to the accelerated and expanded Redesign Program and other restructuring activities have been paid.

Capital Structure

As of December 31, 2010, the book value of our total debt was $4,551 million and included $423 million of short-term debt and $4,128 million of long-term debt. This is $732 million lower than the book value of our total debt of $5,283 million as of December 31, 2009.

In 2010, a combination of individually negotiated cash buy-backs, amongst other activities to help in the reduction of our total debt, enabled us to reduce the book value of our total long-term debt by $1,440 million. We also issued a new bond which increased the book value of our long-term debt by $1,000 million. The effect of foreign exchange differences reduced long-term debt by $138 million, while an accrual of debt discount increased long-term debt by $15 million in 2010. In China, we borrowed $18 million locally in order to repay a loan to NXP Beijing, which increased our total debt in 2010. In 2010, total debt was also reduced by $187 million in short-term debt, a majority of which reduction consisted of a repayment under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Position.”

In 2009, through a combination of cash buy-backs and debt exchange offers, we were able to reduce our total long-term debt by $1,331 million. This was partially offset by the negative impact of foreign exchange of

 

45

---

Table of Contents

$32 million and an $8 million accrual of debt discount. In 2009, the reduction in total debt was also partially offset by any increase of $207 million in short-term debt, of which $200 million consisted of a drawdown under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

As a result of the individually negotiated cash buy-backs and favorable interest rates, also our full year net interest expense was reduced from $475 million in 2008 to $359 million in 2009 and $318 million in 2010.

The total amount of cash used in 2010 as a result of the individually negotiated cash buy-backs amounted to $1,383 million. The total gain on these transactions recognized in 2010 was $57 million, compared to $1,020 million in 2009. The net cash proceeds from the issuance of the new bond amounted to $974 million.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Our goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis in accordance with ASC 350 (FASB Statement 142). To test our goodwill for impairment, the fair value of each “reporting unit” that has goodwill is determined. If the carrying value of the net assets in the “reporting unit” exceeds the fair value of the “reporting unit,” there is an additional assessment performed to determine the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds this implied fair value, we record impairment for the difference between the carrying value and the implied fair value.

The determination of the fair value of the reporting unit requires us to make significant judgments and estimates including projections of future cash flows from the business. We base our estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. In addition, we make judgments and assumptions in allocating assets and liabilities to each of our reporting units. The key assumptions considered for computing the fair value of reporting units include: (a) cash flows based on financial projections for periods ranging from 2010 through 2013 and which were extrapolated until 2021, (b) terminal values based on terminal growth rates not exceeding 3% and (c) discount rates based on the weighted average cost of capital ranging from 11.7% to 13.5%. A sensitivity analysis, in which long-term growth rates become approximately zero and the weighted average cost of capital is increased by 200 basis points, indicates that for all reporting units, the fair value exceeds the book value substantially.

Based on the impairment analysis in the third and fourth quarter of 2010, we have concluded that there is no impairment required in 2010 because the fair value significantly exceeded the carrying value.

In 2009, following the announcement to sell a major portion of our former Home segment to Trident, the assets and liabilities to be divested were reported as held for sale at fair value less cost to sell. For these assets held for sale, an impairment of $69 million was recorded in 2009 and included in the segment Divested Home Activities.

The goodwill impairment analysis in 2008 led to an impairment of $430 million, of which $381 million related to our former Home segment, $144 million of this amount was subsequently re-allocated to the High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment, $160 million was re-allocated to the Divested Home Activities and $77 million was re-allocated to the Corporate and Other segment. The remaining goodwill impairment of $49 million in 2008 was related to the Corporate and Other segment.

Effect of Acquisition Accounting

Our Formation

On September 29, 2006, Philips sold 80.1% of its semiconductor business to the Private Equity Consortium in a multi-step transaction. We refer to this acquisition as our “Formation.”

 

46

---

Table of Contents

The Formation has been accounted for using the acquisition method. Accordingly, the $10,601 million purchase price has been “pushed down” within the NXP group and allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

The carrying value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as of the Formation date on September 29, 2006, amounted to $3,302 million. This resulted in an excess of the purchase price over the carrying value of $7,299 million. The excess of the purchase price was allocated to intangible assets, step-up on tangible assets and liabilities assumed, using the estimated fair value of these assets and liabilities.

An amount of $3,096 million, being the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired, was allocated to goodwill. This goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at least annually.

Other Significant Acquisitions and Divestments

 

•

2010

On December 22, 2010, we signed a definitive agreement whereby Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business, a leading provider of speaker and receiver components for the mobile handset market. Under the terms of the agreement, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions, Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business for $855 million in cash.

The financial results attributable to the Company’s interest in our Sound Solutions Business, formerly included in our Standard Products segment, have been presented as discontinued operations. The transaction is expected to close on or about the end of the first quarter of 2011.

On December 20, 2010, we completed the sale of our 55% shareholding in the NuTune joint venture. This joint venture represented the combination of our CAN tuner modules operation with those of Technicolor.

In September 2010, we sold all of the Virage Logic shares that we held.

On February 8, 2010, we completed the transaction to sell the television systems and set-top-box business lines, which were included in our former business segment Home, to Trident, which is listed on the NASDAQ in the United States. After completion of this transaction, we held approximately 60% of the outstanding common stock of Trident. The total consideration related to this transaction was a net payment of $54 million (of which $7 million was paid afterwards) and a receipt of a 60% shareholding in Trident valued at $177 million, based on the quoted market price at the transaction date.

 

•

2009

On November 16, 2009, we completed our strategic alliance with Virage Logic and obtained approximately 9.8% of Virage Logic’s outstanding common stock. This transaction included the transfer of our advanced CMOS horizontal intellectual property and development team in exchange for the rights to use Virage Logic’s intellectual property and services. Virage Logic is a provider of both functional and physical semiconductor intellectual property for the design of complex integrated circuits. The shares of Virage Logic are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market. Considering the terms and conditions agreed between the parties, we accounted for our investment in Virage Logic at cost.

 

•

2008

On September 1, 2008, we completed the combination of our CAN tuner modules operation with those of Technicolor, operating in a new joint venture named NuTune. Until the sale in December, 2010, we had a 55% shareholding in NuTune, which was fully consolidated in our Corporate and Other segment.

 

47

---

Table of Contents

On August 11, 2008, we completed our acquisition of the broadband media processing business of Conexant, which provides solutions for satellite, cable and IPTV applications. These activities were included in our Divested Home Activities segment and a majority of these activities were transferred to Trident in February 2010.

On July 28, 2008, we combined our key wireless operations with those of STMicroelectronics to form a new joint-venture company, at that time named ST-NXP Wireless, into which we contributed businesses and assets forming a substantial portion of our former Mobile & Personal segment (our sound solutions, mobile infrastructure and amplifiers businesses were not contributed and are now part of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products segments). We received a 20% ownership interest in the joint venture and a cash consideration of $1.55 billion in connection with the divestment. Effective February 2, 2009, STMicroelectronics purchased our remaining stake in the joint venture (subsequently renamed “ST-Ericsson”) for a purchase price of $92 million.

In January 2008, we completed the acquisition of GloNav, a U.S.-based fabless semiconductor company developing single-chip solutions for global positioning systems and other satellite navigation systems. The activities of this new acquisition were included in the former Mobile & Personal segment and were subsequently transferred to ST-NXP Wireless on July 28, 2008.

The acquisitions described above have been accounted for using the acquisition method. Accordingly, the respective purchase prices have been “pushed down” within the NXP group and allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Adjustments in fair values associated with our Formation and these acquisitions had a negative impact on our 2010 operating income of $302 million, compared to $371 million in 2009 and $658 million in 2008, due to additional amortization and depreciation charges. This was partly offset by the tax effect on the purchase price adjustments. As used in this discussion, the term “PPA effect” includes the cumulative net effect of acquisition accounting applied to these acquisitions, as well as the Formation. Certain PPA effects are recorded in our cost of revenues, which affect our gross profit and operating income, and other PPA effects are recorded in our operating expenses, which only affect our operating income.

Restructuring and Other Incidental Items

Certain gains and losses of an incidental but sometimes recurring nature have affected the comparability of our results over the years. These include costs related to the Redesign Program and other restructuring programs, process and product transfer costs, costs related to our separation from Philips and gains and losses resulting from divestment activities and impairment charges.

Certain of these restructuring and other incidental items are recorded in our cost of revenues, which affects our gross profit and operating income, while certain other restructuring and other incidental items are recorded in our operating expenses, which only affect our operating income.

Research and Development

The divestment of our Wireless Activities and Home Activities in 2008 and 2010, respectively, resulted in a reduction of our research and development expenses. These divested activities accounted for $538 million of research and development expenses in 2008 (of which $319 million related to our Divested Wireless Activities and $219 million related to our Divested Home Activities), $239 million in 2009 and $16 million until February 8, 2010 (both of which related to our Divested Home Activities). This reduction in research and development expenses is in addition to our cost savings from the Redesign Program.

 

48

---

Table of Contents

Initial Public Offering (IPO)

On August 10, 2010, we completed our initial public offering of 34 million shares of common stock priced at $14 per share. The shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “NXPI.” This resulted in net proceeds of $448 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses totaling $28 million. These proceeds have been used to improve our capital structure by retiring a portion of the long-term indebtedness entered into by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary NXP B.V.

Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Comparable revenue growth is a non-GAAP financial measure that reflects the relative changes in revenues between periods adjusted for the effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes and material acquisitions and divestments, combined with reclassified product lines (which we refer to as consolidation changes). Our revenues are translated from foreign currencies into our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, at monthly exchange rates during the respective years. As such, revenues as reported are impacted by significant foreign currency movements year over year. In addition, revenues as reported are also impacted by material acquisitions and divestments. We believe that an understanding of our underlying revenue performance on a comparable basis year over year is enhanced after these effects are excluded.

We understand that, although comparable revenue growth is used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluation of companies, this concept has limitations as an analytical tool, and it should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under U.S. GAAP. Comparable revenue growth should not be considered as an alternative to nominal revenue growth, or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Calculating comparable revenue growth involves a degree of management judgment and management estimates and you are encouraged to evaluate the adjustments we make to nominal revenue growth and the reasons we consider them appropriate. Comparable revenue growth may be defined and calculated differently by other companies, thereby limiting its comparability with comparable revenue growth used by such other companies.

Net debt is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents total debt (short-term and long-term debt) after deduction of cash and cash equivalents. Management believes this is a good reflection of our net leverage.

Statement of Operations Items

Revenues

Our revenues are primarily derived from sales of our semiconductor and other components to OEMs and similar customers, as well as from sales to distributors. Our revenues also include sales from wafer foundry and packaging services to our divested businesses, which are reported under our segment Manufacturing Operations.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues consists primarily of the cost of semiconductor wafers and other materials, and the cost of assembly and test. Cost of revenues also includes personnel costs and overhead related to our manufacturing and manufacturing engineering operations, related occupancy and equipment costs, manufacturing quality, order fulfillment and inventory adjustments, including write-downs for inventory obsolescence, gains and losses due to conversion of accounts receivable and accounts payable denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of the entities holding the positions, gains and losses on cash flow hedges that hedge the foreign currency risk in anticipated transactions and subsequent balance sheet positions, and other expenses.

Gross Profit

Gross profit is our revenues less our cost of revenues, and gross margin is our gross profit as a percentage of our revenues. Our revenues include sales from wafer foundry and packaging services to our divested businesses,

 

49

---

Table of Contents

which are reported under our segment Manufacturing Operations. In accordance with the terms of our divestment agreements, because the sales to our divested businesses are at a level approximately equal to their associated cost of revenues, there is not a significant contribution to our gross profit from these specific sales and hence they are dilutive to our overall company gross margin. As these divested businesses develop or acquire their own foundry and packaging capabilities, our revenues from these sources are expected to decline, and, therefore, the dilutive impact on gross profit is expected to decrease over time.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our engineers engaged in the design, development and technical support of our products and related developing technologies and overhead. These expenses include third-party fees paid to consultants, prototype development expenses and computer services costs related to supporting computer tools used in the engineering and design process.

Selling Expenses

Our sales and marketing expense consists primarily of compensation and associated costs for sales and marketing personnel including field application engineers and overhead, revenues commissions paid to our independent sales representatives, costs of advertising, trade shows, corporate marketing, promotion, travel related to our sales and marketing operations, related occupancy and equipment costs and other marketing costs.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and associated costs for management, finance, human resources and other administrative personnel, outside professional fees, allocated facilities costs and other corporate expenses. General and administrative expenses also include amortization and impairment charges for intangibles assets other than goodwill, impairment charges for goodwill and impairment charges for assets held for sale.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) primarily consists of gains and losses related to divestment of activities and subsidiaries, as well as gains and losses related to the sale of long-lived assets and other non-recurring items.

Operating Income (Loss)

Operating income (loss) from operations is our gross profit less our operating expenses (which consist of selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses and write-offs of acquired in-process research and development activities), plus other income (expense).

Extinguishment of Debt

Extinguishment of debt is the gain or loss arising from the exchange or repurchase of our bonds, net of write downs for the proportionate costs related to the initial bond issuances.

Other Financial Income (Expense)

Other financial income (expense) consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investment balances, interest expense on our debt (including debt issuance costs), results on the sale of securities, gains and losses due to foreign exchange rates, other than those included in cost of revenues, and certain other miscellaneous financing costs and income.

 

50

---

Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

We have significant net deferred tax assets resulting from net operating loss carry forwards, tax credit carry forwards and deductible temporary differences that reduce our taxable income. Our ability to realize our deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carry back or carry forward periods provided for in the tax law for each applicable tax jurisdiction.

Results Relating to Equity-Accounted Investees

Results relating to equity-accounted investees consist of our equity in all gains and losses of joint ventures and alliances that are accounted for under the equity method.

Net Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations represents the financial results of our Sound Solution business. On December 22, 2010, we signed a definitive agreement whereby Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business.

Net Income (Loss)

Net income (loss) is the aggregate of operating income (loss), financial income (expense), income tax benefit (expense), results relating to equity-accounted investees, gains or losses resulting from a change in accounting principles, extraordinary income (loss) and gains or losses related to discontinued operations.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009 for the Group

Revenues

The following table presents the aggregate revenues by segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

		For the year ended December 31,
		2009												2010
		Revenues				% nominal growth				% comparable growth				Revenues				% nominal growth				% comparable growth
($ in millions, unless otherwise stated)
High-Performance Mixed-Signal			2,011				(19.9	)			(18.2	)			2,846				41.5				43.4
Standard Products			567				(25.0	)			(23.6	)			848				49.6				52.0
Manufacturing Operations			324				—				(29.0	)			525				62.0				(13.3	)
Corporate and Other			165				(24.7	)			(58.3	)			136				(17.6	)			(12.7	)
Divested Home Activities			452				(10.0	)			(22.7	)			47				—				—
Total			3,519				(31.1	)			(22.6	)			4,402				25.1				36.1

The following table summarizes the calculation of comparable revenue growth and provides the reconciliation from nominal revenue growth, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, for the years presented:

 

		For the year ended December 31,
		2009				2010
(in %)
Nominal revenue growth			(31.1	)			25.1
Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes(1)			1.3				1.7
Consolidation changes(2)			7.2				9.3
Comparable revenue growth(3)			(22.6	)			36.1

 

51

---

Table of Contents

 

(1)	Reflects the currency effects that result from the translation of our revenues from foreign currencies into our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, at the monthly exchange rates during the respective years.

(2)	Reflects the relative changes in revenues between periods arising from the effects of material acquisitions and divestments and reclassified product lines. For an overview of our significant acquisitions and divestments, see “—Factors Affecting Comparability—Effect of Acquisition Accounting.”

(3)

Comparable revenue growth reflects the relative changes in revenues between periods adjusted for the effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes, material acquisitions and divestments and reclassified product lines. Our revenues are translated from foreign currencies into our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, at the monthly exchange rates during the respective years. As a result of significant currency movements throughout the year and the impact of material acquisitions and divestments on comparable revenue figures, we believe that an understanding of our revenues performance is enhanced after these effects are excluded.

Revenue was $4,402 million in 2010 compared to $3,519 million in 2009, a nominal increase of 25.1%, and a comparable increase of 36.1%. This increase in revenues was due to the overall market recovery, our ability to ramp up production to meet higher demand and our share gains across a wide range of our business lines.

The increase in our total revenues was partly offset by the divestment of a major portion of our former Home segment to Trident on February 8, 2010. Revenues of these Divested Home Activities amounted to $47 million in 2010 compared to $452 million in 2009. However, NXP agreed to continue supplies for the related divested activities and these amounted to $244 million in 2010, compared to nil in 2009, and are reported under the Manufacturing Operations segment. Furthermore, revenues in 2010, compared to 2009, were also affected by unfavorable currency effects of $51 million.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit increased to $1,823 million in 2010, or 41.4% of our revenues, from $898 million in 2009, or 25.5% of our revenues. Our gross profit as a percentage of our revenues was impacted by the dilutive effect of our Manufacturing Operations segment. The PPA effects that were included in our gross profit amounted to $21 million in 2010, compared to $69 million in 2009. Also included in our gross profit were restructuring and other incidental items, which amounted to an aggregate cost of $31 million in 2010 and were mainly related to process and product transfer costs and other restructuring costs as part of the Redesign Program. The restructuring and other incidental items included in our gross profit in 2009 amounted to an aggregate cost of $158 million and were largely related to process and product transfer costs and our exit of certain product lines in connection with our Redesign Program.

The increase in gross profit in 2010 was largely due to higher revenues and was supported by the cost reductions that we achieved as a result of the ongoing Redesign Program. Our factory utilization also improved from 60% in 2009 to 96% in 2010. The divestment of a major portion of our former Home segment to Trident also had an impact on our gross profit. These Divested Home Activities achieved a gross profit of $16 million until February 8, 2010, compared to a gross profit of $130 million for the full year of 2009.

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development expenses were $568 million in 2010, or 12.9% of our revenues, compared to $764 million in 2009, or 21.7% of our revenues. In 2010, research and development expenses included restructuring and other incidental items amounting to an aggregate income of $6 million. These were mainly due to the release of certain restructuring liabilities. The restructuring and other incidental items in 2009 amounted to an aggregate cost of $69 million and were mainly related to restructuring costs and merger and acquisition related costs.

 

52

---

Table of Contents

The decline in research and development expenses was largely due to the divestment of a major portion of our former Home segment to Trident. Research and development expense for the Divested Home Activities amounted to $16 million in 2010 (until February 8, 2010) compared to $239 million in 2009. Further reductions in our research and development expenses were achieved as a result of our transaction with Virage Logic Corporation and our ongoing Redesign Program. However, these reductions were partly offset by higher investments in the High-Performance Mixed-Signal applications.

Selling Expenses

Our selling expenses were $265 million in 2010, or 6.0% of our revenues, compared to $271 million in 2009, or 7.7% of our revenues. We made additional investments in resources in our sales and marketing organization to execute our High-Performance Mixed-Signal strategy. We have created “application marketing” teams that focus on delivering solutions and systems reference designs that leverage our broad portfolio of products and better serve our customers with High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions. The additional investment of resources in our sales and marketing organizations was offset by the effect of the divestment of a major portion of our former Home segment to Trident. Furthermore, selling expenses included certain restructuring and other incidental items, which amounted to an aggregate income of $2 million in 2010, compared to an aggregate cost of $9 million in 2009.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses amounted to $701 million in 2010, or 15.9% of our revenues, compared to $781 million in 2009, or 22.2% of our revenues. The PPA effects included in general and administrative expense amounted to $281 million in 2010, compared to $302 million in 2009. Furthermore, 2009 included an impairment charge related to assets held for sale amounting to $69 million related to the divestment of a major portion of our former Home segment. Also included in general and administrative expenses are the restructuring and other incidental items which amounted to an aggregate cost of $68 million in 2010 compared to an aggregate cost of $88 million in 2009. The restructuring and other incidental items in 2010 and 2009 were mainly related to certain divestment and acquisition related costs, IT system reorganization costs and other restructuring costs.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income and expense was a loss of $16 million in 2010, compared to a loss of $13 million in 2009. Included are incidental items, amounting to an aggregate cost of $19 million in 2010, compared to $20 million in 2009. The loss in 2010 was mainly related to the divestment of a major portion of our former Home segment, partly offset by gains on sale of certain tangible fixed assets. The loss in 2009 was related to the losses on the sale of various smaller businesses and gains on disposal of various tangible fixed assets.

Restructuring Charges

In 2010, we had restructuring charges of $7 million, mainly related to the divestment of a major portion of our former Home segment. Charges in previous years were mainly related to the ongoing Redesign Program of the Company and amounted to $112 million in 2009, compared to $610 million in 2008. These charges were offset by a release of restructuring liabilities of $40 million in 2010, compared to $92 million in 2009 and $16 million in 2008 and related to prior announced restructuring projects. In addition, we incurred $53 million of restructuring related costs in 2010 (excluding product transfers) which were directly charged to our operating income, compared to $83 million in 2009.

In the aggregate, the net restructuring charges that affected our operating income for 2010 were $20 million, compared to $103 million in 2009 and $594 million in 2008.

 

53

---

Table of Contents

Operating Income (Loss)

The following tables present the aggregate operating income (loss) by segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, which includes the effects of PPA, restructuring and other incidental items and impairment charges:

 

		For the year ended December 31, 2010
($ in millions)		Operating income (loss)				Effects of PPA				Restructuring and Other Incidental Items
High-Performance Mixed-Signal			387				(222	)			12
Standard Products			91				(54	)			(2	)
Manufacturing Operations			(57	)			(25	)			(35	)
Corporate and Other			(117	)			(1	)			(55	)
Divested Home Activities			(31	)			—				(30	)
Total			273				(302	)			(110	)

 

		For the year ended December 31, 2009
($ in millions)		Operating income (loss)				Effects of PPA				Restructuring and Other Incidental Items				Impairment Charges
High-Performance Mixed-Signal			(187	)			(218	)			(84	)			—
Standard Products			(120	)			(61	)			(15	)			—
Manufacturing Operations			(175	)			(83	)			(101	)			—
Corporate and Other			(188	)			(2	)			(127	)			—
Divested Home Activities			(261	)			(7	)			(17	)			(69	)
Total			(931	)			(371	)			(344	)			(69	)

Financial Income (Expense)

 

		For the year ended December 31,
($ in millions)		2009				2010
Interest income			4				2
Interest expense			(363	)			(320	)
Foreign exchange rate results			39				(331	)
Gain on extinguishment of debt			1,020				57
Other			(18	)			(36	)
Total			682				(628	)

Financial income and expense (including the extinguishment of debt) was a net expense of $628 million in 2010, compared to a net income of $682 million in 2009. Financial income and expense included a loss of $331 million in 2010, as a result of a change in foreign exchange rates mainly applicable to re-measurement of our U.S. dollar-denominated notes and short-term loans, which reside in a euro functional currency entity, compared to a gain of $39 million in 2009. Extinguishment of debt in 2010 amounted to a gain of $57 million, compared to a gain of $1,020 million in 2009. The net interest expense amounted to $318 million in 2010, compared to $359 million in 2009.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense for 2010 was $24 million, compared to $10 million in 2009, and our effective income tax expense rate was (6.8%) in 2010, compared to (4.0)% in 2009. The increase of the effective tax rate was

 

54

---

Table of Contents

primarily attributable to an increase of the prior year adjustments. The main component of the income tax expense related to the tax expense in tax jurisdictions in which we are in a tax paying position and in which we have not recorded a valuation allowance.

Results Relating to Equity-accounted Investees

Results relating to the equity-accounted investees amounted to a loss of $86 million in 2010, compared to a profit of $74 million in 2009. The loss in 2010 was related to our investment in Trident. The profit in 2009 was due to the release of translation differences related to the sale of our 20% share in the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture.

Income (Loss) on Discontinued Operations

The income on discontinued operations, net of taxes was $59 million in 2010 compared to $32 million in 2009. This related entirely to the results of our Sound Solutions Business, which is intended to be sold in 2011.

Net Income (Loss)

Our net loss in 2010 was $406 million, compared to a net loss of $153 million in 2009. The improvement of $1,204 million in operating income achieved in 2010 was offset by the following factors which led to a higher net loss in 2010 compared to 2009:

 

•

gains resulting from debt extinguishment amounted to $57 million in 2010, compared to $1,020 million in 2009;

 

•

foreign exchange results included in the financial income and expenses amounted to a loss of $331 million in 2010, compared to a profit of $39 million in 2009;

 

•

results related to equity-accounted investees amounted to a loss of $86 million in 2010, compared to a profit of $74 million in 2009.

Non-controlling Interests

The share of non-controlling interests amounted to a profit of $50 million in 2010, compared to a profit of $14 million 2009. This was mostly related to the third-party share in the results of consolidated companies, predominantly SSMC.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009 by Segment

Revenues

The following table presents the reconciliation from nominal revenue growth to comparable revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

(in %)		Nominal Growth				Consolidation Changes(1)				Currency Effects(2)				Comparable Growth(3)
High-Performance Mixed-Signal			41.5				—				1.9				43.4
Standard Products			49.6				—				2.4				52.0
Manufacturing Operations			62.0				(75.3	)			—				(13.3	)
Corporate and Other			(17.6	)			4.8				0.1				(12.7	)
Total Group			25.1				9.3				1.7				36.1

 

(1)	Reflects the relative changes in revenues between periods arising from the effects of material acquisitions and divestments and reclassified product lines. For an overview of our significant acquisitions and divestments, see “—Factors Affecting Comparability—Effect of Acquisition Accounting.”

 

55

---

Table of Contents

(2)	Reflects the currency effects that result from the translation of our revenues from foreign currencies into our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, at the monthly exchange rates during the respective years.

(3)

Comparable revenue growth reflects the relative changes in revenues between periods adjusted for the effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes, material acquisitions and divestments and reclassified product lines. Our revenues are translated from foreign currencies into our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, at the monthly exchange rates during the respective years. As a result of significant currency movements throughout the year and the impact of material acquisitions and divestments on comparable revenue figures, we believe that an understanding of our revenues performance is enhanced after these effects are excluded.

High-Performance Mixed-Signal

 

		For the year ended December 31,
($ in millions)		2009				2010
Revenues			2,011				2,846
% nominal growth			(19.9	)			41.5
% comparable growth			(18.2	)			43.4
Gross profit			785				1,525
Operating income (loss)			(187	)			387
Effects of PPA			(218	)			(222	)
Total restructuring charges			(53	)			15
Total other incidental items			(31	)			(3	)

Revenues

Revenues were $2,846 million in 2010 compared to $2,011 million in 2009, an increase of 41.5% on a nominal basis and 43.4% on a comparable basis. This increase in revenues was largely attributable to the global economic recovery as well as by our share gains across a wide range of our business lines. Revenues increased across all of our focus areas. In particular, revenues in the Automotive and Identification business increased by over 50% compared to 2009. In specific consumer and PC markets, the demand during the second half year of 2010 was not as strong as in the first half of the year.

Gross Profit

Gross profit in 2010 was $1,525 million, or 53.6% of revenues, compared to $785 million in 2009, or 39.0% of revenues. The PPA effects that were included in gross profit amounted to $13 million in 2010, compared to $2 million in 2009. Also included in our gross profit were restructuring and other incidental items, which amounted to an aggregate income of $3 million in 2010 and were mainly related to release of certain restructuring liabilities. The restructuring and other incidental items included in our gross profit in 2009 amounted to an aggregate cost of $61 million and were mainly related to process and product transfer costs and restructuring costs as part of the Redesign Program. The improvement in gross margin in 2010 resulted primarily from cost savings achieved from the ongoing Redesign Program as well as higher revenues and higher factory utilization. Moreover, revenues in 2010 benefitted from a higher-margin product mix, as compared to 2009, which has also led to improvement in our gross profit.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses amounted to $1,133 million in 2010, or 39.8% of revenues, compared to $979 million in 2009, or 48.7% of revenues. Included in our operating expenses in 2010 were PPA effects of $209 million, compared to PPA effects of $216 million in 2009. The increase in operating expenses was largely due to the increased investment in research and development activities and also due to the set-up of “application marketing” teams to better serve our customers.

 

56

---

Table of Contents

Operating Income (Loss)

Income from operations amounted to $387 million in 2010, compared to a loss from operations of $187 million in 2009. Included are PPA effects of $222 million in 2010, compared to PPA effects of $218 million in 2009. Restructuring and other incidental items amounted to an aggregate income of $12 million mainly related to the release of certain restructuring liabilities. In 2009, restructuring and other incidental items amounted to an aggregate cost of $84 million and were mainly related to process and product transfer costs and restructuring costs as part of the Redesign Program. The improvement in income from operations was mainly due to higher gross profits partly offset by higher operating expenses.

Standard Products

 

		For the year ended December 31,
($ in millions)		2009				2010
Revenues			567				848
% nominal growth			(25.0	)			49.6
% comparable growth			(23.6	)			52.0
Gross profit			74				280
Operating income (loss)			(120	)			91
Effects of PPA			(61	)			(54	)
Total restructuring charges			(9	)			(1	)
Total other incidental items			(6	)			(1	)

Revenues

Revenues were $848 million in 2010, compared to $567 million in 2009, an increase of 49.6% on a nominal basis and 52% on a comparable basis. This increase in revenues was to a significant extent attributable to the global economic recovery and the replenishment of inventories by customers and our ability to successfully ramp up production to meet the related increase in demand. In addition, we also succeeded in improving our product/technology mix and in gaining market share in specific segments. Finally, due to supply shortages in all Standard Products segments, there was limited to no price erosion in 2010, compared to an average annual price erosion of mid to high single digits over the past cycles.

Gross Profit

Gross profit in 2010 was $280 million, or 33.0% of revenues, compared to $74 million in 2009, or 13.1% of revenues. There was no PPA effect included in 2010 or in 2009. Restructuring and other incidental items amounted to an aggregate cost of $2 million in 2010 compared to $14 million in 2009 and were mainly related to restructuring costs. The increase in gross profit was mainly due to the higher volumes supported by favorable prices and higher factory utilization.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses amounted to $189 million in 2010, or 22.3% of our revenues, compared to $194 million in 2009, or 34.2% of our revenues. Operating expenses in 2010 included PPA effects of $54 million, compared to PPA effects of $61 million in 2009.

Operating Income (Loss)

Income from operations amounted to $91 million in 2010, compared to a loss of $120 million in 2009. Included are PPA effects of $54 million in 2010, compared to PPA effects of $61 million in 2009. The increase

 

57

---

Table of Contents

in income from operations was mainly due to a higher gross profits driven by higher factory utilization. The restructuring and other incidental items in 2010 amounted to an aggregate cost of $2 million, compared to an aggregate cost of $15 million in 2009, and were primarily related to restructuring costs.

Manufacturing Operations

The main function of our Manufacturing Operations segment is to supply products to our High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products segments; however, we also derive external revenues and costs of sales from providing wafer foundry and packaging services to our divested businesses in order to support their separation and, on a limited basis, their ongoing operations. As these divested businesses develop or acquire their own foundry and packaging capabilities, our revenues from these sources are expected to decline.

Revenues

Revenues of our Manufacturing Operations segment were $525 million in 2010, compared to $324 million in 2009. The increase in revenues was mainly due to supplies made to Trident after the divestment of a major portion of our former Home segment in 2010. These supplies amounted to $244 million in 2010. The revenues from providing wafer foundry and packaging services to our divested businesses declined, which was in line with our expectation.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses amounted to $37 million in 2010, compared to $74 million in 2009. Operating expenses in 2010 and 2009 were mainly related to the real estate and facility management costs and the management fee allocated to our Manufacturing Operations segment.

Corporate and Other

Revenues

Revenues in 2010 were $136 million, compared to $165 million in 2009 and were mainly related to NuTune which was divested in December 2010 and consequently deconsolidated. The revenues of NuTune amounted to to $91 million in 2010, compared to $110 million in 2009.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses amounted to $154 million in 2010, compared to $178 million in 2009. In 2010, restructuring and other incidental items amounted to an aggregate cost of $64 million, compared to $118 million in 2009. These were mainly related to restructuring, IT system reorganization costs and divestment activities.

Divested Home Activities

On February 8, 2010, we divested a major portion of our former Home segment to Trident. The remaining part of the former Home segment has been moved into the High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Corporate and Other segments. Revenues for the Divested Home Activities amounted to $47 million until February 8, 2010 compared to $452 million in 2009.

 

58

---

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 for the Group

Revenues

The following table presents the aggregate revenues by segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

 

		For the year ended December 31,
		2008												2009
($ in millions, unless otherwise stated)		Revenues				% nominal growth				% comparable growth				Revenues				% nominal growth				% comparable growth
High-Performance Mixed-Signal			2,511				(4.3	)			(7.3	)			2,011				(19.9	)			(18.2	)
Standard Products			756				(1.6	)			(4.1	)			567				(25.0	)			(23.6	)
Manufacturing Operations			324				51.4				10.7				324				—				(29.0	)
Corporate and Other			219				(45.9	)			(28.4	)			165				(24.7	)			(58.3	)
Divested Wireless Activities			792				(45.6	)			NM				—				—				—
Divested Home Activities			502				(13.7	)			(25.0	)			452				(10.0	)			(22.7	)
Total			5,104				(15.7	)			(8.6	)			3,519				(31.1	)			(22.6	)

 

NM: Not meaningful

The following table summarizes the calculation of comparable revenue growth and provides a reconciliation from nominal revenue growth, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, for the years presented:

 

		For the year ended December 31,
(in %)		2008				2009
Nominal revenue growth			(15.7	)			(31.1	)
Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes(1)			(1.8	)			1.3
Consolidation changes(2)			8.9				7.2
Comparable revenue growth(3)			(8.6	)			(22.6	)

 

(1)	Reflects the currency effects that result from the translation of our revenues from foreign currencies into our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, at the monthly exchange rates during the respective years.

(2)	Reflects the relative changes in revenues between periods arising from the effects of material acquisitions and divestments and reclassified product lines. For an overview of our significant acquisitions and divestments, see “—Factors Affecting Comparability—Effect of Acquisition Accounting.”

(3)

Comparable revenue growth reflects the relative changes in revenues between periods adjusted for the effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes, material acquisitions and divestments and reclassified product lines. Our revenues are translated from foreign currencies into our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, at the monthly exchange rates during the respective years. As a result of significant currency movements throughout the year and the impact of material acquisitions and divestments on comparable revenue figures, we believe that an understanding of our revenues performance is enhanced after these effects are excluded.

Revenues were $3,519 million in 2009, compared to $5,104 million in 2008, a nominal decrease of 31.1%, and a comparable decrease of 22.6%. Of the $1,585 million total decline in revenues in 2009, $792 million were due to the divestment of our wireless operations, which we combined in the joint venture, ST-NXP Wireless, with STMicroelectronics on July 28, 2008. The remaining decline in revenues was mainly attributable to the global economic and financial crisis and the weak economic environment, which affected all our business segments, primarily because of the negative impact on our sales volume, but also because of price erosion. Our revenues were severely affected by the crisis, especially in the first and second quarters of 2009. Our revenues in

 

59

---

Table of Contents

the third and fourth quarters of 2009 partly recovered due to increasing sales volumes attributable to the replenishment of inventory by our customers, our responsive manufacturing operations and the economic recovery. However, our revenues were still lower than in the pre-crisis period. Further, our 2009 revenues were affected by unfavorable currency movements of $71 million.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit was $898 million, or 25.5% of our revenues, in 2009, compared to $1,146 million, or 22.5% of our revenues, in 2008. Our gross profit as a percentage of revenues was impacted by the dilutive effect of our Manufacturing Operations segment. The PPA effects that were included in gross profit amounted to $69 million in 2009, compared to $151 million in 2008. Also included in our gross profit were restructuring and other incidental items, which amounted to an aggregate cost of $158 million in 2009 and were mainly related to process and product transfer costs and our exit of certain product lines in connection with our Redesign Program, whereas restructuring and other incidental items included in our gross profit in 2008 amounted to an aggregate cost of $402 million and were largely related to the restructuring charge of $348 million related to the Redesign Program and other costs associated with existing product lines.

The decline in gross profit was largely due to the significantly lower revenues during the first half of 2009 resulting from the economic downturn. This also reduced our factory utilization, based on starts, to an average of 60% in 2009, compared to 73% in 2008. The divestment of our wireless operations in July 2008 also resulted in a lower gross profit. The divested wireless activities had a gross profit of $222 million in the year 2008 (which includes PPA effects and incidental items amounting to an aggregate cost of $14 million). Furthermore, our gross profit was affected by an unfavorable currency effect of $48 million in 2009, compared to 2008. However, the decline in our gross profit was mitigated to some extent by cost reductions, which we achieved as a result of the ongoing Redesign Program.

Despite the decline in gross profit, our gross profit as a percentage of revenues increased by 3.0% in 2009, compared to 2008, as a result of the cost reductions in connection with the ongoing Redesign Program.

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development expenses and write-off of acquired in-process research and development were $764 million in 2009, compared to $1,213 million in 2008. Our research and development expenses for 2009 did not include any write-off of acquired in-process research and development costs, compared to $26 million in 2008. In 2009, our research and development expenses included restructuring and other incidental items amounting to an aggregate cost of $69 million. These were mainly related to restructuring costs and merger and acquisition related costs. The restructuring and other incidental items in 2008 amounted to an aggregate cost of $107 million and were mainly related to the Redesign Program. In 2009, the divested business accounted for $239 million of research and development costs, compared to $538 million in 2008, of which $319 million was in connection with our Divested Wireless Activities and $219 million in connection with our Divested Home Activities. Our research and development expenses and write-off of acquired in-process research and development were 21.7% of revenues in 2009, compared to 23.8% in 2008.

The decline in research and development expenses was largely due to the divestments set out above and the result of the ongoing Redesign Program. Further, favorable currency effects reduced research and development expenses by $34 million in 2009 compared to 2008. These reductions were partly offset by $45 million additional research and development costs in 2009, due to the acquisition of Conexant’s broadband media processing activities and the NuTune joint venture that we formed with Technicolor, which were only partially included in the consolidation of 2008. In addition, as our revenues in the third and fourth quarter partly recovered due to replenishment of inventory by our customers, market share gains driven by design wins across a wide range of our business lines, our responsive manufacturing operations and the economic recovery, we increased our research and development expenditures in the second half of 2009.

 

60

---

Table of Contents

Selling Expenses

Our selling expenses were $271 million, or 7.7% of our revenues, in 2009, compared to $394 million, or 7.7% of our revenues, in 2008. The decline in selling expenses was mainly due to the divestment of our wireless activities ($66 million in 2008) and restructuring and other incidental items of $19 million (related to our Redesign Program) in 2008, compared to $9 million of restructuring and other incidental items in 2009. The remaining reduction in our selling expenses was mainly the result of the ongoing Redesign Program, as we have streamlined and strategically repositioned our sales force and marketing programs, and favorable currency effects.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses amounted to $781 million, or 22.2% of revenues, in 2009, compared to $1,817 million, or 35.6% of revenues, in 2008. The decline in general and administrative expenses resulted from the lower PPA amortization of $302 million in 2009 compared to $481 million in 2008, lower impairment charges of $69 million in 2009 compared to $714 million in 2008, lower restructuring and other incidental costs, the divestment of our wireless activities (which amounted to $223 million in 2008, including PPA effects and restructuring and other incidental items amounting to an aggregate cost of $139 million) and as a result of the ongoing Redesign Program. The decline in PPA amortization is mainly due to the divestment of our wireless activities in 2008. In addition, the general and administrative expenses were impacted by higher costs in 2009 as a result of higher bonuses accrued for employees due to our performance. In 2009, general and administrative expenses also included restructuring and other incidental items amounting to an aggregate cost of $88 million, compared to $207 million in 2008. The restructuring and other incidental items in 2009 were mainly related to restructuring costs of $36 million, IT system reorganization costs of $35 million and merger and acquisition related costs. Restructuring and other incidental items in 2008 included $124 million of restructuring costs, of which $83 million related to the Redesign Program, and $79 million related to IT system reorganization costs.

The general and administrative expenses in 2009 included an impairment of assets held for sale of $69 million related to the transaction with Trident. In 2008, the general and administrative expenses included impairment charges of goodwill and other intangibles of $714 million, which were related to our Divested Home Activities ($340 million), our High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment ($218 million) and our Corporate and Other segment ($156 million).

Other Income (Expense)

Other income and expense was a loss of $13 million in 2009, compared to a loss of $365 million in 2008. Included are incidental items, amounting to an aggregate cost of $20 million in 2009 and an aggregate cost of $387 million in 2008. The loss in 2009 was related to the losses on the sale of various smaller businesses and gains on disposal of various tangible fixed assets. The loss in 2008 was due to a loss of $413 million related to the sale of our wireless activities, partly offset by gains from divestments of other activities and various tangible fixed assets.

Restructuring Charges

In 2009, a restructuring charge of $112 million was recorded, resulting from the new restructuring projects in 2009, which included the closure of one of the wafer factories in Nijmegen, the Netherlands, scheduled for early 2011, and employee termination costs related to the transaction with Trident. This charge was offset by the release of certain restructuring liabilities for an amount of $92 million, related to restructuring projects announced earlier. In addition, cash expensed restructuring costs amounting to $83 million were directly charged to our income statement in 2009. In the aggregate, the net restructuring charges that affected our operating income for 2009 amounted to $103 million. In 2008, a charge of $594 million was recorded for restructuring, of which $443 million was related to the Redesign Program. The restructuring charges related to the Redesign Program included write downs for assets, costs related to the closure of businesses, employee termination expenses and various other restructuring charges.

 

61

---

Table of Contents

Operating Income (Loss)

The following tables present the aggregate operating income (loss) by segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, which includes the effects of PPA, restructuring and other incidental items and impairment charges:

 

		For the year ended December 31, 2009
($ in millions)		Operating income (loss)				Effects of PPA				Restructuring and Other Incidental Items				Impairment Charges
High-Performance Mixed-Signal			(187	)			(218	)			(84	)			—
Standard Products			(120	)			(61	)			(15	)			—
Manufacturing Operations			(175	)			(83	)			(101	)			—
Corporate and Other			(188	)			(2	)			(127	)			—
Divested Home Activities			(261	)			(7	)			(17	)			(69	)
Total			(931	)			(371	)			(344	)			(69	)

 

		For the year ended December 31, 2008
($ in millions)		Operating income (loss)				Effects of PPA				Restructuring and Other Incidental Items				Impairment Charges
High-Performance Mixed-Signal			(210	)			(239	)			(45	)			(218	)
Standard Products			(14	)			(50	)			(3	)			—
Manufacturing Operations			(544	)			(134	)			(367	)			—
Corporate and Other			(504	)			(12	)			(266	)			(156	)
Divested Wireless Activities			(785	)			(154	)			(414	)			—
Divested Home Activities			(586	)			(69	)			(27	)			(340	)
Total			(2,643	)			(658	)			(1,122	)			(714	)

Financial Income (Expense)

 

		For the year ended December 31,
($ in millions)		2008				2009
Interest income			27				4
Interest expense			(502	)			(363	)
Impairment loss securities			(38	)			—
Foreign exchange results			(87	)			39
Extinguishment of debt			—				1,020
Other			(14	)			(18	)
Total			(614	)			682

Financial income and expenses (including the extinguishment of debt) was a net income of $682 million in 2009, compared to a net expense of $614 million in 2008.

The extinguishment of debt in 2009 amounted to a gain of $1,020 million, net of a write down of $25 million related to capitalized initial bond issuance costs, as a result of (i) private offers to exchange our Secured Notes and Unsecured Notes for the Super Priority Notes, (ii) a private tender offer to purchase our Secured Notes and our Unsecured Notes for cash and (iii) several privately negotiated transactions to purchase our Secured Notes and/or Unsecured Notes for cash and/or additional Super Priority Notes. As a result of these transactions, our net interest expense also decreased from $475 million in 2008 to $359 million in 2009. Further, financial

 

62

---

Table of Contents

income in 2009 included a gain of $39 million as a result of a change in foreign exchange rates mainly applicable to our U.S. dollar-denominated notes and short-term loans, compared to a loss of $87 million in 2008.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense for 2009 was $10 million, compared to $42 million in 2008, and our effective income tax expense rate was (4.0%) in 2009, compared to (1.3)% in 2008. The change in the effective tax rate was primarily attributable to higher amount of net operating losses as a deferred tax asset, withholding tax expense of $19 million in 2009 related to current and future repatriations of earnings to the Netherlands, non-deductible expenses and a net prior year adjustment in 2009 of $17 million benefit resulting from tax filings and assessments.

Results Relating to Equity-accounted Investees

Results relating to the equity-accounted investees in 2009 resulted in a gain of $74 million, compared to a loss of $268 million in 2008. The gain in 2009 was largely due to the release of translation differences related to the sale of our 20% share in ST-NXP Wireless (subsequently renamed “ST-Ericsson”). The loss in 2008 was largely related to the write-off to the fair market value of our 20% share in ST-NXP Wireless.

Income (Loss) on Discontinued Operations

The income on discontinued operations, net of taxes, was $32 million in 2009 compared to $36 million in 2008. This related entirely to the results of our Sound Solutions Business, which is intended to be sold in 2011.

Net Income (Loss)

Net income for the year 2009 amounted to a loss of $153 million compared to a loss of $3,531 million in 2008. The decrease in net loss was attributable to:

 

•

lower PPA effects, lower restructuring and other incidental costs and lower impairment charges;

 

•

improved operating results;

 

•

the gain in 2009 on extinguishment of debt; and

 

•

better results from equity-accounted investees.

Non-controlling Interests

The share of non-controlling interests in the 2009 results amounted to a profit of $14 million compared to $26 million in 2008 related to the third-party share in the results of consolidated companies, predominantly SSMC and NuTune. As a result, the net loss attributable to our stockholders amounted to $167 million in 2009, compared to $3,557 million in 2008.

 

63

---

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 by Segment

Revenues

The following table presents the reconciliation from nominal revenue growth to comparable revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

(In %)		Nominal Growth				Consolidation Changes(1)				Currency Effects(2)				Comparable Growth(3)
High-Performance Mixed-Signal			(19.9	)			—				1.7				(18.2	)
Standard Products			(25.0	)			—				1.4				(23.6	)
Manufacturing Operations			—				(29.0	)			—				(29.0	)
Corporate and Other			(24.7	)			(33.8	)			0.2				(58.3	)
Divested Wireless Activities			—				—				—				—
Divested Home Activities			(10.0	)			(13.1	)			0.4				(22.7	)
Total Group			(31.1	)			7.2				1.3				(22.6	)

 

(1)	Reflects the relative changes in revenues between periods arising from the effects of material acquisitions and divestments and reclassified product lines. For an overview of our significant acquisitions and divestments, see “—Factors Affecting Comparability—Effect of Acquisition Accounting.”

(2)	Reflects the currency effects that result from the translation of our revenues from foreign currencies into our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, at the monthly exchange rates during the respective years.

(3)

Comparable revenue growth reflects the relative changes in revenues between periods adjusted for the effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes, material acquisitions and divestments and reclassified product lines. Our revenues are translated from foreign currencies into our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, at the monthly exchange rates during the respective years. As a result of significant currency movements throughout the year and the impact of material acquisitions and divestments on comparable revenue figures, we believe that an understanding of our revenues performance is enhanced after these effects are excluded.

High-Performance Mixed-Signal

 

		For the year ended December 31,
($ in millions)		2008				2009
Revenues			2,511				2,011
% nominal growth			(4.3	)			(19.9	)
% comparable growth			(7.3	)			(18.2	)
Gross profit			1,065				785
Operating income (loss)			(210	)			(187	)
Effects of PPA			(239	)			(218	)
Total restructuring charges			(8	)			(53	)
Total other incidental items			(37	)			(31	)
Impairment goodwill and other intangibles			(218	)			—

Revenues

Revenues in 2009 were $2,011 million, compared to $2,511 million in 2008, a nominal decrease of 19.9%, and a comparable decrease of 18.2%. The decline in revenues over 2008 reflects the impact of the global recession on our industry, which led to a steep decline in revenues across the entire High-Performance Mixed-Signal portfolio, primarily because of the negative impact on our sales volume, but also because of price erosion. However, our revenues in the third and fourth quarters partly recovered due to increasing sales volumes attributable to the replenishment of inventory by our customers, market share gains driven by design wins across

 

64

---

Table of Contents

a wide range of our business lines, our responsive manufacturing operations and the economic recovery. The High-Performance Mixed-Signal revenues in 2009 were also affected by unfavorable currency effects of $46 million compared to 2008.

Gross Profit

Gross profit in 2009 was $785 million, compared to $1,065 million in 2008. Included are the PPA effects of $2 million in 2009, compared to $23 million in 2008. Restructuring and other incidental items amounted to an aggregate cost of $61 million in 2009, compared to $33 million in 2008. The restructuring and other incidental items in 2009 were mainly related to process and product transfer costs and restructuring costs as part of the Redesign Program. The lower gross profit in 2009 was largely due to the lower revenues resulting from the economic crisis that particularly affected the revenues in the first half of the year 2009. However, the decline in gross profit was partly offset by the cost savings resulting from the ongoing Redesign Program.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses amounted to $979 million in 2009, compared to $1,283 million in 2008. Operating expenses included the PPA effects of $216 million in 2009, compared to $216 million in 2008. In addition, operating expenses for 2008 included an impairment charge of $218 million related to goodwill and other intangibles. The selling costs, research and development costs and general and administrative costs were lower in 2009 compared to 2008, largely as a result of the ongoing Redesign Program and favorable currency effects compared to 2008.

Operating Income (Loss)

We had a loss from operations of $187 million in 2009, compared to a loss from operations of $210 million in 2008. Included are the PPA effects of $218 million in 2009, compared to $239 million in 2008 and restructuring and other incidental items which amounted to an aggregate cost of $84 million in 2009, compared to $45 million in 2008. The restructuring and other incidental items in 2009 were mainly related to process and product transfer costs and restructuring costs as part of the Redesign Program. In 2008, restructuring and other incidental items were mainly related to process and product transfer costs in relation to the closure of our factory in Boeblingen in Germany and restructuring costs. Also, the loss from operations was higher in 2008 due to an impairment charge of $218 million. The remaining decline in operating income was mainly due to the lower revenues resulting from the economic downturn, which affected the overall semiconductor industry, partly offset by a decline in operating expenses as a result of the ongoing Redesign Program.

Standard Products

 

		For the year ended December 31,
($ in millions)		2008				2009
Revenues			756				567
% nominal growth			(1.6	)			(25.0	)
% comparable growth			(4.1	)			(23.6	)
Gross profit			182				74
Operating income (loss)			(14	)			(120	)
Effects of PPA			(50	)			(61	)
Total restructuring charges			(9	)			(9	)
Total other incidental items			6				(6	)

 

65

---

Table of Contents

Revenues

Revenues in 2009 were $567 million, compared to $756 million in 2008, a nominal decrease of 25.0% and a comparable decrease of 23.6%. Revenues, especially during first half of the year, were severely affected by the lower end-customer demand and tight inventory controls at our distribution partners in an overall weak market. The decrease was visible across the whole Standard Products portfolio and was primarily driven by decreasing sales volumes, but also due to price erosion. However, our revenues in the third and fourth quarters of 2009 partly recovered due to increasing sales volumes attributable to the replenishment of inventory by our customers, an increase in end-customer demand and the economic recovery. The revenues in 2009 were also affected by unfavorable currency effects of $18 million compared to 2008.

Gross Profit

Gross profit in 2009 was $74 million, compared to $182 million in 2008. There were no PPA effects in 2009, compared to PPA effects of $12 million in 2008. Restructuring and other incidental items amounted to an aggregate cost of $14 million in 2009, compared to $3 million in 2008. The restructuring and other incidental items in 2009 and 2008 were mainly related to restructuring costs. The decline in gross profit was largely due to the decline in revenues and the related lower factory utilization, partly compensated by the cost savings resulting from the ongoing Redesign Program.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses amounted to $194 million in 2009, compared to $195 million in 2008. Operating expenses included PPA effects of $61 million in 2009, compared to $38 million in 2008. The selling costs, general and administrative costs and research and development costs were lower in 2009 compared to 2008, largely due to effects of the ongoing Redesign Program.

Operating Income (Loss)

We had a loss from operations of $120 million in 2009, compared to a loss of $14 million in 2008. Included are the PPA effects of $61 million in 2009 compared to $50 million in 2008. The decline in operating income was mainly due to the lower gross profit resulting from lower revenues. This decline was partly offset by the reduction of operating expenses resulting from the ongoing Redesign Program. The restructuring and other incidental items in 2009 amounted to an aggregate cost of $15 million, compared to $3 million in 2008, both primarily related to restructuring costs.

Manufacturing Operations

Revenues

Revenues of our Manufacturing Operations segment were $324 million in 2009 (including wafer sales of $149 million to ST-Ericsson), compared to $324 million in 2008 (including wafer sales of $85 million to ST-Ericsson). Excluding wafer sales to ST-Ericsson, the revenues in 2009 declined due to the lower demand as a result of the economic downturn, which affected the semiconductor industry and negatively impacted on our sales volume. The factory utilization rate, based on starts, for 2009 was reduced to 60% compared to 73% in 2008 due to the poor demand, mainly during the first half of the year.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses amounted to $74 million in 2009, compared to $30 million in 2008. Operating expenses in 2009 mainly related to the real estate and facility management costs and the management fee allocated to our Manufacturing Operations segment. Operating expenses in 2008 mainly related to PPA effects.

 

66

---

Table of Contents

Corporate and Other

Revenues

Revenues in 2009 were $165 million, which primarily related to NuTune, compared to $219 million in 2008. The decline in revenues was primarily due to the overall weak market conditions and the associated decline in NuTune’s business and was mainly driven by decreasing sales volumes.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses amounted to $178 million in 2009, compared to $568 million in 2008. In 2009, restructuring and other incidental items amounted to an aggregate cost of $118 million and were mainly related to restructuring costs, IT system reorganization costs and merger and acquisition related costs. In 2008, restructuring and other incidental items amounted to an aggregate cost of $287 million and were mainly related to restructuring costs and merger and acquisition related costs. In addition, we incurred an impairment charge of $156 million in 2008 related to goodwill and other intangibles.

Divested Wireless Activities

On July 28, 2008, we and STMicroelectronics announced the termination of our agreement, bringing the wireless operations of both companies into the joint venture ST-NXP Wireless. Subsequently, the related assets and liabilities were deconsolidated. The operations until July 28, 2008 remained consolidated in the consolidated accounts under the new segment Divested Wireless Activities.

We held a 20% share in this joint venture as at December 31, 2008. On February 2, 2009, the 20% share was sold to STMicroelectronics for $92 million (and subsequently renamed “ST-Ericsson”).

Divested Home Activities

On February 8, 2010, we divested a major portion of our former Home segment to Trident. The remaining part of the former Home segment has been moved into the High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Corporate and Other segments.

Revenues in 2009 were $452 million, compared to $502 million in 2008, a nominal decrease of 10.0%. Revenues during the first half year of 2009 were severely affected by the economic crisis. Revenues during the second half of the year recovered partly compared to the steep decline in the first half year of 2009, but were still significantly lower compared to the same period in 2008. In the TV business, growth was seen in the Digital TV markets, whereas the analog market continued to decline. Also, the mainstream (retail) set-top box market was weak. The decline in revenues was partly offset due to the consolidation effects of our broadband media processing activities, which contributed for the full year of 2009 compared to only four months in 2008.

Quarterly Presentation of 2009 and 2010 Results

The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for 2009 and 2010 for our group and our two market-oriented business segments, High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products. We have prepared the statement of operations for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of our management, each statement of operations includes all adjustments, consisting solely of recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. Our fiscal quarters generally consist of 13 week periods. Our first fiscal quarter ends on the Sunday nearest the date that is 13 weeks following January 1 and our fourth fiscal quarter ends on December 31. As a result, there are often differences in the number of days within the first and fourth quarters, as compared to the same quarters in other years or as compared to other quarters in the same year. The first fiscal quarter of 2009 consisted of 88 days and ended on March 29, 2009; the second fiscal quarter of 2009 consisted of 91 days and ended on June 28, 2009; the third

 

67

---

Table of Contents

fiscal quarter of 2009 consisted of 91 days and ended on September 27, 2009; the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009 consisted of 95 days and ended on December 31, 2009. The first fiscal quarter of 2010 consisted of 94 days and ended on April 4, 2010; the second fiscal quarter of 2010 consisted of 91 days and ended on July 4, 2010; the third fiscal quarter of 2010 consisted of 91 days and ended on October 3, 2010; the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009 consisted of 89 days and ended on December 31, 2010. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period and the fiscal quarters of 2009 were not subject to an interim review in accordance with SAS 100 by our auditors.

The Group*

 

($ in millions)		Q1 2010				Q2 2010				Q3 2010				Q4 2010
Revenues			1,085				1,119				1,120				1,078
Gross profit			406				446				476				495
Operating expenses and other business income (expense)			(421	)			(370	)			(370	)			(389	)
Operating income (loss)			(15	)			76				106				106
Effects of PPA			(83	)			(81	)			(69	)			(69	)
Restructuring charges			(14	)			10				(1	)			(15	)
Other incidental items			(45	)			(18	)			(9	)			(18	)
Impairment of assets held for sales			—				—				—				—

 

($ in millions)		Q1 2009				Q2 2009				Q3 2009				Q4 2009
Revenues			645				823				984				1,067
Gross profit			62				166				300				370
Operating expenses and other business income (expense)			(407	)			(392	)			(444	)			(586	)
Operating income (loss)			(345	)			(226	)			(144	)			(216	)
Effects of PPA			(80	)			(126	)			(84	)			(81	)
Restructuring charges			(35	)			(26	)			2				(44	)
Other incidental items			(30	)			(36	)			(94	)			(81	)
Impairment of assets held for sales			—				—				—				(69	)

 

*

Depreciation and amortization was $185 million, $160 million, $155 million and $184 million for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively. In 2009, depreciation and amortization was $199 million, $239 million, $192 million and $188 million for the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively. Depreciation and amortization included $21 million, $1 million, $1 million and $23 million for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively, related to depreciation of property, plant and equipment from exited product lines and from disposals that occurred in connection with our restructuring activities and other incidental items. In 2009, depreciation and amortization included nil, $9 million, $18 million and $19 million for the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively, related to depreciation of property, plant and equipment from exited product lines and from disposals that occurred in connection with our restructuring activities and other incidental items.

Revenues were $1,085 million, $1,119 million, $1,120 million and $1,078 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively. Our revenues were $645 million, $823 million, $984 million and $1,067 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. Revenues in the first and second quarters of 2009 were severely affected by the economic downturn. Our revenues in the third and fourth quarters of 2009 partly recovered due to increasing sales volumes attributable to the replenishment of inventory by our customers, our responsive manufacturing operations and the economic recovery.

Our gross profit improved from $406 million, or 37.4% of revenue, in the first quarter of 2010 to $495 million, or 45.9% of revenue, in the fourth quarter of 2010. Our gross profit included PPA effects of $12 million in the first quarter of 2010 and $3 million in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2010. Our gross profit included restructuring and other incidental charges of $5 million, $7 million, $9 million and $10 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively. These restructuring and other incidental charges were mainly related to the closure of our ICN 5 factory in Nijmegen, the Netherlands and product and process transfer costs in connection with the Redesign Program.

 

68

---

Table of Contents

Our gross profit improved from $62 million, or 9.6% of revenues, in the first quarter of 2009 to $370 million, or 34.7% of revenue, in the fourth quarter of 2009. Our gross profit included PPA effects of $4 million, $54 million, $3 million and $8 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. The PPA effects in the second quarter of 2009 included an additional write-down arising from the closure of our factory in Fishkill, New York.

Our gross profit included restructuring and other incidental charges of $41 million, $37 million, $45 million and $35 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. These restructuring and other incidental charges were mainly related to the product and process transfer costs and closure of our factories in Fishkill, New York and Caen, France in connection with the Redesign Program.

Our operating income improved from a loss of $15 million in the first quarter of 2010, to income of $106 million in the fourth quarter of 2010. The improvement in our operating income was mainly attributable to the higher-margin product mix and cost savings achieved as a result of the ongoing Redesign Program. Our operating income included PPA effects of $83 million, $81 million, $69 million and $69 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively. Also included in our operating income are restructuring and other incidental charges of $59 million, $8 million, $10 million and $33 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively.

Our operating income was a loss of $345 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to a loss of $216 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. The improvement in our operating income was mainly attributable to the increase in our gross profit, partly offset by higher operating expenses. Our operating income included PPA effects of $80 million, $126 million, $84 million and $81 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. Also included in our operating income are restructuring and other incidental charges of $65 million, $62 million, $92 million and $125 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. Furthermore, operating income in the fourth quarter of 2009 included $69 million of impairment charges for assets held for sale related to our former Home segment.

High-Performance Mixed-Signal

 

($ in millions)		Q1 2010				Q2 2010				Q3 2010				Q4 2010
Revenues			695				719				715				717
Gross profit			330				379				403				413
Operating income (loss)			51				97				120				119
Effects of PPA			(63	)			(58	)			(48	)			(53	)
Total restructuring charges			1				5				5				4
Total other incidental items			(1	)			—				(2	)			—

 

($ in millions)		Q1 2009				Q2 2009				Q3 2009				Q4 2009
Revenues			373				454				547				637
Gross profit			98				174				242				271
Operating income (loss)			(132	)			(41	)			7				(21	)
Effects of PPA			(54	)			(53	)			(57	)			(54	)
Total restructuring charges			(2	)			(3	)			(5	)			(43	)
Total other incidental items			(8	)			(3	)			(5	)			(15	)

The gross profit of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment included PPA effects of $10 million in the first quarter of 2010 and PPA effects of $1 million in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2010. Furthermore, the gross profit of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment included restructuring and other incidental charges of nil in each of the first and third quarters and releases of $2 million and $1 million in each of the second and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively. The gross profit of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment included PPA effects of $1 million in each of the first, second and third quarters of 2009, while in the

 

69

---

Table of Contents

fourth quarter a release of $1 million was recorded. The gross profit of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment included restructuring and other incidental charges of $8 million in the first, second and third quarters of 2009 and $37 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. This increase in restructuring and other incidental charges in the fourth quarter was mainly related to a change in the scope of our Redesign Program, which was expanded.

The operating income of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment included PPA effects of $63 million, $58 million, $48 million and $53 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively. Also included in the operating income of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment are restructuring and other incidental releases of nil, $5 million, $3 million and $4 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively. The operating income of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment included PPA effects of $54 million, $53 million, $57 million and $54 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. Also included in the operating income of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal segment are restructuring and other incidental charges of $10 million, $6 million, $10 million and $58 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively.

Standard Products

 

($ in millions)		Q1 2010				Q2 2010				Q3 2010				Q4 2010
Revenues			199				207				221				221
Gross profit			55				63				78				84
Operating income (loss)			9				12				31				39
Effects of PPA			(14	)			(16	)			(12	)			(12	)
Total restructuring charges			2				(1	)			(1	)			(1	)
Total other incidental items			(1	)			—				—				—

 

($ in millions)		Q1 2009				Q2 2009				Q3 2009				Q4 2009
Revenues			94				127				163				183
Gross profit			(16	)			23				28				39
Operating income (loss)			(61	)			(23	)			(19	)			(17	)
Effects of PPA			(15	)			(16	)			(17	)			(13	)
Total restructuring charges			—				(1	)			(2	)			(6	)
Total other incidental items			(1	)			(1	)			(4	)			—

The gross profit of our Standard Products segment included no PPA effects in 2010. The gross profit of our Standard Products segment included a release of restructuring and other incidental charges of $1 million in the first quarter and restructuring and other incidental charges of $1 million in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2010. The gross profit of our Standard Products segment included PPA effects of nil in each of the first and second quarters of 2009 and $1 million in the third quarter of 2009, while in the fourth quarter a release of $1 million was recorded. The gross profit of our Standard Products segment included restructuring and other incidental charges of $1 million in each of the first and second quarters of 2009 and $6 million in each of the third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. These restructuring and other incidental items were mainly related to restructuring charges.

The operating income of our Standard Products segment included PPA effects of $14 million and $16 million in the first and second quarters of 2010 and $12 million in each of the third and fourth quarters of 2010. Also included in the operating income of our Standard Products segment are restructuring and other incidental releases of $1 million in the first quarter, and charges of $1 million in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2010. The operating income of our Standard Products segment included PPA effects of $15 million, $16 million, $17 million and $13 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. Also included are restructuring and other incidental charges of $1 million, $2 million, $6 million and $6 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At the end of 2010 our cash balance was $898 million. Taking into account the available undrawn amount of the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, we had access to $1,156 million of liquidity as of December 31, 2010. We

 

70

---

Table of Contents

started 2010 with a cash balance of $1,026 million and during the year our cash decreased by $128 million. The Redesign Program resulted in a cash outflow of $223 million and we also repaid $200 million on our Secured Revolving Credit Facility in 2010, while our initial public offering of 34 million shares resulted in a net cash inflow of $448 million, after deducting related expenses of $28 million.

Net capital expenditures were higher in 2010 due to our increased investments to support our High-Performance Mixed-Signal strategy which resulted in a cash outflow of $227 million. In 2010, we received cash of $27 million from the sale of other financial assets (mainly our shares in Virage Logic) and we received $39 million for the sale of property, plant & equipment and assets held for sale which were mainly related to our sites in Boeblingen, Hausbruch and San Jose. We paid $54 million to Trident (of which $7 million was paid afterwards) and acquired Jennic for $8 million. The sale of our participation in NuTune resulted in a cash outflow of $6 million.

On a going-forward basis, as a result of our Redesign Program and our efforts to streamline our fixed assets related to our manufacturing operations, we expect our capital expenditures to be less than historical levels. We currently expect our capital expenditures to be in the area of 5% of our revenues. In addition, for the foreseeable future, we expect capital expenditures as a percent of revenues from our business segments (High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products) to generally be consistent with our expected capital expenditures for 2011.

Since December 31, 2009, our total debt has reduced from $5,283 million to $4,551 million as of December 31, 2010. Retirement of debt for cash combined with the issuance of a new bond, the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes, resulted in a total long-term debt reduction of $440 million. In 2010, the reduction in total debt was also supported by a decrease of $187 million in our short-term debt, a majority of which reduction consisted of a repayment under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The total amount of cash used for financing activities amounted to $155 million.

After the repayment of $200 million under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility we had drawings outstanding of $400 million on our Secured Revolving Credit Facility at year-end 2010. At the end of 2010 we still had a capacity of $258 million remaining under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, after taking into account outstanding bank guarantees, based on the end of year exchange rate. However, the amount of this availability varies with fluctuations between the euro and the U.S. dollar as the total amount of the facility, €500 million, is denominated in euro, and the amounts presently drawn are denominated in U.S. dollars.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we incurred a total net interest expense of $318 million and had an average interest rate on our debt instruments of 7%, compared to a total net interest expense of $359 million and had an average interest rate on our debt instruments of 6% in 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we incurred a total net interest expense of $475 million and had an average interest rate on our debt instruments of 8%.

At December 31, 2010, our cash balance was $898 million, of which $338 million was held by SSMC, our joint venture company with TSMC. A portion of this cash can be distributed by way of a dividend to us, but 38.8% of the dividend will be paid to our joint venture partner. In 2010 no dividends were distributed.

Our sources of liquidity include cash on hand, cash flow from operations and amounts available under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility. We believe that, based on our current level of operations as reflected in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, these sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our operations, capital expenditures, and debt service for at least the next twelve months.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions. In the future, we may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or future borrowings under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, or from other sources may not be available to us in an amount sufficient, to

 

71

---

Table of Contents

enable us to repay our indebtedness, including the Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan, the Super Priority Notes, the Secured Notes, the Unsecured Notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs, including our Redesign Program and working capital and capital expenditure requirements. In any such case, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness.

Cash Flows

The condensed consolidated statements of cash flows are presented as follows:

 

		For the year ended December 31,
($ in millions)		2008				2009				2010
Cash flow from operating activities:
Net income (loss)			(3,531	)			(153	)			(406	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities			2,874				(577	)			765
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities			(657	)			(730	)			359
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities			1,046				63				(269	)
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities			318				(80	)			(155	)
Net cash provided by (used for) continuing operations			707				(747	)			(65	)
Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations			2				—				(5	)
Net cash provided by (used for) continuing and discontinued operations			709				(747	)			(70	)
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash positions			46				(8	)			(63	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period			1,041				1,796				1,041
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period			1,796				1,041				908
Less cash and cash equivalents at end of period—discontinued operations			15				15				10
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period—continuing operations			1,781				1,026				898

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

In 2010, we generated $359 million of cash from operating activities compared to a usage of $730 million of cash in 2009. This improvement in cash flow was driven by increased revenues in 2010 and further cost savings as a result of our Redesign Program. Payments related to the Redesign Program amounted to $223 million in 2010 compared to $385 million in 2009. Cash interest payments were $278 million in 2010, compared to $391 million in 2009. The use of the net proceeds of our IPO resulted in a further improvement of our capital structure and contributed to lower interest expenses in the year.

In 2010 we had a positive cash inflow of approximately $4.5 billion from our customers versus payments amounting to approximately $3.9 billion related to our suppliers and staff.

In 2009, net cash used for operating activities was $730 million. This was mainly driven by our operational performance in the year with lower revenues and an increase in operational working capital. The redesign payments amounted to $385 million in 2009.

In 2008, cash from operating activities was a cash out of $657 million. This was mainly driven by lower sales levels and interest payments of $483 million, tax payments of $84 million and redesign payments of $48 million.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Net cash used for investing activities was $269 million in 2010, compared to a net cash inflow of $63 million in 2009. Our capital expenditures increased from $92 million in 2009 to $258 million in 2010. The sale

 

72

---

Table of Contents

of assets, mainly is Germany and the US, resulted in proceeds of $39 million in total and we acquired Jennic for $8 million in 2010. The cash payments related to the sale of our businesses (Trident and NuTune) amounted to $60 million. Due to the acquisition of Virage Logic by Synopsis in 2010, we were able to sell our shares in Virage Logic for a consideration of $25 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities in 2009 was $63 million. Included are gross capital expenditures of $92 million, proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment of $21 million, proceeds from the sale of DSPG securities of $20 million, proceeds of $92 million related to the sale of the 20% shareholding in the ST-NXP Wireless joint-venture and proceeds related to a cash settlement with Philips of $21 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities in 2008 was $1,046 million. Included are net proceeds from the sale of our wireless activities of $1,433 million, partially offset by cash paid for the acquisition of Conexant’s broadband media processing business of $111 million and cash paid for the acquisition of Glonav of $87 million. Other significant factors affecting our cash from investing activities included net capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment of $295 million and proceeds from the sale of our Crolles assets of $130 million.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

In 2010, we used $155 million for financing activities compared to $80 million in 2009. In 2010, we first negotiated the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility to replace the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which is maturing in September 2012. This transaction extends our revolving credit into 2015. In addition, in 2010, we issued a new bond of $1,000 million due 2018, the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes, with net cash proceeds of $974 million and in August we completed an initial public offering of the Company on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and raised $448 million of net proceeds. The funds from the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes and our IPO were used to retire $1,383 million of our debt and to repay $200 million on our Secured Revolving Credit Facility. In China we borrowed $18 million locally in order to repay a loan to NXP Beijing. NXP Beijing is part of our Sound Solutions Business and will be part of the sale to Knowles Electronics in 2011.

Net cash used for financing activities in 2009 amounted to $80 million. The net cash outflow from financing activities in 2009 mainly consisted of a $286 million outflow related to our offer to repurchase the Secured Notes or the Unsecured Notes for cash and the net inflow of $200 million from drawing under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2008 was $318 million, which mainly consisted of $400 million from the drawing of the Secured Revolving Credit Facility. Furthermore, SSMC (in which we have a 61.2% ownership share) repaid $200 million of paid in capital to its shareholders. As a consequence, the $78 million cash paid to TSMC (our joint venture partner in SSMC) reduced the consolidated cash position by $78 million.

Debt Position

Short-term Debt

 

		As of December 31,
		2008				2009				2010
($ in millions)
Revolving credit facility			400				600				400
Other short-term bank borrowings			3				10				18
Current portion of long-term debt			—				—				5
Total			403				610				423

Short-term bank borrowings for the periods presented mainly consisted of borrowings under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The weighted average interest rate under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility was 3.2% and 3.5% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

73

---

Table of Contents

We have a Secured Revolving Credit Facility of €500 million, equivalent to $669 million, based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2010 and equivalent to $720 million based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2009, which we entered into on September 29, 2006 in order to finance our working capital requirements and general corporate purposes. On December 31, 2010, we had remaining borrowing capacity of an additional $258 million under that facility. Although the Secured Revolving Credit Facility expires in 2012, as we have the flexibility of drawing and repaying under this facility on a short term basis, the amounts drawn under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility are classified as short-term debt.

On May 10, 2010, we entered into a €458 million Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, which becomes available, subject to specified conditions, on September 28, 2012, and matures on September 28, 2015, to replace our existing Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The conditions to utilization of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility include specified closing conditions, as well as conditions (i) that our consolidated net debt does not exceed $3,750 million as of June 30, 2012 (and if it exceeds $3,250 million on such date, the commitments under the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility will be reduced by 50%), and (ii) that we issue on or before September 28, 2012, securities with gross proceeds of $500 million, having a maturity at least 180 days after the maturity of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, the proceeds of which are to be used to refinance debt (other than debt under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility) that matures before the maturity of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility. With the issuance of the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes, we have satisfied the condition to issue securities with gross proceeds of $500 million on or before September 28, 2012.

In 2010 we borrowed locally $18 million in China for one of our subsidiaries in order to repay a loan to Sound Solutions Beijing. The latter company is now classified as discontinued operations and part of the sale of our Sound Solutions Business to Knowles Electronics.

Long-term Debt

As of December 31, 2010, the euro-denominated notes and U.S. dollar-denominated notes represented 29% and 71%, respectively, of the total principal amount of the notes outstanding. The fixed rate notes and floating rate notes represented 61% and 39%, respectively, of the total principal amount of the notes outstanding at December 31, 2010.

 

($ in millions)		December 31, 2009				Currency Effects				Accrual of Debt Discount				Debt Exchanges/ Repurchases/ new borrowings				Other(4)				December  31, 2010(5)
Euro-denominated 10% super priority notes due July 2013(1)(2)			25				(2	)			3				—				—				26
U.S. dollar-denominated 10% super priority notes due July 2013(2)			166				—				12				—				—				178
Euro-denominated floating rate senior secured notes due October 2013(1)(3)			1,214				(103	)			—				(259	)			—				852
U.S. dollar-denominated floating rate senior secured notes due October 2013(3)			1,201				—				—				(435	)			—				766
U.S. dollar-denominated 7 7/8% senior secured notes due October 2014			845				—				—				(483	)			—				362
Euro-denominated 8 5/8% senior notes due October 2015(1)			427				(32	)			—				(81	)			—				314
U.S. dollar-denominated 9 1/2% senior notes due October 2015			788				—				—				(182	)			—				604
U.S. dollar-denominated 9 3/4% senior secured notes due August 2018			—				—				—				1,000				—				1,000
			4,666				(137	)			15				(440	)			—				4,104
Other long-term debt			7				(1	)			—				(2	)			20				24
Total long-term debt			4,673				(138	)			15				(442	)			20				4,128

 

74

---

Table of Contents

 

(1)	Converted into U.S. dollars at $1.337 per €1.00, the exchange rate in effect at December 31, 2010.

(2)

Balance at December 31, 2010 is at the fair value of debt issued, which differs from the principal amount outstanding. The principal amounts outstanding at December 31, 2010 were $38 million of Euro-denominated 10% super priority notes due July 2013 and $221 million of U.S. dollar-denominated 10% super priority notes due July 2013.

(3)	Interest accrues at a rate of three-month EURIBOR plus 2.75%.

(4)	Other includes reclassifications related to previous year adjustments with respect to liabilities arising from capital lease transactions.

(5)

On March 4, 2011, we entered into a new $500 million Term Loan, which has not been drawn as of the date of this prospectus. It is intended that the Term Loan will be drawn on April 6, 2011 and the proceeds, together with cash on hand and available borrowing capacity under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility will be used to redeem all $362 million of outstanding 2014 Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, together with $100 million of Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes, €143 million of Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes and the cash payment of $16 million for accrued and unpaid interest. We estimate that our annual average interest expense will decrease by $10 million as a result of the foregoing.

We may from time to time continue to seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.

Certain Terms and Covenants of the Notes

We are not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Super Priority Notes, the Secured Notes or the Unsecured Notes.

The Indentures governing the Super Priority Notes, the Secured Notes and the Unsecured Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and that of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, pay dividends, redeem capital stock, make certain other restricted payments or investments, enter into agreements that restrict dividends from restricted subsidiaries, sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries, engage in transactions with affiliates, and effect a consolidation or merger. As of December 31, 2010, and as of the date of filing of this prospectus, we are in compliance with our restrictive covenants contained in the Indentures.

The Super Priority Notes, the Term Loan, the Secured Notes and the Unsecured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally, on a senior basis by certain of our current and future material wholly owned subsidiaries.

Pursuant to various security documents related to the Super Priority Notes, the Term Loan, the Secured Notes and the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, we have granted first priority liens and security interests in substantially all of our assets, including the assets of our material wholly owned subsidiaries (other than, in the case of the Super Priority Notes and the Secured Notes, our shares).

In 2010, through a combination of cash buy-backs and debt exchange offers, we were able to reduce the book value of our total long-term debt by $545 million.

This was related to a combination of the buy backs of $1,440 million of our outstanding debt and by a new financing program of $1,000 million senior secured notes due 2018 partly offset by a $15 million of accruals of debt discount in 2010 and a reclassification related to previous year adjustments with respect to liabilities arising from capital leases for $20 million.

From the beginning of 2009 to the end of the year, the total long-term debt has been reduced from $5,964 million to $4,673 million. The long-term debt level was reduced in 2009 mainly by $1,331 million related to the several private and open market transactions. These transactions were executed during the second and third quarter of the year.

 

75

---

Table of Contents

In the second quarter of 2009, we reduced our overall debt by $517 million through a private offer to exchange Unsecured Notes and Secured Notes for new Dollar Super Priority Notes and Euro Super Priority Notes. Translation and exchange differences on our notes had an impact on this reduction as well.

As a result of our tender offer and several privately negotiated transactions to purchase notes for cash, and a privately negotiated transaction in which a purchase of Secured Notes for cash was combined with an exchange of Unsecured Notes for new Super Priority Notes, our overall debt level was reduced by $814 million in the third quarter of 2009.

Contractual Obligations

Presented below is a summary of our contractual obligations as at December 31, 2010.⁽¹⁾

 

($ in millions)		Total				2011				2012				2013				2014				2015				2016 and thereafter
Long-term debt(2)			4,109				—				1				1,823				362				921				1,002
Capital lease obligations			24				5				9				5				3				1				1
Short-term debt(3)			418				418				—				—				—				—				—
Operating leases			150				27				23				20				18				18				44
Interest on the notes(4)			1,564				295				292				292				210				182				293
Long-term purchase contracts			249				90				69				39				22				10				19
Unrecognized tax benefits			9				9				—				—				—				—				—
Total contractual cash obligations(4)(5)			6,523				844				394				2,179				615				1,132				1,359

 

(1)

This table does not include liabilities related to unrecognized tax benefits amounting to $62 million, payments associated with our defined benefit plans, restructuring obligations and any obligations contingent on future events. In addition, this does not include purchase orders entered into in the normal course of business.

(2)

On March 4, 2011, we entered into a new $500 million Term Loan, which has not been drawn as of the date of this prospectus. It is intended that the Term Loan will be drawn on April 6, 2011 and the proceeds, together with cash on hand and available borrowing capacity under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility will be used to redeem all $362 million of outstanding 2014 Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, together with $100 million of Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes, €143 million of Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes and the cash payment of $16 million for accrued and unpaid interest. We estimate that our annual average interest expense will decrease by $10 million as a result of the foregoing.

(3)

Short-term debt consists of outstanding borrowings and guarantees under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2010. Although the Secured Revolving Credit Facility expires in 2012, the amount drawn is classified as short-term debt because we have the flexibility of drawing and repaying under this facility. Any amount still outstanding under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility on September 28, 2012 will be due in full immediately on that date. The Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility will become available to us on September 28, 2012, the maturity date of our current Secured Revolving Credit Facility, subject to customary terms and conditions and certain financial conditions.

(4)

The interest on the notes was determined on the basis of LIBOR and EURIBOR interest rates and USD/Euro balance sheet rates as at December 31, 2010. We have also drawn amounts under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility, but have not included these interest amounts due to the revolving nature of the debt.

(5)

Certain of these obligations are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars, and have been translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars based on an aggregate average rate of $1.3326 per €1.00, in effect at December 31, 2010. As a result, the actual payments will vary based on any change in exchange rate.

As of December 31, 2010, accrued interest on debt amounted to $92 million.

Certain contingent contractual obligations, which are not reflected in the table above, include (a) contractual agreements, such as supply agreements, containing provisions that certain penalties may be charged if we do not

 

76

---

Table of Contents

fulfill our commitments, (b) a contractual agreement to contribute $18 million in our joint venture called ASEN Semiconductors Co. Ltd. if our venture partner also contributes its contractually agreed amounts, which may occur in 2010.

We sponsor pension plans in many countries in accordance with legal requirements, customs and the local situation in the countries involved. These are defined-benefit pension plans, defined contribution pension plans and multi-employer plans. Contributions to funded pension plans are made as necessary, to provide sufficient assets to meet future benefits payable to plan participants. These contributions are determined by various factors, including funded status, legal and tax considerations and local customs. We currently estimate contributions to pension plans will be $65 million in 2011, consisting of $3 million in employer contributions to defined-benefit pension plans and $62 million in employer contributions to defined-contribution pension plans and multi-employer plans. The expected cash outflows in 2011 and subsequent years are uncertain and may change as a consequence of statutory funding requirements as well as changes in actual versus currently assumed discount rates, estimations of compensation increases and returns on pension plan assets.

In addition, we have made certain commitments to SSMC, in which we have a 61.2% ownership share, whereby we are obligated to make, as cost compensation, payments to SSMC should we fail to utilize, on an annual basis, at least 42% (approximately 7.5 million mask steps) of the total available capacity at SSMC’s fabrication facilities but only in case TSMC does not utilize our shortfall and the overall SSMC utilization levels drop below 70% of the total available capacity. In the event that we and TSMC fail to utilize at least 70% of SSMC’s total available capacity, we would be required to compensate SSMC for full coverage of all unavoidable costs associated with what we fail to utilize below 42% of the total available capacity. No such payments have been made since 2002.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2010, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Legal Proceedings

In accordance with ASC 450, we account for losses that may result from ongoing legal proceedings based on our best estimate of what such losses could be or, when such best estimate cannot be made, we record for the minimum potential loss contingency. Estimates require the application of considerable judgment, and are refined each accounting period as additional information becomes known. We are often initially unable to develop a best estimate of loss and therefore the minimum amount, which could be zero, is recorded until a better estimate can be developed. As information becomes known, the minimum loss amount can be increased, resulting in additional loss provisions, or a best estimate can be made, which may or may not result in additional loss provisions. There can be no assurances that our recorded reserves will be sufficient to cover the extent of our costs and potential liability.

For a summary of the material legal proceedings to which we are subject, see “Business—Legal Proceedings” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates because we finance certain operations through fixed and variable rate debt instruments and denominate our transactions in a variety of foreign currencies. Changes in these rates may have an impact on future cash flow and earnings. We manage these risks through normal operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. We do not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

By using derivative instruments, we are subject to credit and market risk. The fair market value of the derivative instruments is determined by using valuation models whose inputs are derived using market

 

77

---

Table of Contents

observable inputs, including interest rate yield curves, as well as foreign exchange and commodity spot and forward rates, and reflects the asset or liability position as of the end of each reporting period. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes us, thus creating a receivable risk for us. We are exposed to counterparty credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties to our derivative agreements. We minimize counterparty credit (or repayment) risk by entering into transactions with major financial institutions of investment grade credit rating. Our exposure to market risk is not hedged in a manner that completely eliminates the effects of changing market conditions on earnings or cash flow.

Interest Rate Risk

Given the leveraged nature of our Company, we have inherent exposure to changes in interest rates. Our Secured Revolving Credit Facility has a floating rate interest and so will our Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility. From time to time, we may execute a variety of interest rate derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk. Consistent with our risk management objective and strategy, we have no interest rate risk hedging transactions in place.

NXP has issued several series of notes with maturities ranging from 4 to 9 years and a mix of floating and fixed rates. The euro and U.S. dollar denominated notes represent 29% and 71% respectively of the total notes outstanding.

The following table summarizes the outstanding notes per December 31, 2010:

 

		Principal amount*				Fixed/floating				Current coupon rate				Maturity date
Senior Priority Notes		€	29				Fixed				10.0	%			2013
Senior Priority Notes		$	221				Fixed				10.0	%			2013
Senior Secured Notes		€	637				Floating				3.74	%			2013
Senior Secured Notes		$	766				Floating				3.04	%			2013
Senior Secured Notes		$	362				Fixed				7.875	%			2014
Senior Notes		€	235				Fixed				8.625	%			2015
Senior Notes		$	606				Fixed				9.5	%			2015
Senior Secured Notes		$	1,000				Fixed				9.75	%			2018

 

*	Amount in millions.

A sensitivity analysis in relation to our long-term debt shows that if interest rates were to increase/decrease instantaneously by 1% from the level of December 31, 2010, all other variables held constant, the annualized interest expense would increase/decrease by $16 million. This impact is based on the outstanding net debt position as of December 31, 2010.

We intend to draw on our new Term Loan on April 6, 2011 and use the proceeds together with cash on hand and the available borrowing capacity under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility to retire all $362 million of outstanding 2014 Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, together with $100 million of Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes, €143 million of Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes. Our Term Loan has a principal amount of $500 million, matures on March 4, 2017, and bears interest at a floating rate of 3.25% above LIBOR, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%.

Foreign Currency Risks

We are also exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could affect operating results as well as our financial position and cash flows. We monitor our exposures to these market risks and generally employ operating and financing activities to offset these exposures where appropriate. If we do not have operating or financing activities to sufficiently offset these exposures, from time to time, we may employ derivative financial instruments such as swaps, collars, forwards, options or other instruments to limit the

 

78

---

Table of Contents

volatility to earnings and cash flows generated by these exposures. Derivative financial instruments are only used for hedging purposes and not for trading or speculative purposes. The Company measures all derivative financial instruments based on fair values derived from market prices of the instruments or from option pricing models, as appropriate and record these as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet. Changes in the fair values are recognized in the statement of operations immediately unless cash flow hedge accounting is applied.

Our primary foreign currency exposure relates to the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. However, our foreign currency exposures also relate, but are not limited, to the Chinese Yuan, the Japanese Yen, the Pound Sterling, the Malaysian Ringit, the Singapore Dollar, the Taiwan Dollar and the Thailand Baht.

It is our policy that transaction exposures are hedged. Accordingly, our organizations identify and measure their exposures from transactions denominated in other than their own functional currency. We calculate our net exposure on a cash flow basis considering balance sheet items, actual orders received or made and anticipated revenues and expenses. Committed foreign currency exposures are required to be fully hedged using forward contracts. The net exposures related to anticipated transactions are hedged with a combination of forward transactions up to a maximum tenor of 12 months and a cash position in both euro and dollar. The currency exposure related to our bonds has not been hedged.

The table below outlines the foreign currency transactions outstanding per December 31, 2010:

 

($ in millions)		Aggregate Contract Amount buy/(sell)(1)				Weighted Average Tenor (in months)				Fair Value
Foreign currency/ forward contracts(1)
Euro (U.S. dollar)			(163	)			2				(1.6	)
(Euro) Japanese Yen			(10	)			1				(0.3	)
Pound Sterling (U.S. dollar)			(18	)			1				(0.3	)
(Euro) Pound Sterling			(2	)			1				0.0
(U.S. dollar) Singapore dollar			(12	)			2				0.2
(U.S. dollar) Chinese yuan			(2	)			1				0.0
Euro (Singapore dollar)			(9	)			1				0.0

 

(1)	USD equivalent.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Our management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. If actual results differ significantly from management’s estimates, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Summarized below are those of our accounting policies where management believes the nature of the estimates or assumptions involved is material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of inventories comprises all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. The costs of conversion of inventories include direct labor and fixed and variable production overheads, taking into account the stage of completion. The cost of inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO)

 

79

---

Table of Contents

method. In determining the value of our inventories, estimates are made of material, labor and overhead consumed. In addition, our estimated yield has a significant impact on the valuation. We estimate yield based on historical experience.

An allowance is made for the estimated losses due to obsolescence. This allowance is determined for groups of products based on purchases in the recent past and/or expected future demand.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

•

Goodwill. We review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if there are events or circumstances that indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. To assess for impairment we determine the fair value of each “reporting unit” that carries goodwill. If the carrying value of the net assets including goodwill in the “reporting unit” exceeds the fair value, we perform an additional assessment to determine the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds this implied fair value, we record impairment for the difference between the carrying value and the implied fair value.

The determination of the fair value of the “reporting unit” requires us to make significant judgments and estimates including projections of future cash flows from the business. These estimates and required assumptions include estimated revenues and revenue growth rates, operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, estimated future capex investments, future economic and market conditions, determination of market comparables and the estimated weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”).

A sensitivity analysis, in which long-term growth rates become approximately zero and the WACC is being increased with 200 basis points, indicates that for all reporting units, the fair value exceeds the book value substantially.

We base our estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but any such estimates are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. In addition, we make judgments and assumptions in allocating assets and liabilities to each of our reporting segments.

We cannot predict certain future events that might adversely affect the reported value of goodwill, which totaled $2,299 million at December 31, 2010.

 

•

Long-Lived Assets other than Goodwill. We review long-lived assets for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. A potential impairment exists when management has determined that cash flows to be generated by those assets are less than their carrying value. Management must make significant judgments and apply a number of assumptions in estimating the future cash flows. The estimated cash flows are determined based on, among other things, our strategic plans, long-range forecasts, estimated growth rates and assumed profit margins.

If the initial assessment based on undiscounted projected cash flows indicates a potential impairment, the fair value of the assets is determined. We generally estimate fair value based on discounted cash flows. The discount rates applied to the estimated cash flows are generally based on the business segment specific WACC, which ranged between 11% and 14% in 2010. An impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value. An indication of impairment exists, similar to goodwill, based on the unfavorable developments in the economic climate.

In 2008, we performed an impairment assessment of our tangible fixed assets and other intangible assets. The projected cash flows were modified significantly from prior periods due to the changing economic environment, which resulted in lower projected cash flows (and fair values).

As a result of this assessment, we recorded an impairment of $284 million to our intangible assets. The assumptions applied were consistent with our impairment assessment for goodwill.

 

80

---

Table of Contents

Except for impairment of certain real estate that has been classified as held-for-sale ($69 million in 2009), no other impairment losses were recorded in 2009 and 2010. Any changes in future periods related to the estimated cash flows from these assets could result in an additional impairment in future periods.

At December 31, 2010, we had $1,486 million of other intangible assets and $1,164 million of remaining long-lived assets.

Restructuring

The provision for restructuring relates to the estimated costs of initiated reorganizations that have been approved by our management team and that involve the realignment of certain parts of the industrial and commercial organization. When such reorganizations require discontinuance and/or closure of lines of activities, the anticipated costs of closure or discontinuance are included in restructuring provisions.

Management uses estimates to determine the amount of the restructuring provision. Our estimates are based on our anticipated personnel reductions and average associated costs. These estimates are subject to judgment and may need to be revised in future periods based on additional information and actual costs.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues are primarily derived from sales to OEMs and similar customers and from sales to distributors.

We apply the guidance in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13 “Revenue Recognition” and recognize revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or the service has been provided, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured, based on the terms and conditions of the sales contract. For “made to order” sales, these criteria are met at the time the product is shipped and delivered to the customer and title and risk have passed to the customer. Examples of delivery conditions typically meeting these criteria are “Free on board point of delivery” and “Costs, insurance paid point of delivery”. Generally, the point of delivery is the customer’s warehouse. Acceptance of the product by the customer is generally not contractually required, since, for “made-to-order” customers, after design approval, manufacturing commences and subsequently delivery follows without further acceptance protocols. Payment terms used are those that are customary in the particular geographic market.

When we have established that all aforementioned conditions for revenue recognition have been met and no further post-shipment obligations exist, revenues are recognized.

For sales to distributors, the same recognition principles apply and similar terms and conditions as for sales to other customers are applied. However, for some distributors, contractual arrangements are in place that allow these distributors to return a product if certain conditions are met. These conditions generally relate to the time period during which return is allowed and reflect customary conditions in the particular geographic market. Other return conditions relate to circumstances arising at the end of a product life cycle, when certain distributors are permitted to return products purchased during a pre-defined period after we have announced a product’s pending discontinuance. Long notice periods associated with these announcements prevent significant amounts of product from being returned, however. We do not enter into repurchase agreements with OEMs or distributors. For sales where return rights exist, we have determined, based on historical data, that only a very small percentage of the sales to this type of distributor is actually returned. In accordance with this historical data, a pro rata portion of the sales to these distributors is not recognized but deferred until the return period has lapsed or the other return conditions no longer apply. Revenues are recorded net of sales taxes, customer discounts, rebates and similar charges.

Royalty income, which is generally earned based upon a percentage of revenues or a fixed amount per product sold, is recognized on an accrual basis. Government grants, other than those relating to purchases of assets, are recognized as income as qualified expenditures are made.

 

81

---

Table of Contents

A provision for product warranty is made at the time of revenue recognition and reflects the estimated costs of replacement and free-of-charge services that will be incurred by us with respect to the sold products. In cases where the warranty period is extended and the customer has the option to purchase such an extension, which is subsequently billed separately to the customer, revenue recognition related to the warranty extension occurs on a straight-line basis over the contract period.

Income Taxes

Income taxes in the consolidated financial statements are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and any tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We operate in numerous countries where our income tax returns are subject to audits and adjustments. Because we operate globally, the nature of the audit items is often very complex. We employ internal and external tax professionals to minimize audit adjustment amounts where possible. We have applied the provisions of ASC 740 “Income Taxes” with regard to uncertain tax positions and have recognized a liability for the income tax positions taken that do not have a cumulative realizability of more than 50%.

We have significant deferred tax assets primarily related to net operating losses in the Netherlands, France, Germany, the USA and other countries. At December 31, 2010, tax loss carryforwards amounted to $2,803 million and tax credit carryforwards, which are available to offset future tax, if any, amounted to $69 million. The realization of deferred tax assets is not assured and is dependent on the generation of sufficient taxable income in the future. We have exercised judgment in determining whether it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefit of these net operating losses and other deductible temporary differences, based upon estimates of future taxable income in the various jurisdictions and any feasible tax planning strategies. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that a portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Benefit Accounting

We account for the cost of pension plans and postretirement benefits other than pensions in accordance with ASC 715 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits.”

Our employees participate in pension and other postretirement benefit plans in many countries. The costs of pension and other post retirement benefits and related assets and liabilities with respect to our employees participating in defined-benefit plans have been based upon actuarial valuations and recorded each period. If the projected benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets, we recognize in the consolidated balance sheet a liability that equals the excess. If the fair value of plan assets exceeds the projected benefit obligation, we shall recognize in its statement of financial position an asset that equals the excess. Pension costs in respect of defined-benefit pension plans primarily represent the increase in the actuarial present value of the obligation for pension benefits based on employee service during the year and the interest on this obligation in respect of employee service in previous years, net of the expected return on plan assets.

In calculating obligation and expense, we are required to select certain actuarial assumptions. These assumptions include discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and rates of increase in compensation costs. Our assumptions are determined based on current market conditions, historical information and consultation with and input from our actuaries. Changes in the key assumptions can have a significant impact on the projected benefit obligations, funding requirements and periodic pension cost incurred.

 

82

---

Table of Contents

Share Based Compensation

We record share-based compensation arrangements in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation.” ASC 718 requires the cost of share-based payment arrangements to be recorded in the statement of operations.

Share-based compensation plans for employees were introduced in 2007. Subsequent to becoming a listed company in August 2010, the Company introduced additional share-based compensation plans for eligible employees in November 2010.

Post-IPO Plan

After we became a publicly listed company in August 2010, a new share-based payments program, the Long Term Incentive Plan 2010, was launched in November 2010. Under this program performance stock, stock options and restricted shares were granted to eligible employees. The options have a strike price equal to the closing share price on the grant date of November 2, 2010. The fair value of the options has been calculated with the Black-Scholes-Merton formula, using the following assumptions:

 

•

an expected life of 6.25 years, calculated in accordance with the guidance provided in SEC Staff bulletin No. 110 for plain vanilla options using the simplified method, given that our equity shares have been publicly traded for only a limited period of time we do not have sufficient historical exercise data;

 

•

a risk-free interest rate of 1.67%;

 

•

no expected dividend payments; and

 

•

a volatility of 45% based on the volatility of a set of peer companies. Peer company data has been used given the short period of time our shares have been publicly traded.

Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. See also “Management—Compensation—Share Based Compensation Plans,” for more information in relation to our Post-IPO Plan.

Pre-IPO Plans

Under the Pre-IPO plans, including the Management Equity Stock Option Plan, stock options were issued to certain employees of the Company. In accordance with the Management Equity Stock Option Plan, the members of our management team and certain other executives that were granted stock options will be allowed to exercise, from time to time, their vested options. The proportion of options available for exercise cannot exceed the proportion of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold by our co-investors, including the Private Equity Consortium, to the total number of shares of common stock owned by such co-investors. The exercise prices of stock options granted in 2007 and 2008 ranged from €1.00 to €2.50; for comparison reasons and according to the reverse stock split on August 2010, these exercise prices currently range from €20.00 to €50.00.

Also, equity rights were granted to certain non-executive employees under the Global Equity Incentive Program for the right to acquire our shares of common stock for no consideration after the rights have vested; upon a change of control (in particular, the Private Equity Consortium no longer jointly holding 30% of our common stock).

Since none of our stock options, equity rights or shares of common stock were traded on any stock exchange until August 2010, and exercise is dependent upon certain conditions, employees can receive no value nor derive any benefit from holding these options or rights without the fulfillment of the conditions for exercise. We have concluded that the fair value of the share-based payments could best be estimated by the use of a binomial option-pricing model because such model takes into account the various conditions and subjective assumptions that determine the estimated value. In addition to the estimated value of the Company based on projected cash flows, the assumptions used were:

 

•

expected life of the options and equity rights is calculated as the difference between the grant dates and an exercise triggering event occurring not before the end of 2011. For the options granted under the Pre-IPO plans, expected lives varying from 4.25 to 3 years have been assumed;

 

83

---

Table of Contents

•

risk-free interest rate varying from 4.1% to 1.6%;

 

•

expected asset volatility varying from 27% to 38% (based on the average volatility of comparable companies over an equivalent period from valuation date to exit date);

 

•

dividend pay-out ratio of nil;

 

•

lack of marketability discounts—used was between 35% and 26%; and

 

•

the Business Economic Value of the NXP group, based on projected discounted cash flows as derived from our business plan for the next 3 years, extrapolated until 2021 and using 3% terminal growth rates (the discount factor was based on a weighted average cost of capital of 12.4%).

Because the stock options and equity rights were not traded, an option-based approach (the Finnerty model) was used to calculate an appropriate discount for lack of marketability. The expected life of the stock options and equity rights is an estimate based on the time period private equity investors typically take to liquidate a portfolio investment. The volatility assumption has been based on the average volatility of comparable companies over an equivalent period from valuation to exit date.

In May 2009, we executed a stock option exchange program for stock options granted up until that date and which were estimated to be deeply out of the money. Under this stock option exchange program, stock options with new exercise prices, different volumes and, in certain cases, revised vesting schedules, were granted to eligible individuals, in exchange for their existing stock options. By accepting the new stock options all existing stock options (vested and unvested) owned by the eligible individuals were cancelled. The number of employees eligible for and affected by the stock option exchange program was approximately 120. Since May 2009, stock options have been granted to eligible individuals under the revised stock options program. The exercise prices of these stock options ranged from €0.10 to €2.00; for comparison reasons and according to the reverse stock split on August 2010, these exercise prices currently range from €2.00 to €40.00. No modifications occurred with respect to the equity rights of the non-executive employees. No further options or rights will be granted under the pre-IPO plans. See also “Management—Compensation—Share Based Compensation Plans.”

In accordance with the provisions of Topic 718, the unrecognized portion of the compensation costs of the cancelled stock options continues to be recognized over the remaining requisite vesting period. For the replacement stock options, the compensation costs are determined as the difference between the fair value of the cancelled stock options immediately before the grant date of the replacement stock options and the fair value of these replacement stock options at the grant date. This incremental compensation cost will be recognized in accordance with the vesting schedule over the next 2.5 years.

 

84

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a global semiconductor company and a long-standing supplier in the industry, with over 50 years of innovation and operating history. We provide leading High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products solutions that leverage our deep application insight and our technology and manufacturing expertise in RF, analog, power management, interface, security and digital processing products. Our product solutions are used in a wide range of automotive, identification, wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing applications. We engage with leading OEMs worldwide and 58% of our revenues both in 2010 and 2009 were derived from Asia Pacific (excluding Japan). Since our separation from Philips in 2006, we have significantly repositioned our business to focus on High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions and have implemented the Redesign Program aimed at achieving a world-class cost structure and processes. As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 24,500 full-time equivalent employees located in at least 30 countries, with research and development activities in Asia, Europe and the United States, and manufacturing facilities in Asia and Europe.

Industry Background

Digital and Analog Semiconductors

Digital and analog semiconductor integrated circuits, or ICs, form the core building blocks of most electronic devices and systems, including those used in automobiles, smart cards, mobile phones and base stations, personal computers, broadcast systems, lighting, industrial automation, and entertainment. They perform a variety of functions, such as converting real world inputs into electronic signals, processing data or electronic signals and storing information.

Digital semiconductors are primarily used for processing information and storing data. Their performance is generally measured in processing speed, processing power and storage capacity, where improvements and evolution have been defined by increasing transistor count while shrinking transistor size (a predictive industry measure known as “Moore’s Law”). Beyond improvements in speed and capacity, innovation in digital ICs has occurred over the years in terms of increasing integration of digital-oriented functions onto a single chip. For a number of very high volume applications like mobile phones and televisions, designers have integrated a significant share of the systems’ digital functions onto a single chip, creating so-called “system-on-chip” solutions.

Analog semiconductors convert real-world phenomena, such as radio frequency, temperature, light, sound, speed and motion, into and from digital electrical signals. Unlike digital devices, analog semiconductor performance is more driven by circuit design and specialty materials and process technologies utilized in manufacturing, and not as directly linked to an increase in transistor count and shrinkage of transistor size. In addition, the design of an analog semiconductor can be technically more challenging than with digital devices, generally involving greater variety and less repetition of circuit elements than digital semiconductor design. The interaction of analog circuit elements is complex, and their exact placement is critical to the accuracy and performance of the overall device. Innovation in analog ICs has generally occurred over the years in terms of precision, accuracy, bandwidth, efficiency and sensitivity.

Virtually every electronic system requires a combination of digital and analog components, linking the real analog world with the digital world. The analog components provide the fundamental inputs to be processed as well as translate the processed data to real world outputs, promoting greater functionality of electronic systems. In effect, the analog components act as the “eyes and ears” of the electronic systems, while the digital components process and store the data. Analog components thus determine, to a great extent, the nature, versatility and sensitivity of inputs, and the interaction between analog and digital components plays a major role in determining the overall systems’ key feature performance and cost.

 

85

---

Table of Contents

While innovation has increased the ability of semiconductor designers to integrate more functions onto a single chip, the fundamentally different properties between analog and digital semiconductors have made it such that both are typically required as separate components within electronic systems. Further, due to the different technologies, design expertise and manufacturing requirements inherent in their applications, digital and analog semiconductors are typically developed and manufactured by different companies. Consequently, traditional solutions for meeting the analog and digital requirements of a system have relied upon a combination of several discrete analog and digital components combined by original equipment manufacturers into electronic systems solutions for a given application. These OEMs therefore need to possess substantial system, sub-system and component-level design expertise to integrate discrete components into an advanced fully functional system and to drive their semiconductor suppliers’ roadmaps for future application requirements. This expertise is difficult and expensive for OEMs to maintain in-house. As electronic systems become more connected, and focused on receiving and processing a broader array of inputs and content types, the number of semiconductor sub-systems incorporated into an application solution is increasing significantly, requiring OEMs and their partners to have even more sophisticated integration teams in-house to develop their application solutions. Increasingly fewer companies have such skills, or the full breadth of expertise required. In addition, this partitioning of a system into analog and digital domains forces a designer to make compromises that sacrifice performance and capability and can add unnecessary cost.

The Need for High-Performance Mixed-Signal Solutions

Semiconductor suppliers offering system and sub-system solutions that combine analog and digital functionality into integrated mixed-signal solutions seek to help their customers overcome these challenges. High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions are an optimized mix of analog and digital functionality integrated into a system or sub-system. These solutions are fine-tuned for a specific application or application function in order to meet the specific performance, cost, power, size and quality requirements of that application. High-Performance Mixed-Signal Solutions are increasingly desired by customers serving a broad range of applications, including automotive, identification, wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing. The trend in electronic systems toward greater connectivity and mobility is accelerating the need for High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions that incorporate RF capability. Low power consumption and overall energy efficiency are important attributes of these solutions and security considerations are also critical, given the sensitive data often being transmitted.

The challenges inherent in delivering High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions make it such that few semiconductor companies are able to provide these solutions. Designing High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions requires deep application insight, systems design capabilities, architect level customer relationships, a broad portfolio of both analog and digital technologies and an ability to develop sophisticated analog and mixed-signal process technologies. This expertise has historically only been developed by the largest and most sophisticated semiconductor companies, who have a deep understanding of the challenges that accompany analog design, miniaturization, integration, digital processors and systems solutions, and in developing and running specialty manufacturing processes at high volumes and yields.

The NXP Solution

We design and manufacture High-Performance Mixed-Signal semiconductor solutions to meet the challenging requirements of systems and sub systems in our target markets. We leverage what we believe is an increasingly uncommon combination of capabilities—our broad range of analog and digital technologies, applications insights, and world-class process technology and manufacturing capabilities—to provide our customers with differentiated solutions that serve their critical requirements. Our solutions enable our customers to realize improved power efficiency, functional performance, miniaturization, quality, durability and adaptability in their electronic systems and application solutions.

 

86

---

Table of Contents

We deliver solutions to our customers in three primary ways, which enable us to support our customers throughout their products’ lifecycles:

 

1.

Early in an application systems’ life cycle and for low volume applications, we develop and deliver High-Performance Mixed-Signal application reference designs with our own and third-party products, and engineering notes that help our customers design their specific systems. In addition, we help our customers implement those designs by providing application architecture expertise and local engineering design-in support.

 

2.

As an application solution becomes more established and reaches sufficient sales volumes, we identify specific components that impede the achievement of leading-edge system performance and focus on designing application optimized High-Performance Mixed-Signal components to replace them.

 

3.

Finally, for high volume applications, with established standards and features, or where the cost/performance considerations are compelling, we integrate mixed-signal functionality on the silicon level, providing the highest level of features and performance and a cost reduction roadmap for our customers.

With our three step approach, many of our customers benefit from selecting us as a supplier early on in their products’ life cycles, as they avoid the need to fundamentally redesign their product platform between product generations. As a consequence, customers often engage with us early, which allows us to hone our understanding of their application requirements and future product roadmaps and become an integral component of their system design process.

Our Strengths

We believe we have a number of strengths that create the opportunity for us to be a leader in our target markets and applications. We believe that our key strengths include the following:

 

•

Market-leading products. In 2009, approximately 68% of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal revenues were generated by products for which we held the number one or number two market share position, and an additional 17% of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal revenues were from product areas or businesses where we are an innovation leader in specific niche segments of the larger microcontroller, power analog and interface markets. In 2009, we held the number one or number two positions in key High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets that included virtually all of our identification application businesses, our CAN/LIN/FlexRay in-vehicle networking, car passive keyless entry and immobilizer, car radio businesses in automotive applications, and our high-performance RF and TV front-end products in wireless infrastructure and consumer applications. In our Standard Products business, we generated 80% of our revenues in 2009 from products for which we held the number one or number two market share position, specifically in mobile speakers and receivers and small signal discretes products, including integrated discretes. Our products often represent critical components of our customers’ end products, and in many cases enable our customers to differentiate themselves based on feature performance, functionality, cost or time-to-market.

 

•

Large base of experienced High-Performance Mixed-Signal engineers and strong intellectual property portfolio. We are a technology leader in our industry, with a strong innovation track record dating back more than 50 years. We have what we believe is one of the industry’s largest pools of experienced High-Performance Mixed-Signal engineers, with over 2,800 engineers with an average of 15 years of experience. Our technology leadership is supported by our focused investment of over $550 million per year in research and development. We have an extensive intellectual property portfolio of approximately 14,000 issued and pending patents covering the key technologies used in our target application areas, including RF, analog, power management, interface, security and digital processing.

 

•

Deep applications expertise. We have built, and continue to build, deep insight into the component requirements and architectural challenges of electronic system solutions in automotive, identification,

 

87

---

Table of Contents

wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing applications. We have achieved this insight through our relationships with leading OEMs, as a former supplier of system-on-chip ICs for mobile handsets, cordless phones and consumer audio/video equipment, and through internal development efforts in our advanced systems lab. This application insight enables us to engage with market-shaping OEMs in the preliminary stages of their product development process, thereby allowing us to be early to market with new and innovative products. In addition, because of the complex nature of our application system solutions and the continuity we provide between successive generations of our customers’ products, once our products are designed into our customers’ product platforms, referred to as “design wins,” it is substantially more difficult for a competitor to displace us as a supplier; changing suppliers requires our customers to incur significant cost, time, effort and technology and product risk.

 

•

Strong, well-established customer relationships. We have strong, well-established relationships with our customers, many of which are leaders in their respective industries. We directly engage with over 1,000 customer design locations worldwide, and our customers include almost every major automotive, identification, mobile handset, consumer electronics, mobile base station and lighting supplier in the world. For example, our top OEM customers, in terms of revenue, include Apple Inc. (“Apple”), Bosch Corporation (“Bosch”), Continental Automotive GmbH (“Continental”), Delphi Corporation (“Delphi”), Ericsson AB (“Ericsson”), Harman Becker Automotive Systems Inc. (“Harman/Becker”), Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd (“Huawei”), Nokia Corporation (“Nokia”), Nokia Siemens Networks B.V. (“Nokia Siemens Networks”), Oberthur Technologies S.A. (“Oberthur”), Panasonic Corporation (“Panasonic”), Philips, Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. (“Samsung”), Sony and Visteon Corporation (“Visteon”). A significant and increasing portion of our revenues are from products that are “designed-in” to our customers’ end products, resulting in close relationships with our customers’ design engineers. As part of the design-in process, we collaborate closely with our customers on product development, which we believe enhances our competitiveness by enabling us to anticipate our customers’ requirements and industry trends. We also serve over 30,000 customers through our distribution partners, including Arrow Electronics Inc. (“Arrow”), Avnet, Inc. (“Avnet”), Future Electronic Inc. (“Future”) and World Peace Industrial Co., Ltd. (“WPG”). We have a powerful distribution channel and, based on 2009 data, believe we are the number two worldwide supplier of semiconductors (other than microprocessors) through distribution.

 

•

Differentiated process technologies and competitive manufacturing. We focus our internal and joint venture wafer manufacturing operations on running a portfolio of proprietary specialty process technologies that enable us to differentiate our products on key performance features. We generally outsource wafer manufacturing in process technologies that are available at third-party wafer foundries when it is economical to do so. In addition, we increasingly focus our in-house manufacturing on our competitive 8-inch facilities, which predominantly run manufacturing processes in the 140 nanometer, 180 nanometer and 250 nanometer process nodes. We have developed a leading-edge portfolio of specialty manufacturing process technologies that enable us to differentiate our RF products (LDMOS, SiGe and BiCMOS process families), high-voltage power analog products (EZ-HV and HVDMOS families), automotive products (BCD-SOI and MR sensors process families), and products that leverage our non-volatile memory options in CMOS identification applications and microcontrollers. Our Standard Products business delivers manufacturing scale advantages and drives innovation in packaging technologies that are implemented across our entire product portfolio. Given our scale and operational performance in assembly and test, we achieve a significant cost advantage over outsourcing options in most package types by maintaining such operations in-house. In addition, control over these processes enables us to deliver better supply chain performance to our customers than our competitors who rely significantly on outsourcing partners. By concentrating our manufacturing activities in Asia and streamlining our operations through our Redesign Program, we believe we have a competitive manufacturing base.

 

88

---

Table of Contents

•

Experienced management team with significant industry knowledge. We have a highly experienced management team with deep industry knowledge and a strong execution track record. The 12 members of our executive management team have an average of 25 years of experience in the high-tech industry. Since our separation from Philips, we strengthened our management team with seven executives from outside our group who have strong change management track records in the industry.

NXP Repositioning and Redesign

Since our separation from Philips in 2006, we have significantly repositioned our business and market strategy. Further, in September 2008, we launched our Redesign Program to better align our costs with our more focused business scope and to achieve a world-class cost structure and processes. The Redesign Program was subsequently accelerated and expanded from its initial scope. Key elements of our repositioning and redesign are:

Our Repositioning

 

•

New leadership team. Nine of the twelve members of our executive management team are new to the Company or new in their roles since our separation from Philips in 2006, and seven of the twelve have been recruited from outside NXP. Prior to joining NXP, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, Rick Clemmer and Karl-Henrik Sundström, played leading roles in programs that significantly enhanced the performance of their previous companies, Agere and Ericsson, respectively. Mike Noonen, our executive vice president of sales, joined us from National Semiconductor, where he led global sales and marketing during a period of significant gross margin expansion. Chris Belden, our executive vice president of Operations, implemented the manufacturing redesign program of Freescale, formerly part of Motorola, between 2002 and 2005, that resulted in significant margin improvement. Ruediger Stroh joined us from LSI and previously Agere, where he helped to turn its hard disk-drive business into a market leader with strong profitability, and within NXP now manages our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses focused on identification applications. Alexander Everke came to NXP from Infineon, where he led its global sales organization and helped to restructure the company’s go-to-market model while driving significant top-line growth and within NXP now manages our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses, focusing on wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing applications. Peter Kelly, who has been appointed in March 2011 as our executive vice president operations sharing responsibility with Chris Belden, was previously a key part of the management team that led the spin-off of Agere from Lucent, where he led the global operations team.

 

•

Focus on High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions. We have implemented our strategy of focusing on High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions because we believe it to be an attractive market in terms of growth, barriers to entry, relative market share, relative business and pricing stability, and capital intensity. Several transactions have been core to our strategic realignment and focus on High-Performance Mixed-Signal: in September 2007, we divested our cordless phone system-on-chip business to DSPG; in July 2008, we contributed our wireless activities to the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture (our stake in which was subsequently sold, with the business being renamed “ST-Ericsson”); and in February 2010, we merged our television systems and set-top box business with Trident. Our primary motivations for exiting the system-on-chip markets for wireless activities and consumer applications were the significant research and development investment requirements and high customer concentration inherent in these markets, which make these businesses less profitable and predictable than our High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products businesses. In addition, we recently sold two non-semiconductor component businesses. On December 22, 2010, we announced that we signed a definitive agreement to sell our Sound Solutions Business, which makes mobile speakers and receivers, to Knowles Electronics. On that same day, we also announced the sale of NuTune, our joint venture with Technicolor that produces CAN tuner modules for all segments related to broadcast transmission, to AIAC. Over the same period, we significantly increased our research and development investments in the High-Performance Mixed-Signal applications on which we focus.

 

89

---

Table of Contents

•

New customer engagement strategy. We have implemented a new approach to serving our customers and have invested in significant additional resources in our sales and marketing organizations. In spite of the recent economic downturn, we hired over 100 additional field application engineers in 2009 and 2010 in order to better serve our customers with High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions. We have also created “application marketing” teams that focus on delivering solutions that include as many suitable NXP components as possible in their system reference designs, which helps us achieve greater cross-selling between our various product lines, while helping our customers accelerate their time to market. With the increased number of application engineers and our applications marketing approach, we are able to engage with more design locations ranging from our largest, highest volume customers to the mid-size customers who typically have lower volumes but attractive margins.

Our Redesign Program

 

•

Streamlined cost structure. We have achieved annualized savings of $794 million by the end of 2010, as compared to our annualized third quarter results for 2008, which was the quarter during which we contributed our wireless operations to ST-NXP Wireless GmbH (which ultimately became ST-Ericsson). These savings are primarily achieved through a combination of headcount reductions, factory closings and restructuring of our IT infrastructure. Through December 31, 2010, $656 million related to the accelerated and expanded Redesign Program and other restructuring activities have been paid.

 

•

Leaner manufacturing base. As a part of our Redesign Program, we have significantly reduced our overall manufacturing footprint, particularly in high cost geographies. Our current manufacturing strategy focuses on capabilities that differentiate NXP in terms of product features, process capabilities, cost, supply chain and quality. Accordingly, we have closed or sold a number of facilities, including but not limited to the sale of our wafer factory in Caen, France in June 2009, the closure of our production facility in Fishkill, New York in July 2009, the closure of part of our front-end manufacturing in Hamburg, Germany in January 2010 and the closure of our ICN5 facility in Nijmegen at the end of 2010. As a result, we will have reduced the number of our front-end manufacturing facilities from fourteen at the time of our separation from Philips in 2006 to six by the end of 2011.

As a result of our repositioning and redesign activities, we believe we are well positioned to grow and benefit from improved operating leverage, focused research and development expenditures and an optimized manufacturing infrastructure.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to be the leading provider of High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions supported by a strong Standard Products business, addressing eight priority application areas. Key elements of this strategy are:

 

•

Extend leadership in High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets. We intend to extend our leadership positions in providing High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions for automotive, identification, wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing applications by leveraging our industry-leading RF, analog, power management, interface, security and digital processing technologies. Based on a combination of external and internal sources, we estimate that the consolidated market size of these addressed High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets was $37.7 billion in 2010 and is expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 10% from 2010 to 2012. We believe that our scale and significant level of research and development investments will enable our revenues to grow on an annual basis, during that same period, at approximately 1.4 times the growth rate of the specific High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets we address. In High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets where we already have a strong number one market leadership position, such as CAN/LIN/FlexRay in-vehicle networking, e-passports and most of our other identification businesses, we will continue to invest to extend our market positions and to outpace market growth in terms of

 

90

---

Table of Contents

revenue. In High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets where we are the leader, but with a smaller market share lead over our competition, such as car access and immobilizers, car radio, TV front-end and radio frequency identification, and in High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets where we are not the market share leader, we are investing to grow significantly faster than the market and improve our relative market positions. In addition, we have targeted investments in several attractive, emerging applications that represent significant future growth potential. We also support our Standard Products business with the investment levels required to sustain market share while focusing our investment on expanding our share of revenues from higher gross margin products, thereby expanding the overall gross margin of the business.

 

•

Focus on significant, fast growing opportunities. We focus our business development efforts on what we believe to be the fastest-growing product opportunities and geographic markets.

We address four key macro growth trends in electronics: energy efficiency, mobility and connected mobile devices, security and healthcare. Examples of recent development activities targeting the need for greater energy efficiency are our compact fluorescent light (“CFL”) and LED lighting products, “green chip” high-efficiency AC-DC power conversion ICs for notebook adaptors, and optimized reference designs for smart metering solutions. Our new high-performance RF power amplifier products allow wireless network operators to expand network capacity with fewer base stations, our secure microcontrollers enable many new forms of mobile electronic payments, and our innovative magnetic induction radio enables implantable medical devices such as hearing aids.

We believe that we are strategically positioned to capture rapid growth in emerging markets through our strong position in Asia Pacific (excluding Japan), which represented 58% of our revenues both in 2010 and 2009, compared to a peer average of 49% of revenues in 2009. In particular, Greater China represented 37% of our revenues in 2010, compared to 35% of our revenues in 2009.

 

•

Deepen relationships with our key customers through our application marketing efforts. We intend to increase our market share by focusing on and deepening our relationships with our top OEM customers, electronic manufacturing service customers and distribution partners. We seek to do so by further growing the number of our field application engineers at our customers’ sites and by increasing product development work we conduct jointly with our lead customers.

Further, we intend to expand the number of applications addressed by our application marketing efforts which focus on developing reference designs, aligning long-term product roadmaps and allocating specific resources to provide customers with architecture level expertise and local application engineering support for those new applications. We believe that these teams will enable our customers to design leading-edge products by leveraging our deep application insight and the full breadth of our product portfolio.

 

•

Improve and expand gross and operating margins. We continue to implement our comprehensive, multi-year operational improvement program aimed at accelerating revenue growth, expanding gross margin and improving overall profitability through better operational execution and streamlining our organizational cost structure. As a result of the expanded Redesign Program, approximately $794 million in annualized savings have been achieved as of the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to our annualized third quarter results for 2008. We expect to realize additional annual savings from further restructuring our manufacturing base, central research and development, and support functions. In addition, we continue to work on improving our manufacturing and supply chain performance, effectiveness in research and development, time-to-market of new products, product quality, customer service and working capital management.

Markets, applications and products

We sell two categories of products, High-Performance Mixed-Signal product solutions and Standard Products. The first category, which consists of highly differentiated application-specific High-Performance Mixed-Signal semiconductors and system solutions, accounted for 77% of our total product revenues in 2010,

 

91

---

Table of Contents

when we exclude the revenues associated with businesses we divested or announced to divest in 2010 including our television systems and set-top box system-on-chip business, NuTune CAN tuner joint venture and Sound Solutions Business. We believe that High-Performance Mixed-Signal is an attractive market in terms of growth, barriers to entry, relative business and pricing stability and capital intensity. The second of our product categories, Standard Products, accounted for 23% of our total product revenue in 2010, excluding divested businesses, and consists of devices that can be incorporated in many different types of electronics equipment and that are typically sold to a wide variety of customers, both directly and through distributors. Manufacturing cost, supply chain efficiency and continuous improvement of manufacturing processes drive the profitability of our Standard Products.

High-Performance Mixed-Signal

We focus on developing products and system and sub-system solutions that are innovative and allow our customers to bring their end products to market more quickly. Our products, particularly our application system and sub-system solutions, help our customers design critical parts of their end products and thus help many of them to differentiate themselves based on feature performance, advanced functionality, cost or time-to-market.

We leverage our technical expertise in the areas of RF communications, analog, power management, interface, security technologies and digital processing across our priority applications markets. Our strong RF capabilities are utilized in our high performance RF for wireless infrastructure and industrial applications, television tuners, car security and entertainment products and contactless identification products. Our power technologies and capabilities are applied in our lighting products, AC-DC power conversion and audio power products, while our ability to design ultra-low power semiconductors is used in a wide range of our products including our consumer, mobile, identification and healthcare products and our microcontrollers. Our high-speed interface design skills are applied in our interface products business, and also in our high-speed data converter and satellite outdoor unit products. Security solutions are used in our identification, microcontroller, telematics and smart metering products and solutions. Finally, our digital processing capabilities are used in our Auto DSPs, the products leveraging our Coolflux ultra-low power DSPs, such as our mobile audio and hearing aid business and our microcontroller based products. In addition, digital processing knowledge is required to design High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions that leverage other suppliers and digital processing products.

 

92

---

Table of Contents

We focus on developing High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions for automotive, identification, wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing. The below table provides an overview of our key applications, the leading products we sell into those areas and our key customers and distribution partners.

 

Automotive

Identification

Wireless infrastructure

Lighting

Industrial

Mobile

Consumer

Computing

Key applications

• Car access & immobilizers • In vehicle networking • Car entertainment • Telematics • ABS • Transmission/ throttle control • Lighting

• Secure identity • Secure transactions • Tagging & authentication

• Wireless base stations • Satellite • CATV infra • Radar

• CFL Lighting • LED Lighting • Back-lighting • Lighting Networks

• Smart metering • White goods & home appliances • Pachinko machines • Medical • Industrial

• Mobile handset • Portable power supplies • Hearing aids

• TV • Satellite, Cable, Terrestrial and IP Set-top boxes • Satellite outdoor units

• Monitor • Power supplies • Personal computer video

Selected market leading positions

• #1 CAN/LIN/ Flex Ray in-vehicle networking • #1 passive keyless entry/ immobilizers • #1 car radio • #3 magnetic sensors

• #1 e-Government • #1 Transport & Access management • #3/4 Banking • #1 NFC • #1 Radio frequency identification

• #2 in HP RF

• Strong in lighting drivers

• Leader in 32-bit ARM micro-controllers

• #2 Digital Logic

• #1 in TV and set-top-box tuners

• Leader in notebook AC-DC power adaptors • Top 3 in interface, leader in specific niches

Key OEM customers

• Alpine • Bosch • Bose • Clarion • Continental • Delphi • Harman/ Becker • Hella • Hyundai • JKT Holdings • Johnson Controls • Lear • Magneti Marelli • Marquardt • Mitsubishi • Okaya • Omron • Panasonic • Ryosan • Sony • Valeo • Visteon • Vitec

• Advanide • Austria Card • Avery Dennison • Bundesdruckerei • Comvision • Excelpoint Systems • Gemalto • Giesecke & Devrient • ITG • KEBT • Nokia • Oberthur • Samsung • SDU Identification • Smartrac • Sony • SPSL • WHTY • Yuban

• Alcatel Lucent • Andrew • Axis Network • Ericsson • Huawei • Motorola • Nokia Siemens Networks • ZTE

• B&S Baishi • Lighting Science Corp. • Luxim • Neonlite • Panasonic • Philips • TCP

• Bosch • Diehl • Electrolux • Emerson • Haier • LGE • Panasonic • Philips • Rhode & Schwartz • Samsung • Schneider Electric • Siemens • Sonosite • Toshiba • Tyco

• Apple • Creative • LGE • Motorola • Nokia • RIM • Samsung • SEMC

• Cisco • FTY880 • Humax • LGE • Konka • Motorola • Pace • Panasonic • Philips • Samsung • Sharp • Sony • TCL

• Apple • Asustek • Cisco • Dell • Delta • HP • IBM • LiteOn • VICOR

The customers listed above represent key OEM customers based on two criteria: (1) top ten OEM customers (if ten customers meet the criteria) in terms of revenues in 2010 in the specific application market with revenues of at least $3 million, plus any customer with revenues of over $10 million in that market and (2) top ten existing OEM customers (if ten customers meet the criteria) in terms of realized design wins in 2010 in that application market with a minimum design win value of $5 million.

 

93

---

Table of Contents

Our key distributors across these applications are Arrow, Avnet, Future and WPG. These distributors represent our top four distributors in terms of revenues in 2010. In addition, our three catalog and web-based distributors, Digi-key, Mouser and Premier Farrell, are included based on their strategic positions, as they engage early with all of our customers, thereby enabling us to engage early with customers with whom we may not have direct relationships. Also, because of their internet presence and focus, they are the fastest growing segment of distribution and our fastest growing distributors.

Automotive. In the automotive market we are a leader in in-vehicle networking car passive keyless entry and immobilization and car radio and car audio amplifiers, hold a strong position in magnetic sensors and have an emerging business in telematics.

In the CAN/LIN/FlexRay in-vehicle networking market, we are the market leader, having played a defining role in setting the CAN/LIN and more recently FlexRay standards. We are a leading supplier to major OEMs and continue to drive new system concepts, such as partial networking for enhanced energy efficiency. In the car access and immobilizers market, we lead the development of new passive keyless entry/start and two-way key concepts with our customers and, as a result, we are a key supplier to almost all car OEMs for those products. We are the market leader in AM/FM car radio chip sets. Our leadership in mid- and high-end car radio is driven by excellent reception performance, whereas in the low-end and after-market car radio, our leadership is driven by our one-chip radio solutions that offer ease of implementation and low cost of ownership. In digital reception, we have developed multi-standard radios based on our software-defined radio implementation. In addition, we provide class-AB and class-D audio amplifiers and power analog products for car entertainment. In telematics, we have developed a complete and secure systems solution for implementation in car on-board units, which we supply in a module that is small in size and delivers good performance. We leverage our proprietary processes for automotive, high-voltage RF and non-volatile processes as well as our technology standards and leading edge security IP developed by our identification business, to deliver our automotive solutions. We are compliant with all globally relevant automotive quality standards (such as ISO/TS16949 and VDA6.3) and we have reduced our defective parts per million rate from two to one over the past four years.

For the full year 2010, we had High-Performance Mixed-Signal revenues of $931 million in automotive applications, compared to $616 million in 2009, which represents a 51% year over year growth. Strategy Analytics estimates the total market for automotive semiconductors was $16.7 billion in 2009, and projects it will grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 17% between 2009 and 2012. According to Strategy Analytics, we were the fifth largest supplier of automotive semiconductors worldwide in 2009, and we have increased our market share from 5.8% in 2005 to 6.4% in 2009.

Identification. We are the market leader in contactless identification ICs and a leader in the overall contact and contactless identification chip market.

We address all segments of the market, except for the commodity SIM market, and have leading positions in e-government, transportation and access management, smart card readers, and radio frequency identification tags and labels. For example, we supply to approximately 85% of worldwide e-passport projects, and our MIFARE product is used in approximately 70% of the public transport systems that have adopted electronic ticketing. We have led the development and standard setting of near field communications (NFC), which is an emerging standard for secure short-range connectivity that has been established to enable secure transactions between mobile devices and point-of-sale terminals or other devices, and are pursuing the fast-growing product authentication market. Our leadership in the identification market is based on the strength of our security, end-to-end system contactless read speed performance, our ability to drive new standard settings and the breadth of our product portfolio. Key growth drivers will be the adoption of new security standards in existing smart card markets, the implementation of security ICs in a range of devices to enable secure mobile transactions and product authentication, and the increase in new radio frequency identification applications such as supply chain management.

 

94

---

Table of Contents

On December 6, 2010, we announced a strategic collaboration with Google to provide a complete open source software stack for NFC integration and validation on Gingerbread, the latest version of the Android platform. Google also integrated our NFC controller (PN544) into its newly launched Nexus STM phone, co-developed by Google and Samsung, offering users access to compelling NFC based services and applications. With over 100,000 applications and an extensive community of developers, Android is a growing player in the smart phone and mobile device world. According to Gartner, Android was the number two smart phone operating system in 2010, having been implemented on 67 million smart phones sold in that year.

For the full year 2010, we had High-Performance Mixed-Signal revenues of $589 million in identification applications, compared to $381 million in 2009, which represents a 55% year over year growth. According to iSuppli research for smart cards and ABI for radio frequency identification, the market size for identification ICs was $2.2 billion in 2009, and is expected to grow at a compounded annual rate of 12% to $3.1 billion in 2012.

Wireless infrastructure, lighting and industrial. We have leading market positions in high-performance radio frequency solutions and 32-bit ARM microcontrollers, a strong portfolio of lighting drivers and an emerging business in high-speed data converters. Our overall revenues in these businesses were $547 million in 2010 versus $371 million in 2009, which represents a 47% year over year growth.

Our leading high-performance radio frequency business mainly provides RF front-end solutions for markets, such as mobile base stations, satellite and CATV infrastructure and receivers, industrial and medical applications, and to a lesser extent addresses the military and aerospace markets. We have a leading position in Power Amplifiers and a top 3 position in Small Signal RF discretes and RF ICs for consumer electronics and cable television infrastructure, while we have emerging businesses in RF ICs for mobile base stations, monolithic microwave ICs (“MMICs”) and low noise amplifiers (“LNAs”). Our leadership is based on our world-class proprietary RF process technologies and technology advancements that drive overall system performance, such as power scaling in mobile base stations. We are engaged with the majority of the largest customers in mobile base stations and in several other application areas. Key growth drivers for our high-performance RF business include infrastructure build-outs driven by the substantial growth in mobile data use and digital broadcast adoption, infrastructure development of developing countries, including China, new radar implementations, and our expansion into new product markets such as mobile base station RF ASICs, and wireless communications infrastructure MMICs and LNAs. iSuppli estimates the market for RF and microwave components, excluding handsets, computing and automotive, which we believe corresponds best with the high-performance RF market, to be $1.6 billion in 2009. iSuppli projects this market to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 11% to $2.2 billion in 2012.

In lighting, we are the leader in high-intensity discharge drivers, have a strong position in compact fluorescent light (“CFL”) drivers and have an emerging position in LED drivers. In CFL, we are helping to create an entirely new market for lighting ICs by developing a dimmable CFL lighting driver that replaces existing solutions based on discrete components. Our solution allows midsize lighting OEMs and ODMs to eliminate most of the quality issues that have historically plagued CFL light bulbs, while offering a smaller form factor and new features, such as deep dimming and fast start-up time. Our strength in lighting ICs is based on our leading-edge high-voltage power analog process technologies and system optimization concepts, such as our patented technology to develop sensors-less temperature-controlled LED drivers. According to Datapoint Research Ltd. (2011), the lighting control and power supply/output IC market (excluding microcontrollers) will grow from $0.6 billion in 2009 to $1.1 billion in 2012, which corresponds to a 22% compounded annual growth rate. The lighting IC market is a high growth market, partly driven by government regulations around the world that ban or discourage the use of incandescent light bulbs and encourage or mandate CFL and LED lighting solutions and by energy-savings conscious customers.

In microcontrollers, we are a leader in multi-purpose 32-bit ARM microcontrollers serving a broad array of applications, including smart metering, white goods, home appliances and various industrial applications. ARM processor cores have been gaining momentum in the general purpose MCU market during the past few years.

 

95

---

Table of Contents

The ARM-based 32-bit MCU market grew at a compounded annual growth rate of 37% between 2006 and 2008 compared to an overall annual 32-bit market growth of 8%, according to Gartner Dataquest. Our competitive advantage is based on our strategic relationship with ARM, which often makes us the launching partner for its new ARM microcontroller cores, our rich portfolio of analog and security IP, which we integrate with the ARM core into a family of microcontroller products, and our distribution leverage based on our ability to offer a full microcontroller software development kit on a USB stick for approximately $30, compared to traditional software development kits which cost hundreds to thousands of dollars. Our latest ARM Cortex M0-based product achieves pricing levels that places it squarely in competition with 8-bit microcontrollers, while offering better performance in terms of processing speed and system power consumption. This should start expanding the addressable market for 32-bit ARM microcontrollers at the expense of 8-bit ARM microcontrollers. Gartner Dataquest estimates the market for 32-bit microcontrollers to be $3.4 billion in 2009, and expects a compounded annual growth rate of 19% between 2009 and 2012.

In high-speed data converters, we have developed a high-performance 14/16-bit data converter platform, and were the first to implement the JEDEC high-speed digital serial interface in our products. Our innovative data converter solutions enable our customers to achieve significant breakthroughs in system performance, size and cost reduction, and time-to-market. Due to our strength in small-signal RF products, RF power amplifiers and high-speed data converters, we are unique in covering all component markets involved in designing RF front-end solutions for the wireless communications infrastructure market. Beyond this market segment, our high-speed data converters can be used in a broad range of industrial equipment designs, including medical imaging. iSuppli projects the market for data converters for industrial and mobile communications infrastructure to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 12% between 2009 to 2012, from $0.53 billion to $0.75 billion.

Mobile, Consumer and Computing. We are the market leader in TV front-end solutions, a top three supplier in the fragmented interface market and a leader in digital logic. In addition, we have strong positions in selected niche segments of AC-DC power conversion and personal healthcare markets. We are engaged in development activities and standard setting initiatives with many of the innovation leaders in each of these markets. Our overall High-Performance Mixed-Signal revenues in these businesses were $779 million in 2010, compared to $643 million in 2009, which represents a 21% year over year growth.

We have a leading position in high efficiency AC-DC power conversion ICs for notebook personal computers (our “green chip” solutions), and are expanding our offering into mobile device chargers. Our strength in AC-DC power conversion is based on our leading edge high-voltage power analog process technologies and engineering capabilities in designing high efficiency power conversion products. Due to worldwide conservation efforts, many countries, states and local governments have adopted regulations that increase the demand for higher power efficiency solutions in computing and consumer applications, especially in power conversion. According to iSuppli, the market for power analog ICs for battery chargers for data processing and portable devices is expected to grow at a compounded annual rate of 16%, from $0.40 billion in 2009 to $0.63 billion in 2012.

Our TV front-end products are used in the TV reception and tuning sub-systems of televisions and set-top boxes. We are the leader in the mature markets for IF and MOPLL IC products, which are placed into traditional CAN tuner modules, and the growing market for silicon tuner products, which are replacing CAN tuners. In addition, we are pursuing new businesses such as digital outdoor units and full spectrum radio solutions. Our market strengths are our specialty RF process technology, decades of experience in designing tuners that work under all broadcasting standards and conditions across the world, and our innovations in new broadcasting standards. Key growth drivers for our products in these markets include the adoption of silicon tuners by TV manufacturers, penetration of new broadcast standards such as DVB-T2, DVC-C2 and DOCSIS 3.0, and the adoption of multi-tuner applications. With the transition of outdoor satellite units from analog to digital, we are succeeding in replacing incumbent suppliers in those solutions, and we expect customers in the United States to start adopting wide spectrum reception solutions. We estimate the market for silicon tuners and TV front-end

 

96

---

Table of Contents

products to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 5% between 2009 and 2012, from $0.60 billion to $0.69 billion, according to an internal company model that takes into account a declining market for ICs incorporated in CAN tuners and a growing market for silicon tuners, outdoor units and full spectrum radios.

The interface products market is highly fragmented with niche markets around each of the established interface standards, where overall we are a top 3 player. Our products address 11 of the 17 interface standards segments that we define to encompass the interface products market and we serve various applications across the mobile, computing, pachinko, e-metering and automotive markets. We have broad product portfolios in five of our 11 addressed interface segments, being UARTs and bridges, I²C and SPI LED controllers, low power real-time clocks and watch ICs, HDMI switches and transceivers, and display port multiplexers. Our core competencies are the design of high speed interfaces, high voltage design needed for LED and LCD drivers, ultra low power design for real-time clocks and watch ICs, and our ability to engage with leading OEMs in defining new interface standards and product designs. While we engage with leading OEMs to drive our innovation roadmaps, we generate the majority of our revenues by subsequently selling these products to a very broad customer base, which we serve through our distribution channel. Key growth drivers will be the adoption rate of new high-speed interface standards such as display port, and LED, smart meter and display card market growth. Specifically, in display port, we are engaged in development activities and standard setting initiatives with many of the innovation leaders in this market. iSuppli projects the interface products market to grow at an 12% compounded annual rate between 2009 and 2012, from a revenue base of $2.0 billion in 2009 to $2.8 billion in 2012.

We have a leading digital logic components business, which we leverage in a large number of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions. We offer several product families for low-voltage applications in communication equipment, personal computers, personal computer peripherals and consumer and portable electronics. Our 3V and 5V families hold a leading share of the logic market. We are currently expanding the higher margin product range in this business by expanding, among others, our switches and translators (or custom logic) portfolio and optimizing our manufacturing. Gartner Dataquest sizes this market at $1.3 billion in 2009, estimated to grow to $1.9 billion in 2012, which corresponds to a compounded annual growth rate of 13%.

In addition, we have two emerging product development areas, one focused on developing ICs for personal healthcare applications and the other focused on the mobile audio market. Currently, our personal healthcare revenues are generated by our hearing aid products, which leverage our proprietary ultra low power Coolflux DSP, our low power audio IC design capabilities and our magnetic induction radio technology. We design customer-specific ICs for major hearing aid OEMs, and many of these customers fund our product development efforts. Our mobile audio business leverages many of the same core technologies and competencies, where we work closely with a number of large smart phone OEMs to define audio chips with increasing levels of silicon integration.

Standard Products

Our Standard Products business supplies a broad range of standard semiconductor components, such as small signal discretes, power discretes and integrated discretes, which we largely produce in dedicated in-house high-volume manufacturing operations. Our small signal and power discretes businesses offer a broad portfolio of standard products, using widely-known production techniques, with characteristics that are largely standardized throughout the industry. Our Standard Products are often sold as separate components, but in many cases, are used in conjunction with our High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions, often within the same subsystems. Further, we are able to leverage customer engagements where we provide standard products devices, as discrete components, within a system to identify and pursue potential High-Performance Mixed-Signal opportunities.

Our products are sold both directly to OEMs as well as through distribution, and are primarily differentiated on cost, packaging type and miniaturization, and supply chain performance. Alternatively, our integrated discretes businesses offer “design-in” products, which require significant engineering effort to be designed into

 

97

---

Table of Contents

an application solution. For these products, our efforts make it more difficult for a competitor to easily replace our product, which makes these businesses more predictable in terms of revenue and pricing than is typical for standard products.

Our key product applications, markets and customers are described in the table below.

 

		Discretes		Integrated Discretes
Key applications		•    SS Transistors and Diodes •    SS MOS •    Power MOS •    Bipolar Power Transistors •    Thyristors •    Rectifiers		•    ESD protection devices
Key product markets		•    All applications		•    Mobile handsets •    Personal computers •    Consumer electronics
Key OEM and electronic manufacturing services (EMS) customers		•    Asustek •    Bosch •    Continental •    Delta •    Foxconn •    Philips •    Samsung		•    Asustek •    Dell •    Motorola •    Nokia •    Samsung •    Sony Ericsson •    TCL

The customers listed above represent our largest OEM and electronic manufacturing services customers based on 2010 revenues in the specified key product markets. For Integrated Discretes, it includes our top four mobile handset customers, our top two OEM customers who use our products in consumer applications and our top two personal computers customers. For Discretes, the list includes all our OEM and EMS customers with revenues of over $15 million.

Key distributors across these applications are Arrow, Avnet, Future and WPG. These distributors represent our top four distributors in terms of revenue in 2010. In addition, our three catalog and web-based distributors, Digi-key, Mouser, Premier Farrell, are included based on their strategic positions, as they engage early with all of our customers, thereby enabling us to engage early with customers with whom we may not have direct relationships. Also, because of their internet presence and focus, they are the fastest growing segment of distribution and our fastest growing distributors.

In 2010, our Standard Products business generated net revenues of $848 million, compared to $567 million in 2009, which represents a 50% year over year growth. According to iSuppli, the market for discretes, excluding RF & Microwave, is expected to grow at a compounded annual rate of 16%, from $13.4 billion in 2009 to $21.2 billion in 2012.

Discretes. We are the number two global supplier of small-signal discretes according to iSuppli, with one of the broadest product portfolios in the industry. We have been gaining market share in small signal transistors and diodes over the past few years due to our strong cost competitiveness, supply chain performance, leverage of our OEM relationships and a broadening portfolio. We are focusing on expanding our share of higher margin products in this business. In addition, we are also building a small signal MOSFET product line, which leverages our small signal transistors and diodes packaging operations and strong customer relationships. In addition to our small signal discretes products, we have a Power MOSFET product line, which is focused on the low-voltage segment of the market. The majority of our revenues in Power MOSFETs are to automotive customers. We have recently introduced a new range of general purpose Power MOSFET products in our Trench 6 manufacturing process, and our automotive revenues have rebounded from the low levels experienced in the first half of 2009

 

98

---

Table of Contents

due to the economic recovery. Finally, we have small bipolar power, thyristor and rectifier product lines, which are focused on specific applications, such as white goods and lighting, and are sold as part of our overall High-Performance Mixed-Signal application solutions.

Integrated Discretes. We are a strong supplier of integrated discretes and modules, which are used for interface signal conditioning, filtering and ESD protection in mobile phones, consumer and computing applications. Our system know-how for support in application design-in efforts, our proprietary IP and our volume manufacturing capabilities distinguish us from our competitors. Given the greater IP and product design efforts involved in this business, gross margins earned are typically higher than in discrete components. We are currently broadening our customer base in mobile phone OEMs, and are developing products to address the consumer and computing markets.

Sound Solutions. On December 22, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement with Dover Corporation whereby Dover Corporation’s affiliate, Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business relating to speaker and receiver components for the mobile handset market. Our Sound Solutions Business is operated out of Vienna, Austria and Beijing, China. Under the terms of the agreement, Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business and obtain certain intellectual property for $855 million in cash. In conjunction with the transaction, we have agreed with Knowles Electronics to the terms of a strategic relationship whereby we will become Knowles’ exclusive source for certain High-Performance Mixed-Signal semiconductors, such as Mobile Audio ICs like MEMS microphone drivers and smart speaker drivers. The transaction is expected to close on or about the end of the first quarter of 2011, subject to regulatory approval and certain other customary conditions.

Manufacturing

We manufacture integrated circuits and discrete semiconductors through a combination of wholly owned manufacturing facilities, manufacturing facilities operated jointly with other semiconductor companies and third-party foundries and assembly and test subcontractors. Our manufacturing operations primarily focus on manufacturing and supplying products to our High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products businesses. We manage our manufacturing assets together through one centralized organization to ensure we realize scale benefits in asset utilization, purchasing volumes and overhead leverage across businesses.

In addition, on a limited basis, we also produce and sell wafers and packaging services to our divested businesses (currently Trident, ST-Ericsson and DSPG) in order to support their separation and, on a limited basis, their ongoing operations. As these divested businesses develop or acquire their own foundry and packaging capabilities, our revenues from these sources are expected to decline. We currently have three agreements relating to servicing our divested businesses. The term of the agreements in each case is three years. Our agreement with DSPG expired in December 2010 (although we have an ongoing obligation to supply services relating to certain specialty processes until December 2014), our agreement with ST-Ericsson expires in August 2011 and our agreement with Trident expires in January 2013. In the future, we expect to outsource an increased part of our internal demand for wafer foundry and packaging services to third-party manufacturing sources in order to increase our flexibility to accommodate increased demand mainly in our High-Performance Mixed-Signal and to a lesser extent in Standard Products businesses.

The manufacturing of a semiconductor involves several phases of production, which can be broadly divided into “front-end” and “back-end” processes. Front-end processes take place at highly complex wafer manufacturing facilities (called fabrication plants or “wafer fabs”), and involve the imprinting of substrate silicon wafers with the precise circuitry required for semiconductors to function. The front-end production cycle requires high levels of precision and involves as many as 300 process steps. Back-end processes involve the assembly, test and packaging of semiconductors in a form suitable for distribution. In contrast to the highly complex front-end process, back-end processing is generally less complicated, and as a result we tend to determine the location of our back-end facilities based more on cost factors than on technical considerations.

 

99

---

Table of Contents

We primarily focus our internal and joint venture wafer manufacturing operations on running proprietary specialty process technologies that enable us to differentiate our products on key performance features, and we generally outsource wafer manufacturing in process technologies that are available at third-party wafer foundries when it is economical to do so. In addition, we increasingly focus our in-house manufacturing on our competitive 8-inch facilities, which predominantly run manufacturing processes in the 140 nanometer, 180 nanometer and 250 nanometer process nodes, and have concentrated the majority of our manufacturing base in Asia. This focus increases our return on invested capital and reduces capital expenditures.

Our front-end manufacturing facilities use a broad range of production processes and proprietary design methods, including CMOS, bipolar, bipolar CMOS (“BiCMOS”) and double-diffused metal on silicon oxide semiconductor (“DMOS”) technologies. Our wafer fabs produce semiconductors with line widths ranging from 140 nanometers to 3 microns for integrated circuits and 0.5 microns to greater than 4 microns for discretes. This broad technology portfolio enables us to meet increasing demand from customers for system solutions, which require a variety of technologies.

Our back-end manufacturing facilities test and package many different types of products using a wide variety of processes. To optimize flexibility, we use shared technology platforms for our back-end assembly operations. Most of our assembly and test activities are maintained in-house, as internal benchmarks indicate that we achieve a significant cost advantage over outsourcing options due to our scale and operational performance. In addition, control over these processes enables us to deliver better supply chain performance to our customers, providing us with a competitive advantage over our competitors who rely significantly on outsourcing partners. Finally, a number of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal products enjoy significant packaging cost and innovation benefits due to the scale of our Standard Products business, which manufactures tens of billions of units per year.

The following table shows selected key information with respect to our major front-end and back-end facilities:

 

Site		Ownership				Wafer sizes used				Line widths used (vm)				Technology
										(Microns)
Front-end
Singapore(1)			61.2	%			8”				0.14-0.25				CMOS
Jilin, China(2)			60	%			5”				>4				Bipolar
Nijmegen, the Netherlands			100	%			8”				0.14-0.80				CMOS, BiCMOS, LDMOS
Nijmegen, the Netherlands(3)			100	%			6”				0.50-3.0				CMOS
Hamburg, Germany			100	%			6”/8”				0.5-3.0				Discretes, Bipolar
Manchester, United Kingdom			100	%			6”				0.5				Power discretes
Back-end(4)
Kaohsiung, Taiwan			100	%			—				—				Leadframe-based packages and ball grid arrays
Bangkok, Thailand			100	%			—				—				Low-pin count leadframes
Hong Kong, China			100	%			—				—				Pilot factory discrete devices
Guangdong, China			100	%			—				—				Discrete devices
Seremban, Malaysia			100	%			—				—				Discrete devices
Cabuyao, Philippines			100	%			—				—				Power discretes, sensors and RF modules processes

 

(1)	Joint venture with TSMC; we are entitled to 60% of the joint venture’s annual capacity.

(2)	Joint venture with Jilin Sino-Microelectronics Co. Ltd.; we own 60% of the joint venture’s annual capacity.

(3)	Announced to close in 2012.

(4)	In back-end manufacturing we entered into a joint venture with ASE in Suzhou (ASEN), in which we currently hold a 40% interest.

 

100

---

Table of Contents

We use a large number of raw materials in our front- and back-end manufacturing processes, including silicon wafers, chemicals, gases, lead frames, substrates, molding compounds and various types of precious and other metals. Our most important raw materials are the raw, or substrate, silicon wafers we use to make our semiconductors. We purchase these wafers, which must meet exacting specifications, from a limited number of suppliers in the geographic region in which our fabrication facilities are located. At our wholly owned fabrication plants, we use raw wafers ranging from 6 inches to 8 inches in size, while our joint venture plants use wafers ranging from 5 inches to 8 inches. In addition, our SSMC wafer fab facility, which produces 8 inch wafers, is jointly owned by TSMC and ourselves. We are leveraging our experience in that fab facility in optimizing our remaining wholly owned Nijmegen and Hamburg wafer fabs. Our other two remaining fabs are small and are focused exclusively on manufacturing power discretes. Emerging fabrication technologies employ larger wafer sizes and, accordingly, we expect that our production requirements will in the future shift towards larger substrate wafers.

We typically source our other raw materials in a similar fashion as our wafers, although our portfolio of suppliers is more diverse. Some of our suppliers provide us with materials on a just-in-time basis, which permits us to reduce our procurement costs and the negative cash flow consequences of maintaining inventories, but exposes us to potential supply chain interruptions. We purchase most of our raw materials on the basis of fixed price contracts, but generally do not commit ourselves to long-term purchase obligations, which permits us to renegotiate prices periodically.

In addition to our semiconductor fabrication facilities, we also operate certain non-semiconductor manufacturing plants, which produce mobile speakers for our Sound Solutions Business and CAN tuners for our NuTune joint-venture with Technicolor. We announced in December 2010 the sale of both these businesses, and the dedicated related fabrication facilities have moved to the acquirers of those businesses.

Corporate and Other

We also sold CAN tuners through our former joint venture NuTune and software solutions for mobile phones through our NXP Software business. On December 22, 2010, we announced the sale of NuTune to AIAC. NuTune represented approximately half of Corporate and Other revenues in 2010.

The NXP Software solutions business develops audio and video multimedia solutions that enable mobile device manufacturers to produce differentiated hand held products that enhance the end-user experience. Our software has been incorporated into over 750 million mobile devices produced by the world’s leading mobile device manufacturers.

Sales, Marketing and Customers

We market our products worldwide to a variety of OEMs, ODMs, contract manufacturers and distributors. We generate demand for our products by delivering High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions to our customers, and supporting their system design-in activities by providing application architecture expertise and local field application engineering support. We have 39 sales offices in 30 countries.

Our sales and marketing teams are organized into six regions, which are EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa), the Americas, Japan, South Korea, Greater China and Asia Pacific. These sales regions are responsible for managing the customer relationships, design-in and promotion of new products. We seek to further expand the presence of application engineers closely supporting our customers and to increase the amount of product development work that we can conduct jointly with our leading customers. Our web-based marketing tool is complementary to our direct customer technical support.

Our sales and marketing strategy focuses on deepening our relationship with our top OEMs and electronic manufacturing service customers and distribution partners and becoming their preferred supplier, which we believe assists us in reducing sales volatility in challenging markets. We have long-standing customer

 

101

---

Table of Contents

relationships with most of our customers. Our 10 largest direct customers are Apple, Bosch, Continental, Delphi, Harman/Becker, Nokia, Panasonic, Philips, Sony and Samsung. When we target new customers, we generally focus on companies that are leaders in their markets either in terms of market share or leadership in driving innovation. We also have a strong position with our distribution partners, being the number two semiconductor supplier (other than microprocessors) through distribution worldwide. Our key distribution partners are Arrow, Avnet, Digi-Key, Future, Mouser, Premier Farnell and WPG.

Based on total revenues during 2010, excluding the divestiture of our television systems and set-top box business lines to Trident, our top 40 direct customers accounted for 49% of our total revenues, our ten largest direct customers accounted for approximately 27% of our total revenues and no customer represented more than 10% of our total revenues. We generated approximately 22% of our total revenues through our four largest distribution partners, and another 9% with our other distributors.

Our sales and marketing activities are regulated by certain laws and government regulations, including antitrust laws, legislation governing our customers’ privacy and regulations prohibiting or restricting the transfer of technology to foreign nationals and the export of certain electronic components that may have a military application. For example, we are required to obtain licenses and authorizations under the U.S. Export Administration Regulations and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, in order to export some of our products and technology. Further, some of our products that contain encrypted information are required to undergo a review by the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce prior to export. While we believe that we have been and continue to be in compliance with these laws and regulations, if we fail to comply with their requirements, we could face fines or other sanctions. We do not believe any such fines or sanctions would be material to our business. In addition, we do not believe that such laws and government regulations impact on the time-to-market of our products. However, any changes in export regulations may impose additional licensing requirements on our business or may otherwise impose restrictions on the export of our products.

Research and Development

We believe that our future success depends on our ability to both improve our existing products and to develop new products for both existing and new markets. We direct our research and development efforts largely to the development of new High-Performance Mixed-Signal semiconductor solutions where we see significant opportunities for growth. We target applications that require stringent overall system and subsystem performance. As new and challenging applications proliferate, we believe that many of these applications will benefit from our solutions. We have assembled a team of highly skilled semiconductor and embedded software design engineers with expertise in RF, analog, power management, interface, security and digital processing. As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 3,000 employees in research and development, of which over 2,600 support our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses and approximately 200 support our Standard Products businesses. Our engineering design teams are located in India (Bangalore), China (Shanghai), the United States (San Jose, San Diego, Tempe, Bellevue), France (Caen, Suresnes, Sophia Antipolis), Germany (Hamburg, Dresden, Villingen), Austria (Gratkorn, Vienna), the Netherlands (Nijmegen, Eindhoven), Hong Kong, Singapore, the UK (Hazelgrove, Southampton), Switzerland (Zurich) and Belgium (Leuven). Our research and development expenses and write-off of acquired in-process research and development were $764 million in 2009 and $1,187 million in 2008. Our research and development expense was $568 million in 2010, 80% of which related to our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses.

Largely as a result of our scale and the level of our investments in research and development, we have achieved a significant number of market leadership positions and are able to extend those positions. In High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets where we already have a strong number one market leadership position, such as CAN/ LIN/-FlexRay in-vehicle networking, e-passports and most of our other identification businesses, we invest in research and development to extend our market position and to outpace market growth. In High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets where we are the leader, but with a smaller market share lead over our

 

102

---

Table of Contents

competition, such as car access and immobilizers, car radio, TV front-end and radio frequency identification, and in High-Performance Mixed-Signal markets where we are not the market share leader, we are investing in research and development to grow significantly faster than the market and improve our relative market position. In addition, we are investing to build or expand leading positions in a number of promising, high growth markets such as AC-DC power conversion, CFL and LED lighting drivers, 32-bit ARM microcontrollers, hearing aids and integrated mobile audio solutions. Finally, we invest around 3% of our total research and development expenditures in research activities that develop fundamental new technologies or product categories that could contribute significantly to our company growth in the future. Examples of current developments include biosensors and MEMS oscillators.

We annually perform a fundamental review of our business portfolio and our related new product and technology development opportunities in order to decide on changes in the allocation of our research and development resources. For products targeting established markets, we evaluate our research and development expenditures based on clear business need and risk assessments. For break-through technologies and new market opportunities, we look at the strategic fit and synergies with the rest of our portfolio and the size of the potential addressable market. Overall, we allocate our research and development to maintain a healthy mix of emerging, growth and mature businesses.

Alliances and Investments

We participate in a number of strategic alliances with respect to technology development and manufacturing. These alliances are an important part of our manufacturing strategy, since they permit us to reduce fixed costs associated with manufacturing and development activities and to share research and development expenses with third parties. In addition, we leverage strategic partnerships to develop software for our products. Our major alliances are set out below:

Systems on Silicon Manufacturing Company Pte. Ltd.

SSMC, based in Singapore, was established in 1998 as a joint venture among us, TSMC and EDB Investments Pte. Ltd. (“EDB”), an entity of the Economic Development Board of Singapore. We hold a 61.2% stake in SSMC. SSMC is a leading manufacturer of CMOS-based semiconductors, using process technologies to make wafers with line widths down to 140 nanometers. SSMC is one of the larger eight-inch CMOS wafer fabs in the industry.

We use SSMC to augment our wholly owned eight-inch wafer CMOS capability. We presently make use of approximately 85% of our entitlement to 60% of the capacity of SSMC, with our joint venture partner TSMC taking the remainder. If we so require, we can increase our load and use all of the capacity to which we are entitled at any given time. This would provide us with substantial additional capacity. On the other hand, we have made certain commitments to SSMC, whereby we are obligated to make, as cost compensation, payments to SSMC should we fail to utilize, on an annual basis, at least 42% (approximately 7.5 million mask steps) of the total available capacity at SSMC’s fabrication facilities, but only in case TSMC does not utilize our shortfall and the overall SSMC utilization levels drop below 70% of the total available capacity. In the event that we and TSMC fail to utilize at least 70% of SSMC’s total available capacity, we would be required to compensate SSMC for full coverage of all unavoidable costs associated with what we fail to utilize below 42% of the total available capacity. No such payments have been made since 2002 and we do not expect to make any such payment in 2010. In the event that our demand for production from SSMC falls in the future, we may be required to make such payment, which could be significant. We also use SSMC to jointly develop and share technological advances with TSMC. In November 2006, we purchased approximately 10.7% of the SSMC shares held by EDB for a purchase price of approximately $118 million in cash with the balance of the SSMC shares held by EDB being acquired by TSMC.

The shareholders’ agreement in respect of this joint venture requires that we and TSMC provide technology support to SSMC under certain technology cooperation agreements, in return for certain payments of reasonable

 

103

---

Table of Contents

costs associated with such transfer. We and TSMC are also required to make all reasonable efforts to include SSMC under our patent cross license agreements with third parties. Further, under the agreement, a non-selling stockholder has a right of first refusal in the event any stockholder wishes to transfer its shares to a third party. A third party purchaser must assume all the rights and obligations of the selling stockholder under this agreement. The agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties.

Other Alliances and Investments

 

•

ASEN. ASEN, is an assembly and test joint venture, established by us, together with ASE, in Suzhou, China, in September 2007. We hold a 40% interest in ASEN, and ASE holds the remaining 60%.

 

•

Advanced Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation Limited. We established ASMC in Shanghai, China, in 1995 together with a number of Chinese joint venture partners. ASMC currently operates three wafer factories. We currently own approximately 27% of the outstanding shares of ASMC, which are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

 

•

Jilin NXP Semiconductor Ltd. Jilin, is a joint venture based in China, founded in 2003, which manufactures bipolar discrete power products. We currently hold a 60% ownership interest in Jilin and we operate Jilin jointly with Jilin Sino-Microelectronics Co. Ltd.

 

•

Virage Logic. We established a strategic alliance with Virage Logic Corporation on November 16, 2009 and obtained approximately 9.8% of Virage Logic’s outstanding common stock. Under this alliance, we transferred our advanced CMOS semiconductor horizontal IP technology and related development team to Virage Logic in exchange for the rights to use Virage Logic’s IP rights and services. In September 2010 we sold all of the Virage Logic shares we held.

 

•

Trident. On February 8, 2010, Trident, a publicly listed company in the United States in the field of digital television, completed its acquisition of our television systems and set-top box business lines. As a result of the transaction, we now own 60% of the outstanding common stock of Trident, retain a 30% voting interest in participatory rights and a 60% voting interest for protective rights only. Based on the terms and conditions agreed between the parties, we will account for our investment in Trident under the equity method. By leveraging the significant investments made by NXP and Trident into advanced technologies and complex systems across a larger customer base, the combined business of NXP and Trident is well positioned to become a leader in digital consumer system-on-chip products. The combined business will also benefit from use of our manufacturing facilities for production, packaging and test activities.

Competition

We compete with many different semiconductor companies, ranging from multinational companies with integrated research and development, manufacturing, sales and marketing organizations across a broad spectrum of product lines, to “fabless” semiconductor companies, to companies that are focused on a single application market segment or standard product. Most of these competitors compete with us with respect to some, but not all, of our businesses. Few of our competitors have operations across our business lines.

Our key competitors in alphabetical order include Analog Devices Inc., Atmel Corporation, Entropic Communications Inc., Fairchild Semiconductors International Inc., Freescale, Infineon, International Rectifier Corporation, Linear Technology Corporation, Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., MaxLinear, Inc., Microtune Inc., National Semiconductor, NEC Corporation, ON Semiconductor Corporation, Power Integrations Inc., ROHM Co., Ltd., Samsung, Silicon Laboratories Inc., STMicroelectronics and Texas Instruments Incorporated.

The basis on which we compete varies across market segments and geographic regions. Our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses compete primarily on the basis of our ability to timely develop new products and the underlying intellectual property and on meeting customer requirements in terms of cost, product

 

104

---

Table of Contents

features, quality, warranty and availability. In addition, our High-Performance Mixed-Signal system solutions businesses require in-depth knowledge of a given application market in order to develop robust system solutions and qualified customer support resources. In contrast, our Standard Products business competes primarily on the basis of manufacturing and supply chain excellence and breadth of product portfolio.

Intellectual Property

The creation and use of intellectual property is a key aspect of our strategy to differentiate ourselves in the marketplace. We seek to protect our proprietary technologies by seeking patents, retaining trade secrets and defending, enforcing and utilizing our intellectual property rights, where appropriate. We believe this strategy allows us to preserve the advantages of our products and technologies, and helps us to improve the return on our investment in research and development. Our portfolio of approximately 14,000 patents and patent applications, as well as our royalty-free licenses to patents held by Philips, give us the benefit of one of the largest patent portfolios positions in the High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products markets. To protect confidential technical information that is not subject to patent protection, we rely on trade secret law and frequently enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and partners. In situations where we believe that a third party has infringed on our intellectual property, we enforce our rights through all available legal means to the extent that we determine the benefits of such actions to outweigh any costs involved. For more information on the intellectual property arrangements we have entered into with Philips, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Private Equity Consortium and Philips—Intellectual Property Transfer and License Agreement” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have engaged occasionally in licensing and other activities aimed at generating income and other benefits from our intellectual property assets. We believe that there is an opportunity to generate additional income and other benefits from our intellectual property assets. This is a process that will take time before meaningful benefits can be reaped. We are in the early phases of developing the program.

While our patents and trade secrets constitute valuable assets, we do not view any one of them as being material to our operations as a whole. Instead, we believe it is the combination of our patents and trade secrets that creates an advantage for our business.

In addition to our own patents and trade secrets, we have entered into licensing, broad-scope cross licensing and other agreements authorizing us to use patents, trade secrets, confidential technical information, software and related technology owned by third parties and/or operate within the scope of patents owned by third parties. We are party to process technology partnerships, such as our collaboration with TSMC and the Interuniversitair Microelektronica Centrum VZW, through which we jointly develop complex semiconductor-related process technology. We also maintain research partnerships with universities across the world, particularly in Europe, China and India.

We own a number of trademarks and, where we consider it desirable, we develop names for our new products and secure trademark protection for them.

Legal Proceedings

We are regularly involved as plaintiffs or defendants in claims and litigation relating to matters such as commercial transactions and intellectual property rights. In addition, our divestments sometimes result in, or are followed by, claims or litigation by either party. From time to time, we also are subject to alleged patent infringement claims. We rigorously defend ourselves against these alleged patent infringement claims, and we rarely participate in settlement discussions. Although the ultimate disposition of asserted claims and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is our belief that the outcome of any such claims, either individually or on a combined basis, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position. However, such outcomes may be material to our consolidated statement of operations for a particular period.

 

105

---

Table of Contents

We are the subject of an investigation by the European Commission in connection with alleged violations of competition laws in connection with the smart card chips we produce. The European Commission stated in its release of January 7, 2009, that it would start investigations in the smart card chip sector because it has reason to believe that the companies concerned may have violated European Union competition rules, which prohibits certain practices such as price fixing, customer allocation and the exchange of commercially sensitive information. As a company active in the smart card chip sector, we are subject to the ongoing investigation. We are cooperating in the investigation. We have received written requests for information from the European Commission and are co-operating with the European Commission in answering these requests.

For an overview of how we account for these legal proceedings, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Legal Proceedings” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Environmental Regulation

In each jurisdiction in which we operate, we are subject to many environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that govern, among other things, emissions of pollutants into the air, wastewater discharges, the use and handling of hazardous substances, waste disposal, the investigation and remediation of soil and ground water contamination and the health and safety of our employees. We are also required to obtain environmental permits from governmental authorities for certain of our operations.

As with other companies engaged in similar activities or that own or operate real property, we face inherent risks of environmental liability at our current and historical manufacturing facilities. Certain environmental laws impose liability on current or previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous substances. Certain of these laws also assess liability on persons who arrange for hazardous substances to be sent to disposal or treatment facilities when such facilities are found to be contaminated.

Soil and groundwater contamination has been identified at our property in Hamburg, Germany and our former property in Caen, France. At our Hamburg location, the remediation process has been ongoing for several years and is expected to continue for a further 25 years at a cost of approximately $1 million per year. At our former property in Caen, France, we continue to bear the responsibility for groundwater pollution. Although, at present, we are only required to monitor the status of the pollution, the environmental agency may require us to remediate the pollution in the future. Further, we may be required to remediate soil contamination on this property. We estimate that our aggregate potential liability in respect of this property will not be material.

Our former property in Lent, the Netherlands, is affected by trichloroethylene contamination. ProRail B.V. owns certain property located nearby and has claimed that we have caused trichloroethylene contamination on their property. We have rejected ProRail’s claims, as we believe that the contamination was caused by a prior owner of our property in Lent. While we are currently not taking any remediation or other actions, we estimate that our aggregate potential liability, if any, in respect of this property will not be material.

Asbestos contamination has been found in certain parts of our properties in Hazelgrove and Southampton in the United Kingdom and in Nijmegen, the Netherlands. In the United Kingdom, we will be required to dispose of the asbestos when the buildings currently standing on the property are demolished. We estimate our potential liability will not be material. In the Netherlands, we will be required to remediate the asbestos contamination at a leased property, upon termination of the lease. The lease is expected to end shortly and we estimate the cost of remediation will not be material.

It is our belief that the risks of the environmental issues described above, either individually or on a combined basis, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position. However, such outcomes may be material to our consolidated statement of operations for a particular period.

 

106

---

Table of Contents

Employees

The following table provides an overview of the number of full time employees we had per segment:

 

		As of December 31,
		2009				2010
High-Performance Mixed-Signal			2,806				2,864
Standard Products			1,488				1,746
Manufacturing Operations			14,320				15,526
Corporate:
NuTune			3,033				—
Central research and development			963				654
Sales and marketing			527				846
Information technology			457				369
Other shared services			2,158				2,061
Other (including NXP Software)			334				405
Divested Home Activities			1,186				—
Total			27,272				24,471

The following table indicates the number of full time employees per geographic area:

 

		As of December 31,
		2009				2010
Europe and Africa			8,278				7,347
Americas			728				542
Greater China			6,737				6,926
Asia Pacific			11,529				9,656
Total			27,272				24,471

The tables above represent the number of our employees, excluding the 941 employees from our discontinued Sound Solutions Business at December 31, 2010, compared to 878 in December 31, 2009. We have not experienced any material strikes or labor disputes in the past. A number of our employees are members of a labor union. In various countries, local law requires us to inform and consult with employee representatives on matters relating to labor conditions. We consider our employee relations to be good.

 

107

---

Table of Contents

Properties

We own approximately 6.3 million square feet of building space in nine countries, and lease approximately 3.3 million square feet of building space in 25 countries. The following table sets out our principal real property holdings as of December 31, 2010:

 

Location

Use

Owned/leased

Building space (square feet)

Eindhoven, the Netherlands

Headquarters

Leased

258,848

Hamburg, Germany

Manufacturing

Owned

766,092

Nijmegen, the Netherlands

Manufacturing

Owned

2,199,623

Singapore

Manufacturing

Leased

864,348

Bangkok, Thailand

Manufacturing

Owned

604,231

Cabuyao, Philippines

Manufacturing

Owned

523,981

Kaohsuing, Taiwan

Manufacturing

Leased

578,912

Manchester, United Kingdom

Manufacturing

Owned

221,787

Jilin, China(1)

Manufacturing

Leased

138,783

Hong Kong, China

Manufacturing

Leased

240,000

Guangdong, China

Manufacturing

Leased

916,000

Seremban, Malaysia

Manufacturing

Owned

291,037

Beijing, China(2)

Manufacturing

Leased

267,418

 

(1)	Leased by the Jilin joint venture.

(2)	Leased by NXP Semiconductors (Beijing) Ltd. The shares of this subsidiary are intended to transfer to a subsidiary of Dover Corporation in connection with the contemplated sale of our Sound Solutions Business to Dover Corporation. The lease is intended to transfer accordingly.

In addition to the foregoing, we own or lease over 51 additional sites around the world for research and development, sales and administrative activities.

The following is a summary of the terms of our material lease agreements:

SSMC leases 840,743 square feet of space at 70 Pasir Ris Drive 1 in Singapore from Jurong Town Corporation for use as a manufacturing facility. The lease commenced on June 1, 1999 for a term of 30 years at an annual rental rate of 1,484,584 Singapore Dollars, which amount is subject to revision up to, but not exceeding, 5% of the yearly rent for the immediately preceding year, on the anniversary of the lease commencement date.

We lease 916,000 square feet of manufacturing space through our subsidiary, NXP Semiconductors Guangdong Ltd., at Tian Mei High Tech, Industrial Park, Huang Jiang Town, Dongguan City, China, from Huangjiang Investment Development Company (“Huangjiang”). The lease commenced on October 1, 2003 for a term of 13 years at an annual rental rate calculated to be the greater of: (a) a yearly rental rate of RMB96 ($15) per square meter or (b) a yearly rent equal to 13% of the actual construction cost of the leased facility. The rental amount is subject to revision on an annual basis, subject to the interest rate Huangjiang must pay for loans used in the construction of the facilities agreed upon in the lease.

We lease approximately 267,418 square feet of manufacturing space through our subsidiary, NXP Semiconductors (Beijing) Ltd. at No. 20 Tong Ji Nan Lu of the Beijing Economic-Technical Development Area of China, from Beijing Economic-Technological Investment & Development Corporation. The lease commenced on September 15, 2009, for a five year term. From commencement of the lease to June 30, 2012, the rent is RMB 99,375.64 per month, subject to certain conditions under the lease. On July 1, 2012, the rent shall increase to RMB 1,018,600.31 per month for the remainder of the lease term.

 

108

---

Table of Contents

We lease 187,234 square feet of public land and manufacturing space through our subsidiary, NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd., located in Nanzi Manufacturing and Export Zone, Taiwan, from the Export Processing Zone Administration, Ministry of Economic Affairs). We lease the manufacturing space and its associated parcels of land in a series of leases, the earliest of which commenced on March 13, 2000 and the last of which expires on September 30, 2018. Our monthly rental rate on the combined leases is 3,582,979 New Taiwan Dollars per month plus a 5% business tax applicable thereto as from July 1, 2008. We also own 176,516 square feet of land and manufacturing space located in Nanzi Manufacturing and Export Zone, Taiwan.

Divestment of Sound Solutions

On December 22, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement with Dover Corporation, whereby Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business. Our Sound Solutions Business produces speaker and receiver components for the mobile handset market and is operated out of Vienna, Austria and Beijing, China. Under the terms of the agreement, Knowles Electronics will acquire our Sound Solutions Business and obtain certain intellectual property for $855 million in cash, subject to regulatory approval and certain other customary conditions. In conjunction with the transaction, we have agreed with Knowles Electronics to the terms of a strategic relationship whereby we will become Knowles’ exclusive source for certain High-Performance Mixed-Signal semiconductors, such as Mobile Audio ICs like MEMS microphone drivers and smart speaker drivers. The transaction is expected to close on or about the end of the first quarter of 2011.

 

109

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees

Board of Directors

We have a one-tier board structure. Set forth below are the names, ages as of March 1, 2011, and positions of the persons who serve as members of our one-tier board of directors.

 

Name		Age				Position
Richard L. Clemmer			59			Executive director, president and chief executive officer
Sir Peter Bonfield			66			Non-executive director and chairman of the board
Johannes P. Huth			50			Non-executive director and vice-chairman of the board
Nicolas Cattelain			37			Non-executive director
Eric Coutinho			59			Non-executive director
Egon Durban			37			Non-executive director
Kenneth A. Goldman			61			Non-executive director
Josef Kaeser			53			Non-executive director
Ian Loring			44			Non-executive director
Michel Plantevin			54			Non-executive director
Richard Wilson			45			Non-executive director

 

•

Richard L. Clemmer (1951, American). Mr. Clemmer became executive director, president and chief executive officer on January 1, 2009. Prior to that, from December 2007, Mr. Clemmer was a member of the supervisory board of NXP B.V. and a senior advisor of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. Prior to joining NXP, he drove the turnaround and re-emergence of Agere, a spin-off from Lucent Technologies Inc. (“Lucent”) and a leader in semiconductors for storage, wireless data, and public and enterprise networks. He also served as Chairman of u-Nav Microelectronics Corporation, a leading GPS technology provider, and held a five-year tenure at Quantum Corporation where he was executive vice president and chief financial officer. Prior to that, Mr. Clemmer worked for Texas Instruments Incorporated as senior vice president and semiconductor group chief financial officer. Mr. Clemmer also serves on the boards of NCR Corporation and Trident.

 

•

Sir Peter Bonfield (1944, British). Sir Peter has been appointed as a non-executive director and as the chairman of our board of directors. Prior to that, Sir Peter was the chairman of the supervisory board of NXP B.V. from September 29, 2006. Sir Peter served as chief executive officer and chairman of the executive committee for British Telecom plc from 1996 to 2002 and prior to that was chairman and chief executive officer of ICL plc (now Fujitsu Services Holdings Ltd.). Sir Peter also worked in the semiconductor industry during his tenure as a divisional director at Texas Instruments Incorporated, for whom he held a variety of senior management positions around the world. Sir Peter currently holds non-executive directorships at Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, Mentor Graphics Corporation and Sony Corporation.

 

•

Johannes P. Huth (1960, German). Mr. Huth has been appointed as a non-executive director and vice-chairman of our board of directors. Prior to that, Mr. Huth was a member and chairman of our supervisory board and a member and vice-chairman of NXP B.V.’s supervisory board from September 29, 2006. Mr. Huth is a managing director of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Europe. He has been with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. for eleven years. Currently, he is on the board of directors of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. Ltd., ProSiebenSat.1 Media AG (chairman), Kion Holding GmbH and BMG-Bertelsmann Music Group. Mr. Huth started his professional career with Salomon Brothers in New York and London. Following that, he worked with Investcorp International Ltd. in London.

 

•

Nicolas Cattelain (1973, French). Mr. Cattelain has been appointed as a non-executive director of our board of directors. Mr. Cattelain became a member of our supervisory board and the supervisory board

 

110

---

Table of Contents

of NXP B.V. in February 2010 and is a director of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Europe. He has been with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. for ten years. Before 2000, Mr. Cattelain was with the private equity firm Industri Kapital in London and prior to that he worked in the Mergers and Acquisitions Department of Merrill Lynch.

 

•

Eric Coutinho (1951, Dutch). Mr. Coutinho has been appointed as a non-executive director of our board of directors. Mr. Coutinho became a member of our supervisory board and the supervisory board of NXP B.V. on September 29, 2006 and is chief legal officer and general secretary of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. and a member of its group management committee. He has been with Philips since 1979 during which time he has worked in various positions. He is also deputy chairman of The Netherlands Philips Pension Fund.

 

•

Egon Durban (1973, German). Mr. Durban is a managing director of Silver Lake Partners based in Menlo Park. Mr. Durban joined Silver Lake in 1999 as a founding principal and has worked in the firm’s London, Menlo Park and New York offices. Mr. Durban serves on the Supervisory Board of Skype and is the chairman of its operating committee, the board of directors of Intelsat, Ltd., the board of directors of Multiplan Inc., the operating committee of SunGard Capital Corporation, and Silver Lake’s Management, Investment and Fund 3 Operating and Valuation Committees. Prior to Silver Lake, Mr. Durban worked in Morgan Stanley’s Investment Banking Division.

 

•

Kenneth A. Goldman (1949, American). Mr. Goldman has been appointed as a non-executive director of our board of directors effective August 6, 2010. Mr. Goldman is the senior vice president and chief financial officer of Fortinet, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Goldman served as senior vice president, finance and administration, and chief financial officer of Siebel Systems, Inc. from 2000 to 2006. Mr. Goldman has also served as senior vice president and chief financial officer of Excite@Home Corporation and Sybase, Inc., as well as serving as chief financial officer of Cypress Semiconductor Corporation and VLSI. Technology, Inc. Mr. Goldman also serves on the board of directors of BigBand Networks, Inc. and Infinera, Inc. and several private companies.

 

•

Josef Kaeser (1957, German). Mr. Kaeser has been appointed as a non-executive director of our board of directors effective September 1, 2010. Mr. Kaeser is the executive vice president and chief financial officer of Siemens AG. Prior to this, Mr. Kaeser served as chief strategy officer for Siemens AG from 2004 to 2006 and as the chief financial officer for the mobile communications group from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Kaeser has additionally held various other positions within the Siemens group since he joined Siemens in 1980. Mr. Kaeser also serves on the managing board of Siemens AG and the board of directors of Siemens Ltd., India, Bayerische Börse AG, Allianz AG, Germany and Nokia Siemens Networks B.V.

 

•

Ian Loring (1966, American). Mr. Loring has been appointed a non-executive director of our board of directors. Mr. Loring became a member of our supervisory board and the supervisory board of NXP B.V. on September 29, 2006 and is a managing director of Bain Capital Partners, LLC. Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners in 1996, Mr. Loring worked at Berkshire Partners and has previously also worked at Drexel Burnham Lambert. He serves as a director of Clear Channel Communications Inc., The Weather Channel Inc., Warner Music Group Corporation, Denon & Marantz and Contec Co. Ltd. Mr. Loring previously served on the board of Cumulus Media Inc. and Echelon Telecom Inc.

 

•

Michel Plantevin (1956, French). Mr. Plantevin has been appointed a non-executive director of our board of directors. Mr. Plantevin became a member of our supervisory board and the supervisory board of NXP B.V. on September 29, 2006 and is a managing director of Bain Capital Ltd. Prior to joining Bain Capital Ltd. in 2003, Mr. Plantevin worked at Goldman Sachs in London, and prior to that he was a partner with Bain & Company in London and Paris. He also serves as a director of FCI S.A., Brakes Group, Stylon and IMCD.

 

•

Richard Wilson (1965, British). Mr. Wilson has been appointed as a non-executive director of our board of directors. Mr. Wilson became a member of our supervisory board and the supervisory board

 

111

---

Table of Contents

of NXP B.V. on October 22, 2008 and is a senior partner of Apax Partners LLP. Prior to joining Apax Partners in 1995, he served as a consultant with Scientific Generics Inc. and also worked for Marconi Space Systems Ltd. He has sat on a number of boards of Apax fund portfolio companies, such as Inmarsat plc, Weather Investments SpA and affiliates of TDC A/S, and in 2009/2010 was the chairman of the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association.

Management Team

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of the executive officers who together with our chief executive officer, Mr. Clemmer, constitute our management team as of March 1, 2011.

 

Name		Age				Position
Richard L. Clemmer			59			Executive director, president and chief executive officer
Chris Belden			50			Executive vice president and general manager of operations
Guido Dierick			51			Senior vice president and general counsel
Alexander Everke			47			Executive vice president and general manager of High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses focused on wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing applications
Peter Kelly			54			Executive vice president, responsible for operations
Peter Kleij			50			Senior vice president, responsible for human resource management
Mike Noonen			47			Executive vice president, responsible for global sales
Rene Penning De Vries			56			Senior vice president and chief technology officer
Ruediger Stroh			48			Executive vice president and general manager of High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses focused on identification applications
Frans Scheper			48			Senior vice president and general manager of the Standard Products applications
Kurt Sievers			41			Senior vice president and general manager of High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses focused on automotive applications
Karl-Henrik Sundström			50			Executive vice president and chief financial officer

 

 

•

Chris Belden (1960, American). Mr. Belden is executive vice president, general manager of operations and member of the management team. He joined NXP as senior vice president, global manufacturing on March 1, 2008. Previously Mr. Belden worked for Applied Materials Inc., where he was responsible for global operations. Before that, he spent the majority of his career at Motorola, Inc. and Freescale Semiconductor Inc., where he was responsible for Freescale’s global manufacturing operations.

 

•

Guido Dierick (1959, Dutch). Mr. Dierick is senior vice president, general counsel, secretary of our board of directors and member of the management team. Since 2000 he has been responsible for legal and intellectual property matters at NXP. He previously was employed by Philips from 1982 and worked in various legal positions.

 

•

Alexander Everke (1963, German). Mr. Everke is executive vice president, member of the management team and general manager of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses focused on the wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing application markets. He previously served in various senior management positions within NXP. Mr. Everke joined NXP in 2006 from Infineon Technologies AG, where he served last as general manager of the Chip Card & Security ICs business unit. Before Infineon, Mr. Everke worked for several years at Siemens AG.

 

•

Peter Kelly (1957, American). Peter Kelly is executive vice president operations and member of our management team. He shares responsibility with Mr. Belden for managing our overall operations.

 

112

---

Table of Contents

Mr. Kelly has over 25 years of experience in the technology industry working for companies in Europe and the USA, being a key part of the management team that led the spin-off of Agere from Lucent, where he led the global operations team.

 

•

Peter Kleij (1960, Dutch). Mr. Kleij is senior vice-president, responsible for human resource management and member of the management team. Prior to joining Philips in 1996, he worked for various large companies, including AT&T Inc.

 

•

Mike Noonen (1963, American). Mr. Noonen is executive vice president, responsible for global sales and marketing and member of the management team since November 10, 2008. He previously served in a global sales position at National Semiconductor Corporation, which he joined in 2001. Before that he worked for various high-tech companies including NCR Corporation and Cisco Systems Inc.

 

•

Rene Penning De Vries (1954, Dutch). Mr. Penning De Vries is senior vice president, chief technology officer and member of the management team. He holds the same position in NXP B.V. He previously was employed by Philips from 1984 in various managerial positions.

 

•

Ruediger Stroh (1962, German). Mr. Stroh is executive vice president, member of the management team and general manager of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses focused on the identification application markets. Before joining NXP on May 18, 2009, he led LSI Corporation’s Storage Peripherals business, overseeing silicon solutions for hard disk and solid state drives addressing consumer and enterprise markets. Previously, he headed Agere System Inc’s storage division and served as chief executive officer for a number of start-up companies. Mr. Stroh began his career at Siemens AG where he held multiple management positions before joining Infineon Technologies AG.

 

•

Frans Scheper (1962, Dutch). Mr. Scheper has been senior vice president and general manager for the Standard Products business since November, 2009, and has been a member of the management team since January 1, 2010. He has previously served as general manager of the general applications (discretes) business line within the multimarket business and served in various positions at Philips since 2000.

 

•

Kurt Sievers (1969, German). Mr. Sievers has been senior vice president and general manager of our High-Performance Mixed-Signal businesses focused on the automotive application markets since November, 2009 and since January 2010, he has been a member of the management team. He has previously managed the automotive safety and comfort business line and served in various positions at Philips since 1995.

 

•

Karl-Henrik Sundström (1960, Swedish). Mr. Sundström became executive vice president and chief financial officer of NXP B.V. and a member of our management team on May 13, 2008. In a successful 22 year career at Ericsson AB, Mr. Sundström gained general management experience leading the company’s global services operations and its Australian and New Zealand business before his appointment as chief financial officer of Ericsson AB in 2003 until the end of 2007. Mr. Sundström also serves on the board of Swedbank AB.

Management Structure

We have a one-tier board structure, consisting of an executive director and non-executive directors.

Powers, Composition and Function

The number of executive and non-executive directors is determined by the board of directors. The board of directors will consist of one executive director and ten non-executive directors. The executive director, Mr. Clemmer, has been appointed as our chief executive officer.

The appointment of the directors will be made by our general meeting of stockholders upon a binding nomination of the board of directors. A resolution to appoint a director nominated by the board of directors shall be adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast. The board of directors shall make a list of candidates

 

113

---

Table of Contents

containing the names of at least the number of persons prescribed by law, which is currently two, for each vacancy to be filled. The nomination shall state whether the director is proposed to be an executive or non-executive director. The general meeting of stockholders may at all times overrule the binding nature of such a nomination by a resolution adopted by at least a two thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of our issued share capital. The board of directors may then make a new nomination, containing at least the number of persons prescribed by law, which currently is two. If a nomination has not been made or has not been made in due time, this shall be stated in the notice and the general meeting of stockholders shall be free to appoint a director at its discretion. The latter resolution of the general meeting of stockholders must also be adopted by at least two thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of our issued share capital.

As the holder of more than 50% of our common stock, the Private Equity Consortium has the ability to elect our entire board, subject to any limitations in our shareholders’ agreement.

In addition, the Private Equity Consortium and Philips have entered into an amended and restated shareholders’ agreement that provides Philips with certain rights, including with respect to board representation, and requires the Private Equity Consortium to vote their shares in a manner that implements such rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders’ Agreement.”

Under our articles of association and Dutch corporate law, the members of the board of directors are collectively responsible for the management, general and financial affairs and policy and strategy of our company. Our executive director will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the company and for the preparation and execution of board resolutions, to the extent these tasks are not delegated to a committee of the board of directors. Our chief executive officer or all directors acting jointly may represent our company with third parties.

A conflict of interest between the company and one or more of our directors is not expected to have any impact on the authority of directors to represent the company. Under our board regulations, a conflict needs to be reported to the board of directors and the board of directors shall resolve on the consequences, if any. Under current Dutch law, in case of a conflict, the general meeting of stockholders may at any time resolve to designate a person to represent the company. Although current Dutch law allows our directors to participate in deliberations and to vote on matters on which the respective director is conflicted, the Dutch corporate governance code and our board regulations do not allow directors to participate in discussions or vote on such matters.

Our non-executive directors will supervise the executive director and our general affairs and provide general advice to the executive director. Furthermore the non-executive directors will perform such acts that are delegated to them pursuant to our articles of association or by our board regulation. One of the non-executive directors has been appointed as chairman of the board and another non-executive director has been appointed as vice-chairman of the board of directors.

Each director owes a duty to us to properly perform the duties assigned to him and to act in the corporate interest of our company. Under Dutch law, the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as stockholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers.

Our directors are appointed for one year and will be re-electable each year at the general meeting of stockholders. The members of our board of directors may be suspended or dismissed at any time by the general meeting of stockholders. A resolution to suspend or dismiss a director will have to be adopted by at least a two thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of our issued share capital and unless the proposal to suspend or dismiss a member of the board of directors is made by the board of directors itself, in which case resolutions shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes cast. Currently, Dutch law does not allow executive directors to be suspended by the board of directors; however, Dutch law is expected to be amended in mid 2011 to facilitate the suspension of executive directors by the board.

 

114

---

Table of Contents

In the event that one or more directors are prevented from acting or in the case of a vacancy or vacancies for one or more directors, the board of directors remains properly constituted. The board of directors is expected to have the power, without prejudice to its responsibility, to cause our company to be represented by one or more attorneys. These attorneys shall have such powers as shall be assigned to them on or after their appointment and in conformity with our articles of association, by the board of directors.

The board of directors has adopted board regulations governing its performance, its decision making, its composition, the tasks and working procedure of the committees and other matters relating to the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the non-executive directors and the committees established by the board of directors. In accordance with our board regulations, resolutions of our board of directors will be adopted by a simple majority of votes cast in a meeting at which at least the majority of its members is present or represented. Each member of the board of directors has the right to cast one vote. In a tie vote, the proposal will be rejected.

Board Committees

While retaining overall responsibility, our board of directors has assigned certain of its tasks to permanent committees. Members of the permanent committees will be appointed by the board of directors. The board of directors will also determine the tasks of each committee. Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a nominating and compensation committee, each of which will have the responsibilities and composition described below:

 

•

Audit Committee. Our audit committee consists of three independent non-executive directors, Messrs. Goldman, Kaeser and Sir Peter Bonfield. Mr. Goldman, who is appointed as chairman of the audit committee, will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and as determined by our board of directors. Our audit committee will assist the board of directors in supervising, monitoring and advising the board of directors on financial reporting, risk management, compliance with relevant legislation and regulations and our business code of conduct. It will oversee the preparation of our financial statements, our financial reporting process, our system of internal business controls and risk management, our internal and external audit process and our internal and external auditor’s qualifications, independence and performance. Our audit committee also will review our annual and interim financial statements and other public disclosures, prior to publication. At least once per year, the non-executive directors who are part of the audit committee will report their findings to the plenary board of directors. Our audit committee also recommends to our stockholders the appointment of external auditors. The external auditor will attend most meetings of the audit committee. The findings of the external auditor, the audit approach and the risk analysis are also discussed at these meetings.

 

•

Nominating and Compensation Committee. Our nominating and compensation committee consists of three non-executive directors, Messrs. Huth and Plantevin and Sir Peter Bonfield, who is also an independent director. Mr. Plantevin is appointed as chairman of this committee. The nominating & compensation committee will determine selection criteria and appointment procedures for members of our board of directors, to periodically assess the scope and composition of our board of directors and to evaluate the performance of its individual members. It will be responsible for recommending to the board of directors the compensation package for our executive directors, with due observance of the remuneration policy adopted by the general meeting of stockholders. It will review employment contracts entered into with our executive directors, make recommendations to our board of directors with respect to major employment-related policies and oversee compliance with our employment and compensation-related disclosure obligations under applicable laws.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Unless prohibited by law in a particular circumstance, our articles of association require us to reimburse the members of the board of directors and the former members of the board of directors for damages and various costs and expenses related to claims brought against them in connection with the exercise of their duties.

 

115

---

Table of Contents

However, there shall be no entitlement to reimbursement if and to the extent that (i) a Dutch court has established in a final and conclusive decision that the act or failure to act of the person concerned may be characterized as willful (opzettelijk), intentionally reckless (bewust roekeloos) or seriously culpable (ernstig verwijtbaar) conduct, unless Dutch law provides otherwise or this would, in view of the circumstances of the case, be unacceptable according to standards of reasonableness and fairness, or (ii) the costs or financial loss of the person concerned are covered by an insurance and the insurer has paid out the costs or financial loss. We may enter into indemnification agreements with the members of the board of directors and our officers to provide for further details on these matters. We expect to purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the members of the board of directors and certain other officers, substantially in line with that purchased by similarly situated companies.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any member of the board of directors, officer, employee or agent where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceedings that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification of liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to members of the board of directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is therefore unenforceable.

Compensation

In accordance with Dutch law, our stockholders have adopted a compensation policy for the board of directors. The remuneration of our executive directors is resolved upon by our board of directors, with due observance of our compensation policy. The respective executive director does not participate in the discussions of our board of directors on his compensation, nor does the chief executive officer vote on such a matter. Our chief executive officer is our only executive director. The remuneration of the non-executive directors has been resolved upon by our stockholders at a stockholder meeting at the proposal of our board of directors, prior to the consummation of our IPO in August 2010. To the extent the stockholders at a future stockholder meeting do not adopt the proposal of the board, the board must prepare a new proposal. After adoption of a proposal, only subsequent amendments will require stockholder approval. Furthermore, any proposed share or option-based director compensation (including any performance conditions relating to such compensation) must be submitted by our board to the general meeting of stockholders for its approval, detailing the number of shares or options over shares that may be awarded to the directors and the criteria that apply to such award or any modification of such rights. Prior to the consummation of the IPO in August 2010, our stockholders have approved such equity-based director compensation.

Compensation Policy and Objectives

The objective in establishing the compensation policies for our chief executive officer, the other members of our management team and our other executives, will be to provide a compensation package that is aligned with our strategic goals and that enables us to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified professionals. We believe that the best way to achieve this is by linking executive compensation to individual performance targets, on the one hand, and to NXP’s performance, on the other hand. Our executive compensation package will therefore include a significant variable part, consisting of an annual cash incentive and depositary receipts for shares and stock options. Executive performance targets will be determined annually, at the beginning of the year, and assessed at the end of the year by, respectively, our nominating and compensation committee, our executive officers or the other members of our management team. The compensation package for our chief executive officer, the other members of our management team and our NXP executives is benchmarked on a regular basis against other companies in the high-tech and semiconductors industry.

 

116

---

Table of Contents

Base Salary

We currently pay our chief executive officer an annual base salary of €1,142,000, the chairman of our board of directors an annual fixed fee of €275,000 gross and the other members of our board of directors an annual fixed fee of $85,000 gross. Members of our Audit Committee and the Nominating & Compensation Committee receive an additional annual fixed fee of $6,000 gross and the chairmen of both committees receive an additional annual fixed fee of $10,000 and $8,000 gross, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the members of our management team as a group received a total aggregate compensation of €6,200,000, compared to a total aggregate compensation of €6,680,000 in 2009.

Our chief executive officer, the other members of our management team and most of our executives have a contract of employment for an indefinite term. The main elements of any new employment contract that we will enter into with a member of the board of directors will be made public no later than the date of the public notice convening the general meeting of stockholders at which the appointment of such member of the board of directors will be proposed.

Annual Incentive

Each year, our chief executive officer, the other members of our management team and our other executives can qualify to earn a variable cash incentive, subject to whether certain specific and challenging performance targets have been met. For our chief executive officer, the on-target cash incentive percentage was set at 100% of the base salary, with the maximum cash incentive set at 200% of the annual base salary. The cash incentive pay-out in any year relates to the achievements of the preceding financial year in relation to agreed targets. In 2010, an amount of €2,284,000 has been paid to our chief executive officer as annual incentive bonus for our performance in 2009. The total annual incentive bonus amount paid in 2010 to members of our management team, including our chief executive officer, is €9,830,000. In 2009, no annual incentive bonuses were paid to our board members, management team or to the executives due to the economic and financial crisis during the course of 2008 and early 2009, as well as our performance and the continuing future uncertainty in economic developments.

Share Based Compensation Plans

The purpose of our share based compensation plans, including the Management Equity Stock Option Plan implemented prior to the consummation of our IPO in August 2010 and the Long-Term Incentive Plan 2010 introduced in November 2010, is to align the interests of management with those of our stockholders by providing additional incentives to improve our medium and long term performance, by offering the participants an opportunity to share in the success of NXP.

We granted stock options to the members of our management team and to approximately 135 of our other executives in 2007 and 2008 under the Management Equity Stock Option Plan. In May 2009, we executed a stock option exchange program, under which stock options, with new exercise prices, different volumes and—in certain cases—revised vesting schedules, were granted to eligible individuals, in exchange for their owned stock options. By accepting the new stock options all previously granted stock options (vested and unvested) owned by the eligible individual were cancelled. As of May 2009, when the stock option exchange program was consummated, stock options have been granted to eligible individuals under the revised Management Equity Stock Option Plan. Under this stock option plan the participants acquire the right to purchase a certain number of shares of common stock at a predetermined price, i.e. exercise price, provided that certain conditions are met. The stock options have a vesting schedule as specified upon the grant to the individuals. Following the filing of such registration statement, pursuant to our Management Equity Stock Option Plan, members of our management team and certain other executives will be allowed to exercise, from time to time, their vested options. The proportion of options available for exercise cannot exceed the proportion of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold by our co-investors, including the Private Equity Consortium, to the total number of shares of

 

117

---

Table of Contents

common stock owned by such co-investors. We expect that following the completion of this offering, up to 15% of the vested options under the Management Equity Stock Option Plan will become exercisable, subject to the applicable laws and regulations. As of December 31, 2010, a total of 18 million stock options were granted under the Management Equity Stock Option Plan to a group of approximately 125 (current and former) NXP executives (which includes our chief executive officer and the other members of the management team and our chairman of the board of directors). These stock options can be exercised at exercise prices which vary from €2.00 to €50.00 per stock option.

In November 2010, we introduced a new Long Term Incentive Plan 2010, under which performance stock, restricted stock and stock options may be granted to the members of our board of directors, management team, our other executives, selected other key employees/talents of the NXP group and selected new hires. Under the Long Term Incentive Plan 2010, equity incentives may be granted on the dates NXP publishes its quarterly financials, beginning on November 2, 2010. Performance stock and restricted stock vest over a period of three years, subject to relevant performance criteria being met, and stock options vest over four years. The size of the annual equity pool available for Long Term Incentive Plan 2010 awards from November 2, 2010 up to the fourth quarter of 2011 is for an aggregate of up to 7,200,000 common shares in our share capital. On December 31, 2010, grants were made to 980 participants, in total representing 5,880,000 shares of common shares, consisting of 847,000 performance stock, 1,283,000 restricted shares and 3,750,000 stock options.

Shares to be delivered under any equity program may be newly issued, for up to 10% of our share capital, or they may come out of treasury stock or be purchased from time to time upon the decision of our board of directors.

As of December 31, 2010, the following stock options, restricted stock, performance stock, shares of common stock, depositary receipts for shares of common stock were outstanding with members of our board of directors:

Richard L. Clemmer, CEO and president

As of December 31, 2010, our chief executive officer held 76,125 depositary receipts and had been granted the following stock options and performance stock units, which were outstanding.

 

Series		Number of Stock Options				Exercise Price (in USD)				Number of Stock Options per vesting schedule
										11/02/11				11/02/12				11/02/13				11/02/14
2010/November			360,252				13.27				90,063				90,063				90,063				90,063

 

Series		Number of Stock Options				Exercise Price (in €)				Number of Stock Options per vesting schedule
										01/01/10				01/01/11				01/01/12				01/01/13
2009/1			415,000				2.00				103,750				103,750				103,750				103,750
2009/2			1,400,000				15.00				350,000				350,000				350,000				350,000
2009/3			234,000				30.00				58,500				58,500				58,500				58,500
2009/4			374,252				40.00				93,563				93,563				93,563				93,563
Total:			2,423,252								605,813				605,813				605,813				605,813

 

Series		Number  of Performance Stock Units				Number of Performance Stock Units per vesting schedule
						11/02/11		11/02/12		11/02/13
2010/November			240,162			Maximum 33% of total		Maximum 67% of total		Up to 100% of total

 

118

---

Table of Contents

Sir Peter Bonfield, chairman of the board of directors

As of December 31, 2010 the following stock options and restricted stock units had been granted to the chairman of our board of directors and were outstanding:

 

Series

Number  of Performance Stock Units

Number of Performance Stock Units per vesting  schedule

11/02/11

11/02/12

11/02/13

2010/November

10,000

3,333

3,333

3,334

 

Series		Number of Stock Options				Exercise Price (in €)				Number of Stock Options per vesting schedule
										10/01/10				10/01/11				10/01/12
2009/2			23,550				15.00				7,850				7,850				7,850
2009/3			23,550				30.00				7,850				7,850				7,850
2009/4
Total:			47,100								15,700				15,700				15,700

Other members of our board of directors

To each of Messrs. Huth, Cattelain, Durban, Goldman, Kaeser, Loring, Plantevin and Wilson, all being member of our board of directors, the following restricted stock units had been granted and were outstanding as of December 31, 2010:

 

Series

Number  of Restricted Stock Units

Number of Performance Stock Units per vesting  schedule

11/02/11

11/02/12

11/02/13

2010/November

10,000

3,333

3,333

3,334

Pensions

Our chief executive officer and eligible members of the management team participate in the executives’ pension plan, which we set up in the Netherlands and which consists of a combination of a career average and a defined-contribution plan. The target retirement age under the plan is 62.5. The plan does not require employee contributions. We paid for our chief executive officer a total pension plan contribution of €569,530 in 2010, compared to €552,350 in 2009. We also paid a total pension plan contribution in the aggregate of €1,650,000 in 2010, compared to €1,619,000 in 2009, to the members of our management team.

Additional Arrangements

In addition to the main conditions of employment, a number of additional arrangements apply to our chief executive officer and other members of the management team. These additional arrangements, such as expense compensation and relocation allowances, medical insurance, accident insurance, school fee compensation and company car arrangements are broadly in line with those for the NXP executives globally. In the event of disablement, our chief executive officer and other members of the management team are entitled to benefits in line with those for other NXP executives. In line with regulatory requirements, the Company’s policy forbids personal loans, guarantees or similar arrangements to members of our board, and consequently no loans, guarantees or similar arrangements were granted to such members in 2009 or in 2010, nor were such loans outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

 

119

---

Table of Contents

Unless the law provides otherwise, the members of our board of directors are expected to be reimbursed by us for various costs and expenses, such as reasonable costs of defending claims, as formalized in the articles of association. Under certain circumstances, described in the articles of association, such as an act or failure to act by a member of our board of directors that can be characterized as intentional (opzettelijk), intentionally reckless (bewust roekeloos) or seriously culpable (ernstig verwijtbaar), there will be no entitlement to this reimbursement

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the annual compensation paid to the members of our board of directors on an individual basis for services in all capacities during the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

		Salary and/ or fees (1 in €; 2 in $)				Performance related compensation (€)				Number of stock, stock options of stock units outstanding				Non-equity incentive  plan compensation or benefits in kind (€)				Contingent or deferred compensation				Pension, retirement or similar benefits (€)				Other
Richard L. Clemmer			1,142,000	(1)			2,284,000				600,414				711,901				—				569,531				—
Sir Peter Bonfield			275,000	(1)			—				57,100				—				—				—				—
Johannes P. Huth			37,917	(2)			—				10,000				—				—				—				—
Nicolas Cattelain			35,417	(2)			—				10,000				—				—				—				—
Eric Coutinho			35,417	(2)			—				—				—				—				—				—
Egon Durban			35,417	(2)			—				10,000				—				—				—				—
Kenneth A. Goldman			41,250	(2)			—				10,000				—				—				—				—
Josef Kaeser			30,333	(2)			—				10,000				—				—				—				—
Ian Loring			35,417	(2)			—				10,000				—				—				—				—
Michel Plantevin			41,250	(2)			—				10,000				—				—				—				—
Richard Wilson			35,417	(2)			—				10,000				—				—				—				—
Total:			1,417,000	(1)			2,284,000				737,514				711,901				—				569,531				—
			327,835	(2)

Corporate Governance

The NXP Business Code of Conduct

The NXP business code of conduct outlines our general commitment to be a responsible social partner and the way in which we attempt to interact with our stakeholders, including stockholders, suppliers, customers, employees and the market. The business code of conduct expresses our commitment to an economically, socially and ethically sustainable way of working. It covers our policy on a diverse array of subjects, including corporate gifts, child labor, ILO conventions, working hours, sexual harassment, free-market competition, bribery and the integrity of financial reporting.

We have also adopted a Financial Code of Ethics applicable to certain of our senior employees, which constitutes a “code of ethics” as such term is defined by the SEC. Both the NXP Business Code of Conduct and our Financial Code of Ethics are available on our website at www.nxp.com. The information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website neither constitutes part of this prospectus nor is incorporated by reference herein.

The Dutch Corporate Governance Code

Since our IPO in August 2010, we have been required to comply with the Dutch corporate governance code. The Dutch corporate governance code, as revised, became effective on January 1, 2009, and applies to all Dutch companies listed on a government-recognized stock exchange, whether in the Netherlands or elsewhere. The code is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their annual

 

120

---

Table of Contents

reports filed in the Netherlands whether or not they are complying with the various rules of the Dutch corporate governance code that are addressed to the board of directors or, if any, the supervisory board of the company and, if they do not apply those provisions, to give the reasons for such non-application. The code contains principles and best practice provisions for managing boards, supervisory boards, stockholders and general meetings of stockholders, financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards.

We expect to take various actions towards compliance with the provisions of the Dutch corporate governance code.

The Dutch corporate governance code provides that if a company indicates to what extent it applies the best practice provisions, such company will deemed to have applied the Dutch corporate governance code.

The following discussion summarizes the primary differences between our corporate governance structure and best practice provisions of the Dutch corporate governance code:

 

•

Best practice provisions II.2.4 and II.2.5 state that stock options granted to members of our board shall, in any event, not be exercised in the first three years after the date of granting and shares granted to board members without financial consideration shall be retained for a period of at least five years or until at least the end of the employment, if this period is shorter. Under our equity incentive schemes, part of the stock options granted to our chief executive officer in November 2010 are exercisable one year after the date of grant, and members of our board who received restrictive shares and performance shares in November 2010 are not required to retain these shares for at least five years. Although a deviation from the Corporate Governance Code, we hold the view that the combination of equity incentives granted to our chief executive officer, in relation to his obligation to invest in the Company and the applicable strict vesting and performance criteria, as well as the limited exercise possibility for pre-IPO MEP stock options granted to him, will enhance the goal of promoting long-term investments in the Company. The same is true for the equity grants made to other members of our board, which also have very strict vesting criteria with the purpose of creating long-term commitment to the Company.

 

•

Best practice provision III.8.4 states that the majority of the members of the board shall be independent. In our board of directors, three non-executive members are independent. It is our view that given the nature of our business and the practice in our industry and considering our stockholder structure, it is justified that only three non-executive directors are independent.

 

•

Pursuant to best practice provision IV.1.1, a general meeting of stockholders should be empowered to cancel binding nominations of candidates for appointment to the board, and to dismiss members of the board by a simple majority of votes of those in attendance, although the company may require that such majority represents a minimum number of outstanding shares, which number may not exceed one third of the voting rights outstanding. If a majority of those in attendance vote in favor of the proposal, but this majority does not represent the minimum number of outstanding voting rights required, a second meeting may be convened and its vote will be binding, even without any minimum requirement. Our articles of association currently state that the general meeting of stockholders may at all times overrule a binding nomination by a resolution adopted by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, if such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital. Although a deviation from provision IV.1.1 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, we hold the view that these provisions will enhance the continuity of the Company’s management and policies.

Although Dutch law currently allows for directors to vote on matters with regard to which they have an interest, this is expected to change in the near future. The Dutch corporate governance code, as well as our board rules, does not allow directors to vote on a matter with regard to which they have an interest.

The NASDAQ Global Select Market Corporate Governance Rules

NASDAQ rules provide that NASDAQ may provide exemptions from its corporate governance standards to a foreign issuer when those standards are contrary to a law, rule or regulation of any public authority exercising

 

121

---

Table of Contents

jurisdiction over such issuer or contrary to generally accepted business practices in the issuer’s country of domicile. We are exempt from certain NASDAQ corporate governance standards that are contrary to the laws, rules, regulations or generally accepted business practices of the Netherlands. These exemptions and the practices followed by our company are described below:

 

•

We are exempt from NASDAQ’s quorum requirements applicable to meetings of stockholders. Pursuant to Dutch corporate law, the validity of a resolution by the general meeting of stockholders does not depend on the proportion of the capital or stockholders represented at the meeting (i.e. quorum), unless the law or articles of association of a company provide otherwise. Our articles of association provide that a resolution proposed to the general meeting of stockholders by the board of directors shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes cast, unless another majority of votes or quorum is required under Dutch law or our articles of association. All other resolutions shall be adopted by a two thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents at least half of the issued share capital, unless another majority of votes or quorum is required under Dutch law. To this extent, our practice varies from the requirement of Listing Rule 5620(c), which requires an issuer to provide in its bylaws for a quorum, and that such quorum may not be less than one-third of the outstanding voting stock.

 

•

We are exempt from NASDAQ’s requirements regarding the solicitation of proxies and provision of proxy statements for meetings of stockholders. We inform stockholders of meetings in a public notice. We prepare a proxy statement and solicit proxies from the holders of our listed stock. Our practice in this regard, however, differs from the typical practice of U.S. corporate issuers in that the advance record date for determining the holders of record entitled to attend and vote at our stockholder meetings is determined by Dutch law (currently 28 days prior to the meeting). As an administrative necessity, we establish a mailing record date in advance of each meeting of stockholders for purposes of determining the stockholders to which the proxy statement and form of proxy will be sent. However, only stockholders of record on the specified record date are entitled to attend and vote, directly or by proxy, at the meeting.

 

•

NASDAQ requires stockholder approval prior to the issuance of securities when a stock option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended, pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees or consultants. Under Dutch law and the Dutch corporate governance code, stockholder approval is only required for equity compensation plans (or changes thereto) for members of the board, and not for equity compensation plans for other groups of employees. However, we note that under Dutch law, the stockholders have the power to issue shares or rights to subscribe for shares at the general meeting of the stockholders unless such power has been delegated to the board. Our board is designated for a period of five years from the date of our IPO in August 2010 to issue shares and rights to subscribe for shares.

 

•

NASDAQ requires the majority of the board of directors to be comprised of independent directors. Although the Dutch corporate governance code provides that the majority of the members of the board be independent, it also provides that if a company expressly indicates the reasons and the extent to which it does not apply the provisions of the Dutch corporate governance code, such company will deemed to have applied the code. As described under “—Corporate Governance—The Dutch Corporate Governance Code” above, three to four non-executive members of our board of directors will be independent. It is our view that given the nature of our business and the practice in our industry and considering our stockholder structure, it is justified that only three to four non-executive directors will be independent.

 

•

We are exempt from NASDAQ’s requirement to have independent director oversight of executive officer compensation. Under Dutch law and the Dutch corporate governance code, the general meeting of stockholders must adopt a policy in respect of the remuneration of the board. In accordance with our articles of association and our board rules, the remuneration of the executive directors is determined by the board of directors upon the recommendation of our nominating and compensation committee.

 

122

---

Table of Contents

•

We are exempt from NASDAQ’s requirement to have independent director oversight of director nominations. In accordance with Dutch law, our articles of association require that our directors will be appointed by the general meeting of stockholders upon the binding nomination of the board. In accordance with our board rules, the nominating and compensation committee will recommend the nomination of directors to our board.

 

•

NASDAQ requires us to adopt a nominations committee charter or a board resolution addressing the nominations process. In accordance with the Dutch corporate governance code, we have adopted the committee’s charter. However, the nominations process has been set out in our articles of association and board rules.

Moreover, we will not distribute annual reports to all of our stockholders in accordance with NASDAQ rules. Dutch law requires that the external auditors be appointed at the general meeting of stockholders and not by the audit committee. Our audit committee, which consists of members of our board of directors, shall only make a recommendation to the stockholders through the board of directors for the appointment and compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm and shall oversee and evaluate the work of our independent registered public accounting firm.

General Meeting of Stockholders: Procedures, Admission and Voting Rights

General meetings of stockholders will be held in the Netherlands in the municipalities of Amsterdam, Eindhoven, Haarlemmermeer, The Hague, Rotterdam or Utrecht. A general meeting of stockholders shall be held at least once per year within the period Dutch law requires us to convene a general meeting of stockholders, which is currently once per year, no later than six months after the end of our financial year. Our board of directors may decide whether electronic voting at the general meeting of stockholders is allowed and may subject electronic voting to certain conditions.

The agenda for the annual general meeting of stockholders shall contain, inter alia, items placed on the agenda in accordance with Dutch law and our articles of association, the consideration of the annual report, the adoption of our annual accounts, the proposal to pay a dividend (if applicable), proposals relating to the composition of the board of directors, including the filing of any vacancies in the board of directors, the proposals placed on the agenda by the board of directors, including, but not limited to, a proposal to grant discharge to the members of the board of directors for their management during the financial year, together with proposals made by stockholders in accordance with provisions of Dutch law and our articles of association.

Public notice of a general meeting of stockholders or an extraordinary meeting of stockholders shall be given by the board of directors, upon a term of at least such number of days prior to the day of the meeting as required by law, in accordance with the regulations of the stock exchange where our shares are officially listed at our request. This term is currently 15 days. The record date for each general meeting of stockholders is twenty-eight days prior to the date of the meeting. Any matter, the consideration of which has been requested by one or more stockholders, representing solely or jointly at least such part of the issued share capital as required by Dutch law, which is currently set at one percent of our issued and outstanding share capital or shares representing a value of at least €50.0 million, will be placed in the notice convening the general meeting of stockholders or the extraordinary meeting of stockholders, but only if we received the request to consider such matter no later than on the 60^th day prior to the day of the meeting.

Extraordinary general meetings of stockholders shall be held as frequently as they are called by the board of directors, or whenever one or more stockholders representing at least ten percent of our issued capital so request the board of directors in writing.

Without prejudice to the relevant provisions of law dealing with reduction of share capital and amendments to the articles of association, the public notice convening the meeting shall either mention the business on the agenda or state that the agenda is open to inspection by the stockholders at our offices.

 

123

---

Table of Contents

All stockholders shall be entitled to attend the general meetings of stockholders, to address the general meeting of stockholders and to vote, either in person or by appointing a proxy to act for them. In order to exercise the right to attend the general meetings of stockholders, to address the general meeting of stockholders and/or to vote at the general meetings of stockholders, stockholders must notify the Company in writing of their intention to do so, no later than on the day and at the place mentioned in the notice convening the meeting.

Next to the stockholders, holders of depositary receipts of shares issued with the cooperation of the Company and holders of a right of usufruct or pledge with voting rights are entitled to request an item to be placed on the agenda of the general meeting of stockholders, to attend the general meeting of stockholders, to address the general meeting of stockholders and to vote.

Members of the board of directors are authorized to attend general meetings of stockholders. They have an advisory vote. The general meeting of stockholders shall be presided over by the chairman. In the absence of the chairman, one of the other non-executive directors shall preside over the meeting.

Each share of common stock will confer the right to cast one vote at the general meeting of stockholders. Each stockholder may cast as many votes as he holds shares. Blank votes and invalid votes shall be regarded as not having been cast. Resolutions proposed to the general meeting of stockholders by the board of directors shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes cast, unless another majority of votes or quorum is required by virtue of Dutch law or our articles of association. All other resolutions shall be adopted by a two thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents at least half of the issued share capital, unless another majority of votes or quorum is required by virtue of Dutch law. In addition, we have authorized two series of preferred stock, which may have different dividend rights, as determined by our board. See “Description of Capital Stock—Share Capital—Authorized Share Capital.”

Meetings of holders of shares of a particular class or classes shall be held as frequently and whenever such meeting is required by virtue of any statutory regulation or any regulation in our articles of association. Such meeting may be convoked by the board of directors or one or more stockholders and/or holders of depositary receipts, who jointly represent at least one-tenth of the capital issued and outstanding in the shares of the class concerned.

Stockholder Vote on Certain Reorganizations

Under Dutch law, the approval of our general meeting of stockholders is required for any significant change in the identity or nature of our company or business, including in the case of (i) a transfer of all or substantially all of our business to a third party, (ii) the entry into or termination by us or one of our subsidiaries of a significant long-term cooperation with another entity or (iii) the acquisition or divestment by us or one of our subsidiaries of a participating interest in the capital of a company having a value of at least one-third of the amount of our assets, as stated in our consolidated balance sheet in our latest adopted annual accounts.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Dutch law permits us to adopt protective measures against takeovers. Although we have not and do not envisage to adopt any specific takeover measures, our board of directors has been designated for a period of five years from August 2, 2010 to issue shares and grant rights to subscribe for shares in the form of common or preferred stock, up to the amount of our authorized share capital. Our preferred shares are a separate class of equity securities that could be issued for defensive purposes. Such shares would typically have both a liquidation and dividend preference over our common stock and otherwise accrue cash dividends at a fixed rate.

Books and Records

Pursuant to Dutch law, our board of directors must provide all information to our stockholders’ meeting, but is not obliged to provide such information to individual stockholders.

 

124

---

Table of Contents

Amendment of the Articles of Association

Stockholders at the general meeting of stockholders will only be able to amend the articles of association at the proposal of the board of directors. A proposal to amend the articles of association whereby any change would be made in the rights which vest in the holders of shares of a specific class in their capacity as such, shall require the prior approval of the meeting of holders of the shares of that specific class.

Dissolution, Merger/Demerger

Stockholders at the general meeting of stockholders will only be able to dissolve the Company at the proposal of the board of directors.

The liquidation of the Company shall be carried out by the board of directors, if and to the extent the general meeting of stockholders has not appointed one or more other liquidators. The general meeting of stockholders shall determine the remuneration of the liquidators, if any.

Under Dutch law, a resolution to merge or demerge shall be adopted in the same manner as a resolution to amend the articles of association. The general meeting of stockholders may on proposal of the board of directors resolve to merge or demerge by a simple majority of votes cast, irrespective of the capital present or represented at the general meeting of stockholders.

Squeeze-out

In accordance with Dutch law, a stockholder who for its own account holds at least 95% of a company’s issued capital may institute proceedings against the company’s other stockholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to the claimant. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber and can be instituted by means of a writ of summons served upon each of the minority stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Civil Code. The Enterprise Chamber may grant the claim for the squeeze-out in relation to all minority stockholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value of the shares. Once the order to transfer has become final, the acquirer must give written notice of the price, and the date on which and the place where the price is payable to the minority stockholders whose addresses are known to it. Unless all addresses are known to the acquirer, it shall also publish the same in a daily newspaper with nationwide distribution.

Dutch Market Abuse Regulation

The Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht, the “FMSA”) provides for specific rules intended to prevent market abuse, such as the prohibitions on insider trading, divulging inside information and tipping, and market manipulation. The Company is subject to the Dutch insider trading prohibition (in particular, if it trades in its own shares or in financial instruments the value of which is (co)determined by the value of the shares), the Dutch prohibition on divulging insider information and tipping and the Dutch prohibition on market manipulation. The Dutch prohibition on market manipulation may mean that certain restrictions apply to the ability of the Company to buy-back its shares. In certain circumstances, the Company’s investors can also be subject to the Dutch market abuse rules.

Pursuant to the FMSA rules on market abuse, members of the board of directors and any other person who has (co)managerial responsibilities in respect of the Company or who has the authority to make decisions affecting the Company’s future developments and business prospects and who may have regular access to inside information relating, directly or indirectly, to the Company, must notify the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (Stichting Autoriteit Financiële Markten, the “AFM”) of all transactions with respect to the shares or in financial instruments the value of which is (co)determined by the value of the shares, conducted for its own account.

 

125

---

Table of Contents

In addition, certain persons closely associated with members of the board of directors or any of the other persons as described above and designated by the FMSA Decree on Market Abuse (Besluit Marktmisbruik Wft) must also notify the AFM of any transactions conducted for their own account relating to the shares or in financial instruments the value of which is (co)determined by the value of the shares. The FMSA Decree on Market Abuse determines the following categories of persons: (i) the spouse or any partner considered by national law as equivalent to the spouse, (ii) dependent children, (iii) other relatives who have shared the same household for at least one year at the relevant transaction date and (iv) any legal person, trust or partnership whose, among other things, managerial responsibilities are discharged by a person referred to under (i), (ii) or (iii) above or by the relevant member of the board of directors or other person with any authority in respect of the Company as described above.

These notifications must be made by means of a standard form and by no later than the fifth business day following the transaction date. The notification may be postponed until the moment that the value of the transactions performed for that person’s own account, together with the transactions carried out by the persons closely associated with that person, reach or exceed an amount of €5,000 in the calendar year in question.

The AFM keeps a public register of all notification under the FMSA on its website (www.afm.nl). Third parties can request to be notified automatically by e-mail of changes to the public register.

Pursuant to the rules on market abuse, we have adopted an internal insider trading regulation policy, which is available on our website. This regulation provides for, among other things, rules on the possession of and transactions by members of the board of directors and employees in the shares or in financial instruments the value of which is (co)determined by the value of the shares.

 

126

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Private Equity Consortium and Philips

Advisory Services Agreements

The members of the Private Equity Consortium will provide certain advisory services to us. We have entered into separate agreements in this regard with the respective parties, under which each of the various legal entities will receive an annual advisory fee of $25,000 (with an aggregate total amount of $125,000 annually).

Shareholders’ Agreement

Prior to the consummation of our IPO in August 2010, the members of the Private Equity Consortium restructured their indirect shareholding in our common stock such that each of them holds directly, or indirectly through a separate Luxembourg holding company, shares of our common stock. At the same time, KASLION Holding B.V. ceased to hold shares of our common stock. In connection with this restructuring, the members of the Private Equity Consortium, Philips and Stichting Management Co-Investment NXP entered into a new shareholders’ agreement among themselves, on August 5, 2010, which replaced the shareholders’ agreement entered into on September 29, 2006. We are not a party to the new shareholders’ agreement.

Under the terms of the new shareholders’ agreement, the stockholders party to the shareholders’ agreement and any affiliate to which such stockholders transfer common stock are only allowed to sell shares of our common stock after having received approval from an investors committee consisting of representatives of the Private Equity Consortium. These restrictions will terminate upon such stockholders collectively ceasing to hold a percentage of shares of our common stock equal to at least (i) 25% of their shareholding immediately prior to the IPO and (ii) 10% (or, with respect to restrictions on sales by Philips, its affiliate transferees and transferees pursuant to clause (ii) of the following paragraph (collectively, the “Philips Parties”), 20%) of the shares of our common stock outstanding at any time, whichever occurs earlier. Any approved sale, other than sales by any Philips Party, will also be subject to pro rata tag-along rights for other stockholders party to the shareholders’ agreement.

The transfer restrictions do not apply to (i) transfers of shares of our common stock by the stockholders party to the shareholders’ agreement to their respective affiliates, (ii) transfers of shares of our common stock held by Philips to affiliated entities or one or more pension funds operated for the benefit of Philips’ current and former employees, provided such persons enter into the new shareholders’ agreement, and (iii) transfers of shares in our common stock held by Philips Parties, provided that the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that can be sold by Philips Parties may not exceed (a) 4% of the Outstanding Share Amount during the twelve-month period immediately preceding the date of the consummation of the relevant transfer or (b) 2% of the Outstanding Share Amount during the three-month period immediately preceding the date of the consummation of the relevant transfer. For purposes of these restrictions, “Outstanding Share Amount” shall mean (i) with respect to any transfer in respect of which a Form 144 has been filed with the SEC, the number of shares of common stock outstanding as shown on such form and (ii) with respect to any other transfer, that number of shares of common stock outstanding that we shall have most recently disclosed in our public filings with the SEC.

Any stockholder party to the shareholders’ agreement proposing to sell at least 40% of the shares of our common stock outstanding at any time to a third party purchaser can also require the other stockholders party to the shareholders’ agreement to sell to such third party purchaser.

The new shareholders’ agreement also contains voting agreements among the stockholders party thereto with respect to, among other matters, the election of certain non-executive members to our board of directors. The shareholders’ agreement provides that our board of directors shall be comprised of, among others, seven non-executive members and that certain stockholders have the right to designate such non-executive members, subject to their election by our general meeting of stockholders. So long as Philips, or entities affiliated with Philips or operated for the benefit of Philips’ current and former employees, beneficially owns at least 10% of

 

127

---

Table of Contents

our outstanding shares of common stock, Philips will have the right to designate one member to our board of directors. So long as any fund advised by KKR, Bain, Silver Lake, Apax or AlpInvest beneficially owns at least 2.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, such fund shall have the right to designate either one or two members to our board of directors. The funds advised by KKR and Bain each have the right to designate two members of our board of directors and the funds advised by Silver Lake and Apax each have the right to designate one member to our board of directors. If any party’s shareholding falls below the relevant threshold, it will cause the board member(s) nominated by it to promptly resign from the board of directors, unless otherwise agreed.

The new shareholders’ agreement will terminate upon the occurrence of certain events, including: (i) with respect to the individual parties to the agreement, upon such party ceasing to hold shares of common stock, (ii) with respect to Philips, upon the date that is three years after the consummation of our IPO in August 2010 and (iii) with respect to all parties, upon certain parties’ collective shareholdings falling below specified thresholds.

Philips, Philips Pension Trustees Limited and PPTL Investment LP

On September 7, 2010, Philips Pension Trustees Limited purchased Philips’ 42,715,650 shares of common stock in the Company (“Transfer Shares”) in a private transaction. In a subsequent private transaction, on October 29, 2010, PPTL Investment LP purchased the Transfer Shares from Philips Pension Trustees Limited by way of a transfer agreement, to which also Philips was a party (“Amended Transfer Agreement”). PPTL Investment LP acquired the Transfer Shares for the purpose of owning and managing such assets as may be contributed to Philips Pension Trustees Limited. In connection with this transaction, PPTL Investment LP was required to join the shareholders’ agreement dated August 5, 2010, to which Philips and Philips Pension Trustees Limited were already a party. Under the terms of such shareholders’ agreement, PPTL Investment LP is required to vote the Transfer Shares in favor of certain other parties’ nominees to the Company’s board of directors. In addition, PPTL Investment LP may be required in the future to sell the Transfer Shares and to vote in favor of a sale of control of the Company pursuant to drag-along provisions contained in the shareholders’ agreement dated August 5, 2010 and may, if joining together with other parties thereto to form the percentage of common stock required to trigger such drag-along provisions, similarly require the other parties thereto to sell common stock and vote in favor of a sale of control of the Company. Philips may appoint the majority of the board of directors of Philips Pension Trustees Limited. In addition, the Amended Transfer Agreement limits the ability of PPTL Investment LP as the holder of the Transfer Shares to dispose of the Transfer Shares without the consent of Philips. Furthermore, the shareholders’ agreement grants Philips the right to nominate one non-executive member of the Company’s board of directors and requires PPTL Investment LP to vote the Transfer Shares in favor of such nominee.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the restructuring, some of our stockholders have entered into a registration rights agreement with us. In accordance with the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC immediately following the first anniversary of the date of our IPO on August 5, 2011. In addition, the registration rights agreement provides some of our stockholders with an unlimited number of demand registration rights and with piggyback registration rights, with a right to participate for certain other investors, which, in either case if exercised, would impose on us an obligation to register for public resale with the SEC shares of our common stock that are held by such stockholders. The demand registration rights can be exercised at any time after the expiration of the lock up period. This offering was made following the request for a demand registration by one of our stockholders, which is also a member of the Private Equity Consortium. The piggyback registration rights may be exercised whenever we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act or equivalent non-U.S. securities laws, other than a registration pursuant to demand registration rights, on Form F-4 or S-4 or any successor form, or a registration solely relating to an offering and sale to our employees or directors pursuant to any employee stock option plan or any other benefit plan arrangement. In each such event, we are required to pay the registration expenses.

 

128

---

Table of Contents

Intellectual Property Transfer and License Agreement

The Intellectual Property Transfer and License Agreement dated September 28, 2006, which we refer to as the “IP Agreement,” governs the licensing of certain intellectual property from Philips to us and from us to Philips. Under the terms of this agreement, Philips assigned to us approximately 5,300 patent families. The IP Agreement also provides for certain design and processing requirements with respect to a very limited number of patents, the so-called phase change memory patents, which provide that if we fail to exploit these patents within five years, we must reassign them to Philips. If we are required to re-assign patents, we will receive a non-transferable, royalty-free irrevocable license to use such patents following the re-assignment.

In addition to assigning patents to us, Philips has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free and irrevocable license to all patents that Philips held but did not assign to us, to the extent that they were entitled to the benefit of a filing date prior to the separation between us and Philips and for which Philips was free to grant licenses to third parties without the consent of or accounting to any third party other than an entity owned or controlled by Philips or us and to certain know-how that was available to us, where such patents and know-how relate: (1) to our products and technologies, as of September 29, 2006, as well as successor products and technologies, (2) to technology that was developed for us prior to the separation between us and Philips, and (3) to technology developed pursuant to contract research work co-funded by us. Philips has also granted us a non exclusive, royalty free and irrevocable license (1) under certain patents for use in giant magneto-resistive devices outside the field of healthcare and bio applications, and (2) under certain patents relevant to polymer electronics resulting from contract research work cofounded by us in the field of radio frequency identification tags. This license is subject to exclusions. The license does not cover (1) patents which are necessary for the implementation of an adopted standard, (2) patents which as of September 29, 2006, were used or will be used by Philips in industry-wide licensing programs of which Philips has informed us in writing, (3) patents and know-how relating to 3D applications, or (4) unless originating from work co-funded by us or generated by our employees, patents for solid state lighting applications. The license is non-transferable (although divested companies will have an option, under certain circumstances, to enter into a new license agreement with Philips) but includes certain rights to grant sublicenses and to have products made by third party manufacturers (“have-made rights”). The license is subject to certain prior commitments and prior undertakings. In return, we granted Philips a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable license under all patents and know-how that Philips assigned and transferred to us under the IP Agreement. This license is non-transferable and includes specified sub-license and have-made rights. In particular Philips has been granted the right to have products made by third party manufacturers, solely for the account of, and use or resale by, Philips. Philips also has the right to grant sub-licenses for (a) integrated circuits and discretes, miniature loudspeakers, kits or RF front-end solutions and other products, (b) for features that are designed by or exclusively for Philips, (c) to third party manufacturers, that have obtained a right to make products for Philips for the duration of such manufacturer delivering such products to Philips, enabling such manufacturer to supply such products to third parties for the same applications as used by Philips after expiration of the lead times as agreed between Philips and the supplier. Philips is furthermore entitled to grant sub-licenses (1) to third parties insofar as necessary to enable primarily technology co-operations and to license software to third parties other than customers, (2) to third parties, with whom Philips or any of its associated companies has entered or will enter into cross-license agreements and to which we or any of our associated companies become a party and (3) insofar as necessary for the sale or licensing, directly or indirectly, of services, software and/or IP blocks by Philips.

Philips has granted us a non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable license to use any software retained by it within the scope of our business to the extent such software was available to us at the closing of our separation and to the extent necessary for the sale of existing products supplied by us at the time of the separation. This license includes the right to modify and create derivative works and the right to grant sublicenses in the context of, and to the extent necessary for, the marketing or supplying certain products supplied by us on the date of the closing of our separation. In return, we have granted Philips a cross-license with respect to all software rights that Philips has assigned or transferred to us.

 

129

---

Table of Contents

Under the IP Agreement, Philips has also assigned to us certain copyrights, know-how, trademarks and domain names as well as certain patent license and patent ownership agreements. The copyrights assigned include all copyrights relating to integrated circuits and discrete semiconductors, miniature loudspeakers, kits and radio frequency front-end solutions that historically have been marketed by or developed by, or exclusively for, our business and any drawings and documentation relating to such products. The business know-how assigned includes know-how that originated within Philips but is used or intended to be used primarily within our business. The trademarks and domain names assigned include Nexperia^® and TriMedia^®.

In accordance with the IP Agreement, we have ceased using the term “Philips” as a brand name or trade name without Philips’ consent. This includes the use of the Philips trademark and logo, and any derivative or combination mark. We are, however, permitted under certain circumstances to use the tag “founded by Philips” in accordance with Philips’ guidelines for a period of five years after our separation from Philips.

Private Equity Consortium and Certain Co-investors

We have been advised by the Private Equity Consortium that it has entered into an agreement relating to shares of our common stock with certain co-investors that participated with the Private Equity Consortium in connection with its purchase from Philips of 80.1% of its semiconductor business in 2006. Pursuant to this agreement, each co-investor has agreed not to sell any shares of our common stock during the five business days following the date of this prospectus. In addition, without the approval of an investors committee consisting of representatives of the Private Equity Consortium, the co-investors may only sell their shares in accordance with certain volume and other limitations. These volume and other limitations terminate on November 5, 2011, after which time the co-investors may freely sell their shares without restriction under the agreement. In accordance with such agreement, some of our co-investors have recently sold part of their shares of our common stock, in accordance with the applicable securities law exemptions from registration. We have been advised by the Private Equity Consortium that, based on the volume limitations set out in the agreement, and in light of the number of shares being offered in this offering by each of the selling stockholders (assuming in each case no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase additional shares of common stock), the maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock the Selling Co-Investors may sell (i) during the period starting on the sixth business day after the date of this prospectus and ending on May 4, 2011 is 169,669 and (ii) during the three months starting on May 5, 2011 is 538,903.

Other

We have a number of strategic alliances and joint ventures. We have relationships with certain of our alliance partners in the ordinary course of business whereby we enter into various sale and purchase transactions, generally on terms comparable to transactions with third parties. The only material alliance partner with whom we have entered into transactions is Trident.

 

130

---

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table shows the amount of our common stock beneficially owned as of December 31, 2010 by (i) each person who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each member of our board of directors, (iii) each director nominee, (iv) each of the named executive officers, (v) certain former members of management, (vi) all members of the board, director nominees and all of our executive officers as a group and (vii) each of the selling stockholders. A person is a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting or investment power over the security or if he has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise noted, these persons may be contacted at our executive offices and, to our knowledge, have sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Percentage computations are based on 250,751,500 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 250,751,500 shares of our common stock expected to be outstanding following the consummation of this offering, including the 25,000,000 shares of our common stock offered by the selling stockholders hereby. As shown in the table below, funds advised by KKR, Bain and Silver Lake are considered U.S. beneficial holders and collectively beneficially owned 42.22% of our shares of common stock prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

		Common Stock Beneficially Owned
Name of Beneficial Owner		Prior to this Offering								After this Offering, Assuming the Underwriters’ Option is Not Exercised								After this Offering, Assuming the Underwriters’ Option is Exercised in Full
		Number				%				Number				%				Number				%
5% Stockholders:
Funds advised by KKR(1)(5)			48,119,770				19.19				42,244,894				16.85				41,363,663				16.50
Funds advised by Bain(2)(5)			38,494,427				15.35				33,794,696				13.48				33,089,736				13.20
Funds advised by Silver Lake(3)(5)			19,248,819				7.68				16,898,757				6.74				16,546,248				6.60
Funds advised by Apax(4)(5)			21,651,415				8.63				19,008,024				7.58				18,611,515				7.42
NXP Co-Investment Partners L.P.(5)			22,461,600				8.96				19,719,294				7.86				19,307,949				7.70
PPTL Investment LP(6)			42,715,650				17.04				37,500,556				14.96				36,718,292				14.64
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Richard L. Clemmer			217,287				0.09				459,612				0.18				508,077				0.20
Sir Peter Bonfield			2,355				0.001				7,065				0.003				8,007				0.003
Johannes P. Huth			70,000				0.03				70,000				0.03				70,000				0.03
Nicolas Cattelain			—				—				—				—				—				—
Eric Coutinho			—				—				—				—				—				—
Egon Durban(7)			19,259,319				7.68				16,909,257				6.74				16,556,748				6.60
Ian Loring(8)			38,494,427				15.35				33,794,696				13.48				33,089,736				13.20
Kenneth A. Goldman			5,000				0.002				5,000				0.002				5,000				0.002
Michel Plantevin			—				—				—				—				—				—
Richard Wilson			—				—				—				—				—				—
Josef Kaeser			—				—				—				—				—				—
All directors and executive officers as a group(9)			58,048,388				23.17				51,245,630				20.43				50,237,568				20.02
Other Selling Stockholders:
Funds advised by AlpInvest(10)			9,622,242				3.84				8,447,476				3.37				8,271,261				3.30
Kings Road Holdings IV L.P.(11)			1,128,928				0.45				991,099				0.40				970,424				0.39
NXP Co-Investment Partners II L.P.(12)			569,541				0.23				500,007				0.20				489,576				0.20
NXP Co-Investment Partners VIII L.P.(13)			756,916				0.30				664,505				0.27				650,644				0.26

 

(1)

KKR’s affiliates and certain funds advised by KKR, through various KKR-affiliated entities, hold shares of our common stock through a newly organized Luxembourg holding company. The following KKR-affiliated entities (the “KKR Entities”) have an indirect interest in 48,119,770 shares of our common stock through their ownership of such newly organized Luxembourg holding company: KKR NXP (2006) Limited

 

131

---

Table of Contents

(3,752,674 shares); KKR NXP (European II) Limited (24,055,605 shares); KKR NXP (Millennium) Limited (20,311,480 shares); and KKR Associates Europe II Limited Partnership (11 shares). As the designated members of KKR Management LLC (which may be deemed to indirectly control one or more general partners, stockholders or members of the entities that own or control the KKR Entities), Henry R. Kravis and George R. Roberts may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock indirectly held by the KKR Entities, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares. In addition, as the voting partner of certain affiliates of the KKR Entities, KKR SP Limited may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock indirectly held by the KKR Entities, but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The principal business address of each of the entities and persons identified in this footnote except Mr. Roberts is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019, U.S.A. The principal business office for Mr. Roberts is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025, U.S.A.

(2)

Bain Pumbaa LuxCo S.à.r.l. owns 38,494,427 shares of our common stock. As a shareholder of Bain Pumbaa LuxCo S.à.r.l., Bain Capital Lion Holdings, L.P. (“Lion Holdings”) has voting and dispositive power over 38,488,968 shares of our common stock held by Bain Pumbaa LuxCo S.à.r.l. and may be deemed to beneficially own all shares of our common stock held by Bain Pumbaa LuxCo S.à.r.l. In addition, as a shareholder of Bain Pumbaa LuxCo S.à.r.l., Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P. (“Fund IX”) has voting and dispositive power over 5,459 shares of our common stock held by Bain Pumbaa LuxCo S.à.r.l. Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”) is the managing general partner of Lion Holdings as well as the general partner of Bain Capital Partners IX, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of Fund IX. As a result, BCI may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares of our common stock held by Lion Holdings and Fund IX, but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares of our common stock. BCI is controlled by an investment committee composed of 17 members, Andrew Balson, Steven Barnes, Joshua Bekenstein, John Connaughton, Todd Cook, Paul Edgerley, Christopher Gordon, Blair Hendrix, Jordan Hitch, Matthew Levin, Ian Loring, Philip Loughlin, Mark Nunnelly, Stephen Pagliuca, Mark Verdi, Michael Ward and Stephen Zide. Each such investment committee member, disclaims beneficial ownership of shares indirectly held by Lion Holdings and Fund IX. In addition, the Bain-affiliated funds and individuals named above may be deemed by virtue of their rights under the shareholders’ agreement with respect to the Company to share voting power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by the other parties to the shareholders’ agreement, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of BCI, Lion Holdings and Fund IX is 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199, U.S.A.

(3)

SL II NXP S.à.r.l. owns 19,248,819 shares of our common stock. As a shareholder of SL II NXP S.à.r.l., SLP II Cayman NXP Ltd. has voting and dispositive power over 19,166,049 shares of our common stock held by SL II NXP S.à.r.l. and may be deemed to beneficially own all shares of our common stock held by SL II NXP S.à.r.l. In addition as a shareholder of SL II NXP S.à.r.l. , SLTI II Cayman L.P. has voting and dispositive power over 82,770 shares of our common stock held by SL II NXP S.à.r.l. and may be deemed to beneficially own all shares of our common stock held by SL II NXP S.à.r.l. Silver Lake Partners II Cayman, L.P. is the sole shareholder of SLP II Cayman NXP, Ltd. Silver Lake Technology Investors II Cayman, L.P. is the sole shareholder of SLTI II Cayman NXP, L.P. Silver Lake Technology Associates II Cayman, L.P. is the general partner of Silver Lake Partners II Cayman, L.P. Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd. is the general partner of each of Silver Lake Technology Associates II Cayman, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Investors II Cayman, L.P. Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd. disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock indirectly owned by Silver Lake Partners II Cayman, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Investors II Cayman, L.P. (together, the “Silver Lake Funds”). Messrs. James A. Davidson, Glenn H. Hutchins, David J. Roux, Alan K. Austin, Michael J. Bingle Gregory Keith Mondre, Charles Giancarlo, Andrew Wagner and Kenneth Y. Hao and Mses. Karen King and Yolande A. Jun serve as directors of Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd. They disclaim beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares indirectly owned by the Silver Lake Funds. In addition, the Silver Lake-affiliated funds and individuals named above may be deemed by virtue of their rights under the shareholders’ agreement with respect to the Company to share voting power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by the other parties to the shareholders’ agreement, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares. Silver Lake’s address is c/o 2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100 Menlo Park, CA 94025, U.S.A.

 

132

---

Table of Contents

(4)

21,651,415 shares of our common stock are held, directly or indirectly, by (i) Apax US VII, L.P., which is ultimately managed by Apax US VII GP Ltd. and is advised by Apax Partners L.P., (ii) Apax Europe V (a collection of nine partnerships comprised of Apax Europe V-A, L.P., Apax Europe V-B, L.P., Apax Europe V C GmbH & Co. KG, Apax Europe V-D, L.P., Apax Europe V-E, L.P., Apax Europe V-F, C.V., Apax Europe V-G, C.V., Apax Europe V-1, LP and Apax Europe V-2, LP), which is managed by Apax Partners Europe Managers Ltd., which is advised by Apax Partners LLP, and (iii) Apax Europe VI (a collection of two partnerships comprised of by Apax Europe VI – A L.P. and Apax Europe VI-1 L.P.), which is managed by Apax Partners Europe Managers Ltd., which in turn is advised by Apax Partners LLP. Apax US VII, L.P., Apax Europe V and Apax Europe VI each disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by the other. As director and shareholder of Apax US VII GP Ltd. John Megrue may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock indirectly held by Apax US VII, L.P., but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. As directors and shareholders of Apax Partners Europe Managers Ltd., Martin Halusa and Ian Jones may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock indirectly held by Apax Europe V and Apax Europe VI, but disclaim ownership of such shares. In addition, the Apax-affiliated funds and individuals named above may be deemed by virtue of their rights under the shareholders’ agreement with respect to the Company to share voting power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by the other parties to the shareholders’ agreement, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of Apax Partners LLP and Apax Partners Europe Managers Ltd. is 33 Jermyn Street, London SW1Y 6DN, England, and the address of Apax Partners L.P. is 601 Lexington Avenue, 53rd Floor, New York, NY 10022, U.S.A.

(5)

As the general partner of NXP Co-Investment Partners L.P., NXP Co-Investment GP Ltd. beneficially owns the shares held indirectly by NXP Co-Investment Partners L.P. Funds and entities advised by KKR, Bain, Silver Lake and Apax own NXP Co-Investment GP Ltd., but none of them own a majority, and none may be deemed to beneficially own them.

(6)

PPTL Investment LP and the individuals named above may be deemed by virtue of their rights under the shareholders’ agreement with respect to the Company to share voting power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by the other parties to the shareholders’ agreement, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares. PPTL Investment LP is a Scottish law limited partnership of which PPTL Investment Limited is the general partner and Philips Pension Trustees Limited (in its capacity as the trustee of the Philips Pension Fund) is the sole limited partner investor. The business address of PPTL Investment LP is 15 Atholl Crescent Edinburgh EH3 8HA, United Kingdom.

(7)

Mr. Durban is a director of our Company, as well as a director of Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Durban include shares beneficially owned by the funds advised by Silver Lake. Mr. Durban disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by funds advised by Silver Lake. Mr. Durban personally owns 10,500 shares of our common stock.

(8)

Mr. Loring is a director of our Company, as well as a member of the investment committee of Bain Capital Investors, LLC. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Loring include shares beneficially owned by the funds advised by Bain. Mr. Loring disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by funds advised by Bain.

(9)

Reflects shares that may be beneficially owned by our directors. However, each director disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. In addition, as per December 31, 2010, our directors and executive officers beneficially owned as a group options or equity rights representing 3,160,766 shares of our common stock. If exercised, these shares would represent 1.26% of the shares of our common stock. At any time that the Private Equity Consortium reduces its shareholding in us or in the event that the Private Equity Consortium no longer holds in the aggregate at least 30% of our common stock, vested stock options granted under our Management Equity Stock Option Plan would become exercisable. The stock options, performance related stock units and restricted stock units granted under our Long Term Incentive Plan 2010 vest over a three or four year period, subject to certain conditions, and are exercisable immediately upon vesting.

(10)

AlpInvest Partners CSI 2006 Lion C.V. owns 9,543,580 shares in our common stock and AlpInvest Partners Later Stage II-A Lion C.V. owns 78,662 shares of our common stock. As the managing director of AlpInvest Partners Beheer 2006 B.V. (which manages AlpInvest Partners CSI 2006 Lion C.V. and AlpInvest Partners Later Stage II-A Lion C.V.), AlpInvest Partners N.V. may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares in our common stock beneficially owned by AlpInvest Partners

 

133

---

Table of Contents

CSI 2006 Lion C.V. and AlpInvest Partners Later Stage II-A Lion C.V., but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. As managing directors of AlpInvest Partners N.V. Volkert Doeksen, Wim Borgdorff, Johan Paul de Klerk and Erik Thyssen may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock owned by AlpInvest Partners Later Stage II-A Lion C.V. and AlpInvest Partners CSI 2006 Lion C.V., but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares. In addition, the AlpInvest-affiliated funds and individuals named above may be deemed by virtue of their rights under the shareholders’ agreement with respect to the Company to share voting power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by the other parties to the shareholders’ agreement, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares. AlpInvest’s address is c/o AlpInvest Beheer, Jachthavenweg 118, 1081 KJ Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

(11)

Kings Road Holdings IV L.P. owns 1,128,928 shares of our common stock. As the general partner of Kings Road Holdings IV L.P., Polygon Recovery Fund L.P. and its general partner Polygon Recovery Fund GP may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock held by Kings Road Holdings L.P. Kings Road Holdings IV L.P.’s address is c/o Polygon Global Partners LP, 399 Park Avenue, 22nd Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(12)

NXP Co-Investment Partners II L.P. owns 569,541 shares of our common stock. As the general partner of NXP Co-Investment Partners II L.P., BlueCrest GP III Limited may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock held by NXP Co-Investment Partners II L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock held by NXP Co-Investment Partners II L.P. As directors of BlueCrest GP III Limited, David DeRosa, Linburgh Martin and William Reeves may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock owned, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares. NXP Co-Investment Partners II L.P.’s address is PO Box 309 Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Cayman Islands, British West Indies.

(13)

NXP Co-Investment Partners VIII, L.P. owns 756,916 shares of our common stock. As a limited partner of NXP Co-Investment Partners VIII, L.P., HVB Capital Partners AG may be deemed to beneficially own all shares of our common stock held by NXP Co-Investment Partners VIII, L.P. As sole general partner of NXP Co-Investment Partners VIII, L.P., BFL Beteiligungsgesellschaft für Flugzeug-Leasing mbH, has voting and dispositive power over all shares of our common stock held by NXP Co-Investment Partners VIII, L.P. and may be deemed to beneficially own all shares of our common stock held by NXP Co-Investment Partners VIII, L.P. UniCredit Bank AG is the sole shareholder of both HVB Capital Partners AG and BFL Beteiligungsgesellschaft für Flugzeug-Leasing mbH and UniCredit S.p.A. is in turn the sole shareholder of UniCredit Bank AG. As a result, UniCredit Bank AG and UniCredit S.p.A. may each be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares of our common stock held by NXP Co-Investment Partners VIII, L.P.

 

134

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following discussion summarizes the material terms of our capital stock to be issued in connection with the public offering contemplated by this prospectus. This discussion does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated articles of association in effect as of the effective time of this offering. You will be able to obtain a copy thereof by following the instructions under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Share Capital

Authorized Share Capital

Our articles of association provide for up to three classes of shares; our shares of common stock and two separate series of preferred shares. No preferred shares have been issued as of the date of this prospectus.

The following table sets forth our authorized share capital as of the date of this prospectus. Our authorized capital amounts to 1,076,257,500 shares and is divided into:

 

		Nominal value per share				Number of shares authorized
Shares of common stock		€	0.20				430,503,000
Preferred Shares PA		€	0.20				430,503,000
Preferred Shares PB		€	0.20				215,251,500

Under Dutch law, our authorized share capital is the maximum capital that we may issue without amending our articles of association. An amendment of our articles of association would require stockholder approval.

Issued Share Capital

After consummation of this offering, we will have 250,751,500 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, all of which will be fully paid-up. Each share (whether common or preferred) will confer the right to cast one vote.

Issue of Shares

The board of directors has the power to resolve to issue shares and to determine the price and further terms and conditions of such share issue, if and in so far as the board of directors has been designated by the general meeting of stockholders as the authorized corporate body for this purpose. A designation as referred to above shall only be valid for a specific period of no more than five years and may from time to time be extended with a period of no more than five years. Our board of directors has been designated for a period of five years from August 2, 2010 to issue shares and grant rights to subscribe for shares in the amount of our authorized share capital.

Pre-emptive Rights

Under our articles of association, existing holders of our shares of common stock will have pre-emptive rights in respect of future issuances of shares of common stock in proportion to the number of shares of common stock held by them, unless limited or excluded as described below. Holders of our shares of common stock shall not have pre-emptive rights in respect of future issuances of preferred shares. Holders of preferred shares shall not have pre-emptive rights in respect of any future issuances of share capital. Pre-emptive rights do not apply with respect to shares issued against contributions other than in cash or shares issued to our employees or to employees of one of our group companies. Our board of directors has been empowered by the general meeting of stockholders for a period of five years to limit or exclude any pre-emptive rights to which stockholders may be entitled in connection with the issuance of shares as of August 2, 2010. The authority of the board of directors to

 

135

---

Table of Contents

limit or exclude pre-emptive rights can only be exercised if at that time the authority to issue shares is in full force and effect. The authority to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights may be extended in the same manner as the authority to issue shares. If there is no designation of the board of directors to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights in force, the general meeting of stockholders shall have authority to limit or exclude such pre-emptive rights.

According to Dutch law, resolutions of the general meeting of stockholders (i) to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights or (ii) to designate the board of directors as the corporate body that has authority to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights, require a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast in a meeting of stockholders, if less than 50% of the issued share capital is present or represented. For these purposes, issuances of shares include the granting of rights to subscribe for shares, such as options and warrants, but not the issue of shares upon exercise of such rights.

Form and Transfer of Shares

Our shares of common stock will be issued in registered form only. Shares of common stock must be fully paid upon issue. Our shares of common stock shall only be available without issue of a share certificate in the form of an entry in the share register. A register of stockholders will be maintained by us or by third parties upon our instruction.

Repurchase by the Company of its Shares

Under Dutch law, a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap) may acquire its own shares, subject to certain provisions of Dutch law and the articles of association, if (i) the company’s stockholders’ equity less the payment required to make the acquisition does not fall below the sum of paid-up and called up capital and any reserves required by Dutch law or the articles of association and (ii) the company and its subsidiaries would not thereafter hold shares or hold a pledge over shares with an aggregate par value exceeding 50% of its current issued share capital. Such company may only acquire its own shares if its general meeting of stockholders has granted the board of directors the authority to effect such acquisitions. Our stockholders have authorized the board of directors to acquire our own shares up to the maximum number allowed under Dutch law. These shares may be used to deliver shares under our equity-based compensation plans.

If we would decide to repurchase any of our shares, no votes could be cast at a general meeting of stockholders on the shares held by us or our subsidiaries or on shares for which we or our subsidiaries hold depositary receipts. Nonetheless, the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge in respect of shares held by us or our subsidiaries in our share capital are not excluded from the right to vote on such shares, if the right of usufruct or the right of pledge was granted prior to the time such shares were acquired by us or any of our subsidiaries. Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries may cast votes in respect of a share on which we or such subsidiary holds a right of usufruct or a right of pledge.

Capital Reduction

Subject to Dutch law and the articles of association, the general meeting of stockholders may resolve to reduce the outstanding share capital by cancelling of shares or by reducing the nominal value of shares. This will require amendment to our articles of association.

Dividends and Other Distributions

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future, and instead intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and in the repayment of our debt.

 

136

---

Table of Contents

Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by the covenants of our Secured Revolving Credit Facility or the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, as the case may be, the Term Loan and the Indentures and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. As a result, we currently expect to retain future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of our debt, and do not anticipate paying any cash in the foreseeable future. Whether or not dividends will be paid in the future will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, level of indebtedness, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors and our stockholders may deem relevant. If in the future our board of directors decides not to allocate profits to our reserves (making such profits available to be distributed as dividends), any decision to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our stockholders. Subject to certain exceptions, dividends may only be paid out of profits as shown in our annual financial statements as adopted by the general meeting of stockholders. Distributions may not be made if the distribution would reduce stockholders’ equity below the sum of the paid-up capital and any reserves required by Dutch law or our articles of association.

Out of profits, dividends must first be paid on outstanding preferred shares in the sum of the obligatory dividend applicable to such shares. Dividends are paid first on the preferred shares series PA and second on the preferred shares series PB. The dividends paid on the preferred shares shall be based on a percentage of the amount called up and paid-up on those shares. This percentage is equal to the average of the EURIBOR interest charged for cash loans with a term of twelve months as set by the European Central Bank during the financial year for which this distribution is made, increased by a maximum margin of three hundred (300) basis points to be fixed upon the issuance of such shares by the board of directors, which margin may vary for each individual series. If and to the extent that profits are not sufficient to pay the dividends on the preferred shares in full, the shortfall shall be paid out of the reserves, with the exception of any reserves that were formed as share premium reserves upon the issuance of such preferred shares. If in any fiscal year the profit is not sufficient to make the distributions referred to above and if no distribution or only a partial distribution is made from the reserves referred to above, such that the shortfall is not fully distributed, no further distributions will be made as described below until the shortfall has been recovered.

As determined by the board of directors, the profits remaining after payment of any dividends on the preferred shares may be distributed or allocated to the reserves. Insofar as the profits have not been distributed or allocated to the reserves, they are at the free disposal of the general meeting of stockholders provided that no further dividends may be distributed on the preferred shares. The general meeting of stockholders may resolve, on the proposal of the board of directors, to distribute dividends or reserves, wholly or partially, in the form of our shares of common stock.

Distributions are payable 30 days following the date of declaration.

Dutch law, by providing that the declaration of dividends out of freely disposable profits is the right of the general meeting of stockholders, is different from the corporate law of most jurisdictions in the United States, which permit a corporation’s board of directors to declare dividends.

Distributions in cash that have not been collected within five years and one day after they have become due and payable shall revert to us.

Financial Year and Auditor

Our financial year coincides with our calendar year. The general meeting of stockholders appoints an auditor to audit the financial statements and to issue a report thereon. Under our audit policy, our board of directors and our audit committee conduct a thorough assessment of the functioning of the external auditor once every three years and appoint a new external auditor once every three years, based on a competitive selection process.

 

137

---

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such common stock for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our shares of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 250,751,500 shares of common stock. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding shares of common stock will be deemed restricted securities, as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144, which we summarize below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available and, after owning such shares for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction. Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

•

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which, upon consummation of this offering will be equal to approximately 2,507,515 shares (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock); and

 

•

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Lock up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, certain of our executive officers, the Private Equity Consortium and PPTL Investment LP have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, during the period ending 90 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

The restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if:

 

•

during the last 17 days of the restricted period we issue an earnings release or announces material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

•

prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period,

in which case the restrictions described in this paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event. See “Underwriting.”

For lock up and other restrictions applying to the Selling Co-investors, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Private Equity Consortium and Certain Co-investors.”

 

138

---

Table of Contents

Registration Rights

On August 5, 2010, we entered into a registration rights agreement with our stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Private Equity Consortium and Philips—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

139

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

The following contains a summary of the material provisions of our Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan, our Super Priority Notes, our Secured Notes, our Unsecured Notes and the Collateral Agency Agreement. It does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the underlying documents.

Terms not otherwise defined in this section shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings set out in the Secured Revolving Credit Facility agreement, the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan, the indenture related to our Super Priority Notes, our Secured Notes, our Unsecured Notes or the Collateral Agency Agreement, as the case may be.

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

Pursuant to the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which has been entered into by, among others, NXP Semiconductors N.V., NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC, as borrowers, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as global collateral agent, and Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., as Taiwan collateral agent (collectively, the “Collateral Agent”), Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as syndication agent, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation as documentation agent, and Morgan Stanley Bank International Limited, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as joint-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, up to €500 million is available to us. We entered into the Secured Revolving Credit Facility on September 29, 2006.

Repayment

The Secured Revolving Credit Facility will terminate on September 28, 2012, and any amount still outstanding will be due in full immediately on that date.

The Secured Revolving Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, except that any prepayment of EURIBOR or LIBOR advances other than at the end of the applicable interest periods shall be made with reimbursement for any funding losses and redeployment costs of the senior lenders resulting therefrom. Any amount repaid or prepaid, whether voluntarily or otherwise, may be re-borrowed, subject to certain conditions precedent to borrowing as specified in the Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The unutilized portion of any commitment under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility may be reduced or terminated by NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC at any time without penalty.

Interest Rates

Loans under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility denominated in euros bear interest at a rate per annum (calculated on a 360-day basis) equal to EURIBOR plus the applicable margin (as defined below). Loans under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility denominated in U.S. dollars bear interest at a rate per annum (calculated on a 360-day basis) equal to, at our option, either (i) LIBOR plus the applicable margin or (ii) the alternate base rate (defined as the higher of (x) the prime rate quoted by Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch and (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) plus the applicable margin.

 

140

---

Table of Contents

The applicable margin means (i) until the date which is six months after the entering into of the amendment to the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, 2.75% per annum for EURIBOR and LIBOR advances, and 1.75% per annum for alternate base rate advances, and (ii) thereafter, a percentage per annum to be determined in accordance with the following net leverage-based pricing grid (defined as the ratio of total indebtedness less unrestricted cash to EBITDA, as defined).

 

Net Leverage Ratio		EURIBOR or LIBOR Applicable Margin				Alternate Base Rate Applicable Margin
>3.25			2.75	%			1.75	%
2.75 – 3.25			2.50	%			1.50	%
2.25 – 2.74			2.25	%			1.25	%
<2.25			2.00	%			1.00	%

NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC may select interest periods of one, two, three or six months for EURIBOR or LIBOR advances. Interest is payable at the end of the selected interest period, but no less frequently than quarterly. The applicable margin on all overdue amounts owing under the loan documentation will increase by 1% per annum.

Guarantees

The obligations of NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC pursuant to the Secured Revolving Credit Facility will be unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by each of the following guarantors (each individually, a “Guarantor”):

 

Country of incorporation		Guarantor
The Netherlands		NXP Semiconductors N.V.
The Netherlands		NXP Semiconductors Netherlands B.V.
Austria		NXP Semiconductors Austria GmbH
France		NXP Semiconductors France SAS
Germany		NXP Semiconductors Germany GmbH
Hong Kong		NXP Semiconductors Hong Kong Ltd.
The Philippines		NXP Semiconductors Philippines Inc.
Singapore		NXP Semiconductors Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Taiwan		NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd.
Thailand		NXP Manufacturing (Thailand) Ltd.
U.K.		NXP Semiconductors UK Ltd.
U.S.A.		NXP Semiconductors USA, Inc.

If we cannot make payments on the Secured Revolving Credit Facility when they are due, certain Guarantors must make them instead. The laws of certain jurisdictions limit the enforceability or require the limitation of certain guarantees and of the rights to the collateral supporting such guarantees.

Security for the Secured Revolving Credit Facility

NXP Semiconductors N.V., NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC and each of the Guarantors (except in the case of the Guarantor organized in the Philippines) have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the senior lenders and letter of credit issuers, subject to agreed security principles, valid and perfected first priority liens and security interests in (i) all present and future shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) each of their present and future subsidiaries, other than SMST Unterstützungskasse GmbH, and material joint venture entities, including all of the equity interests in NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC; (ii) all present and future intercompany debt; (iii) all of their present and future property and assets, real and personal, including, but not limited to, machinery and equipment, inventory and other goods, accounts receivable, owned

 

141

---

Table of Contents

real estate, leaseholds, fixtures, general intangibles, license rights, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, chattel paper, insurance proceeds, contract rights, hedge agreements, documents, instruments, indemnification rights and tax refunds, but excluding cash and bank accounts; and (iv) all proceeds and products of the property and assets described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above (collectively, the “Collateral”). The Philippines subsidiary has provided a conditional assignment of all of the above assets.

Such Collateral ratably secures the relevant party’s obligations in respect of the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, any interest rate swap or similar agreements with a senior lender under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility (or any of its affiliates), the Super Priority Notes and the Secured Notes in accordance with the terms of the collateral agency agreement, as described below (the “Collateral Agency Agreement”). The Collateral Agency Agreement provides that the senior lenders under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility and certain other obligations, including those under the Super Priority Notes and the Secured Notes receive priority in right of payment in the event of a foreclosure on any of the Collateral or in insolvency proceeding to satisfy any obligations under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Super Priority Notes and the Secured Notes.

The agreed security principles limit the obligation to provide security and guarantees based on certain legal, commercial and practical difficulties in obtaining effective security or guarantees from relevant companies in jurisdictions in which the company operates, and include, among others:

 

•

obstacles such as general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalization” rules, retention of title claims and similar matters;

 

•

the lack of legal capacity of the relevant company, a conflict with the fiduciary duties of such company’s directors, the contravention of any legal prohibition or regulatory condition, or the material risk of personal or criminal liability for officers or directors;

 

•

applicable costs of obtaining the security disproportionate to the benefit to the lenders;

 

•

the impossibility or impracticability to create a security over certain categories of assets;

 

•

the prohibition to charge certain assets because they are subject to contracts, leases, licenses or other arrangements with a third party that effectively prevent those assets from being charged;

 

•

a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant obligor to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted;

 

•

in the case of accounts receivable, a material adverse effect on either NXP B.V., NXP Funding LLC or a Guarantor’s relationship with or sales to the customer generating such receivables or material legal or commercial difficulties; and

 

•

a limit on the aggregate amount of notarial costs and all registration and like taxes relating to the provision of security.

The above security principles are, where relevant, subject to customary exceptions and obligations of NXP B.V., NXP Funding LLC or the relevant Guarantor to use reasonable efforts to overcome such obstacles. A complete copy of the agreed security principles is available on request from us.

Covenants

The Secured Revolving Credit Facility contains customary negative covenants restricting, subject to certain exceptions and among other things, our ability to (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) create liens; (iii) pay dividends, redeem capital stock or make certain other restrictive payments or investments; (iv) enter into agreements that restrict dividends from restricted subsidiaries; (v) engage in transactions with affiliates; and (vi) effect a consolidation or merger. The Secured Revolving Credit Facility also requires us to deliver our financial statements to the administrative agent for distribution to each lender, and to observe (and to cause each of our restricted subsidiaries to observe), certain affirmative undertakings, subject to materiality and other

 

142

---

Table of Contents

customary and agreed exceptions. These affirmative undertakings include, but are not limited to, undertakings related to (i) payment of obligations, (ii) preservation of corporate existence and maintenance of assets (including intellectual property rights) and properties, (iii) maintenance of insurance, (iv) compliance with laws, (v) inspection rights, and (vi) use of proceeds. The Secured Revolving Credit Facility does not contain any financial maintenance covenants.

Events of Default

The Secured Revolving Credit Facility sets out certain customary events of default, including a cross-default provision, the occurrence of which would allow the lenders to accelerate all outstanding loans and terminate their commitments. A change of control also constitutes an event of default.

Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility

As stated in “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments,” on May 10, 2010, we entered into a €458 million Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, which becomes available, subject to certain conditions, on September 28, 2012, and matures on September 28, 2015, to replace our existing Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The conditions to the use of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility include specified closing conditions, and also (i) that our consolidated net debt does not exceed $3,750 million as of June 30, 2012 (and if it exceeds $3,250 million on such date, the commitments under the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility reduce by 50%), and (ii) that we issue on or before September 28, 2012, securities with gross proceeds of $500 million, having a maturity 180 days after the maturity of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, the proceeds of which are being used to refinance debt (other than debt under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility) that matures before the maturity of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, which condition has already been satisfied.

Loans under the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility denominated in euros bear interest at a rate per annum (calculated on a 360-day basis) equal to EURIBOR plus 5.5% and loans under the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility denominated in U.S. dollars bear interest at a rate per annum (calculated on a 360-day basis) equal to LIBOR plus 5.5%, unless our consolidated net debt is below $3,250 million on September 28, 2012, in which case the applicable margin is 4% over, respectively, LIBOR or EURIBOR.

The Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility will have substantially the same covenants as our existing Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

Term Loan

As stated in “Summary—Recent Developments,” on March 4, 2011, we entered into a $500 million Term Loan which is available for drawing until and including April 6, 2011 and will mature on March 4, 2017. Utilization of the Term Loan is subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions. Loans under the Term Loan are denominated in U.S. dollars and bear interest at a rate per annum (calculated on a 360 day basis or, in respect of Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) loans calculated on the basis of the prime rate, a 365 day basis) (i) in the case of LIBOR loans, equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% (provided that LIBOR shall be deemed not to be less than 1.25%) and (ii) in the case of ABR loans, equal to ABR (the higher of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus  ¹/2 of 1% and (c) LIBOR plus 1.00%) plus 2.25%. The Term Loan will amortize in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount with the balance payable on the final maturity date. The Term Loan has substantially the same covenants as our existing Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

In connection with the Term Loan, on March 7, 2011, we issued redemption notices for all $362 million outstanding of our 2014 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes due 2014, together with $100 million of our Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes and €143 million of our Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes. The redemptions will be conditional on the receipt of proceeds from the Term Loan, expected on or before April 6, 2011.

 

143

---

Table of Contents

Super Priority Notes

Overview

We initially issued the Super Priority Notes in private offers to exchange our Secured Notes and Unsecured Notes for such Super Priority Notes on April 2, 2009. As of December 31, 2010, we had an aggregate principal amount of €29 million of Euro Super Priority Notes and an aggregate principal amount of $221 million of Dollar Super Priority Notes outstanding.

Interest Rate

The Super Priority Notes accrue interest at the rate of 10% per annum and mature on July 15, 2013. Interest on the Super Priority Notes is payable on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing on July 15, 2009. Interest accrued from the issue date of the Super Priority Notes.

Prepayments and Redemptions

We may redeem all or part of the Super Priority Notes at any time at established redemption prices.

We may also redeem a series of the New Super Priority Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time, upon giving proper notice, if changes in tax laws impose certain withholding taxes on amounts payable on that series of the Super Priority Notes. If we decide to do this, we must pay the holders a price equal to the principal amount of that series of the Super Priority Notes plus accrued interest and certain other amounts.

If we experience a change of control, we will be required to offer to repurchase the Super Priority Notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Guarantee

The Super Priority Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by each of the Guarantors under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, other than NXP Semiconductors N.V. and NXP Semiconductors France SAS. If we cannot make payments on the Super Priority Notes when they are due, certain Guarantors must make them instead. The laws of certain jurisdictions limit the enforceability or require the limitation of certain guarantees and of the rights to the collateral supporting such guarantees.

Ranking

The Super Priority Notes rank:

 

•

equal in right of payment with all of our and the Guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Secured Notes, the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes and any other secured obligations and effectively ahead of our existing and future unsecured obligations, including the Unsecured Notes, to the extent of the value of the Collateral;

 

•

senior in right of payment to our and the Guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness; and

 

•

effectively junior to all of the liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries that have not guaranteed the Super Priority Notes in respect of claims against the assets of such subsidiaries.

The indebtedness and obligations under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Super Priority Notes, the Secured Notes, the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes and certain other existing and future indebtedness and obligations permitted under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the respective Indentures all benefit from liens over the Collateral. Under the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement, in the event of a foreclosure on

 

144

---

Table of Contents

the Collateral or of insolvency proceedings, the holders of the Super Priority Notes, together with the lenders under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility and any other permitted super priority debt will receive proceeds from the Collateral prior to the holders of the Secured Notes and the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The indenture governing our Super Priority Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restricts, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness;

 

•

create liens;

 

•

pay dividends, redeem capital stock or make certain other restrictive payments or investments;

 

•

enter into agreements that restrict dividends from restricted subsidiaries;

 

•

sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

•

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

•

effect a consolidation or merger.

These covenants are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and will be suspended with respect to any series of Super Priority Notes if and when, and for so long as, such series is rated investment grade.

In addition, the indenture governing our Super Priority Notes imposes certain requirements as to future subsidiary guarantors. The indenture governing our Super Priority Notes also contains certain customary certain customary events of default.

Secured Notes

Overview

On October 5, 2006, we issued the Secured Notes, consisting of €1,000 million of Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes, $1,535 million of Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes and $1,026 million of Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes.

On April 23, 2007, we filed a registration statement to exchange the Secured Notes for publicly tradable notes having substantially identical terms.

On July 20, 2010, we issued $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes.

As of December 31, 2010, we had an aggregate principal amount of €637 million of Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes, an aggregate principal amount of $766 million of Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes, an aggregate principal amount of $362 million of Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes outstanding and an aggregate principal amount of $1,000 million of 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes outstanding.

Interest Rate

The Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes accrue interest at three-month EURIBOR plus 2.75% per annum and the Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes accrue interest at three-month LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum. The Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes and the Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes mature on October 15, 2013. Interest on the Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes and the Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes is payable quarterly on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2007. Interest accrued from the issue date of the notes.

 

145

---

Table of Contents

The Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes accrue interest at the rate of 7 ⁷/8% per annum and mature on October 15, 2014. Interest on the Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing April 15, 2007. Interest accrued from the issue date of the notes.

The 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes accrue interest at the rate of 9 ³/4% per annum and mature on August 1, 2018. Interest on the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes is payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing February 1, 2011. Interest accrued from the issue date of the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes.

Prepayments and Redemptions

We may redeem all or part of the Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes and the Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes at any time at established redemption prices. We may redeem all or part of the Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes at established redemption prices. We may redeem all or part of the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes on or after August 1, 2014, at established redemption prices. Prior to August 1, 2014, we may redeem all or part of the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of our 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and a make-whole premium.

We may also redeem each series of the Secured Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time, upon giving proper notice, if changes in tax laws impose certain withholding taxes on amounts payable on that series of the notes. If we decide to do this, we must pay holders of the Secured Notes a price equal to the principal amount of the notes plus interest and certain other amounts.

If we experience a change of control, we will be required to offer to repurchase the Secured Notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Guarantee

The Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by each of the Guarantors under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, other than NXP Semiconductors N.V., NXP Semiconductors Austria GmbH and NXP Semiconductors France SAS. If we cannot make payments on the Secured Notes when they are due, certain Guarantors must make them instead. The laws of certain jurisdictions may limit the enforceability of certain guarantees and of the rights to the collateral supporting such guarantees.

Ranking

The Secured Notes rank:

 

•

equal in right of payment with all of our and the Guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness but, together with indebtedness under our Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Super Priority Notes and any other first lien credit facilities and secured obligations, effectively senior in right of payment to our existing and future unsecured obligations, including the Unsecured Notes, to the extent of the value of the Collateral;

 

•

senior in right of payment to our and the Guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness; and

 

•

effectively junior in right of payment to all of the liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries that have not guaranteed the notes.

With respect to the Collateral, the indebtedness and obligations under the Secured Notes, the Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the Super Priority Notes have first priority liens. Under the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement, however, in the event of a foreclosure on the Collateral or insolvency proceedings, the

 

146

---

Table of Contents

holders of the Secured Notes will receive proceeds from the Collateral only after the lenders under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility and any hedging agreements provided by such lenders or their affiliates and the holders of the Super Priority Notes have been repaid.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The respective indentures governing our Secured Notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restricts, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness;

 

•

create liens;

 

•

pay dividends, redeem capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

 

•

enter into agreements that restrict dividends from restricted subsidiaries;

 

•

sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

•

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

•

effect a consolidation or merger.

These covenants are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and will be suspended with respect to any series of Secured Notes if and when, and for so long as, such series is rated investment grade.

In addition, the respective indentures governing our Secured Notes impose certain requirements as to future subsidiary guarantors. The respective indentures governing our Secured Notes also contain certain customary events of default.

Unsecured Notes

Overview

On October 5, 2006, we issued the Unsecured Notes, consisting of €525 million of Euro Unsecured Notes and $1,250 million of Dollar Unsecured Notes.

On April 23, 2007, we have filed a registration statement to exchange the Unsecured Notes for publicly tradable notes having substantially identical terms.

As of December 31, 2010, we had an aggregate principal amount of €235 million of Euro Unsecured Notes and an aggregate principal amount of $606 million of Dollar Unsecured Notes outstanding.

Interest Rate

The Euro Unsecured Notes accrue interest at the rate of 8 ⁵/8% per annum. The Dollar Unsecured Notes accrue interest at the rate of 9 ¹/2% per annum. Both sets of the Unsecured Notes mature on October 15, 2015. Interest on the Unsecured Notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing April 15, 2007. Interest accrued from the issue date of the notes.

Prepayments and Redemptions

We may redeem all or part of the Unsecured Notes on or after October 15, 2011, at established redemption prices. Prior to October 15, 2011, we may redeem all or part of the Unsecured Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of our Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and a make-whole premium.

 

147

---

Table of Contents

We may also redeem each series of the Unsecured Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time, upon giving proper notice, if changes in tax laws impose certain withholding taxes on amounts payable on that series of the notes. If we decide to do this, we must pay you a price equal to the principal amount of the notes plus interest and certain other amounts.

If we experience a change of control, we will be required to offer to repurchase the Unsecured Notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Guarantee

The Unsecured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Guarantors under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, other than NXP Semiconductors N.V., NXP Semiconductors Austria GmbH and NXP Semiconductors France SAS. If we cannot make payments on the Unsecured Notes when they are due, the Guarantors must make them instead. The laws of certain jurisdictions may limit the enforceability of certain guarantees and of the rights to the collateral supporting such guarantees.

Ranking

The Unsecured Notes rank:

 

•

equal in right of payment with all of our and the Guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness but effectively junior in right of payment to all our secured debt, including the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Super Priority Notes, the Secured Notes and the 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes , to the extent of the value of the Collateral;

 

•

senior in right of payment to our and the Guarantors’ existing and future senior subordinated and subordinated indebtedness; and

 

•

effectively junior in right of payment to all of the liabilities of our subsidiaries that have not guaranteed the senior notes.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The indenture governing our Unsecured Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restricts, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness;

 

•

create liens;

 

•

pay dividends, redeem capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

 

•

enter into agreements that restrict dividends from restricted subsidiaries;

 

•

sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

•

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

•

effect a consolidation or merger.

These covenants are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and will be suspended with respect to any series of Unsecured Notes if and when, and for so long as, such series is rated investment grade.

In addition, the indenture governing our Unsecured Notes imposes certain requirements as to future subsidiary guarantors. The indenture governing our Unsecured Notes also contains certain customary events of default.

 

148

---

Table of Contents

Collateral Agency Agreement

The various security documents entered into, and the Collateral granted in respect of, the Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the Indentures and the guarantees supporting the obligations thereunder (collectively, the “Secured Agreements”), are administered by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of secured obligations under such agreements. To establish the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent, and to determine the order of priority for proceeds realized by the Collateral Agent from the Collateral and upon insolvency, NXP Semiconductors N.V., NXP B.V., NXP Funding LLC and each of the Guarantors have entered into the Collateral Agency Agreement with, among others, the Collateral Agent. Any subsidiaries of NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC that will become guarantors under any Secured Agreement are expected to accede to the Collateral Agency Agreement. The secured parties under the Collateral Agency Agreement are, among others, (i) the lenders and letter of credit issuers under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) the holders of the Super Priority Notes and the Secured Notes. In certain circumstances holders of additional secured indebtedness of the NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC may accede to the Collateral Agency Agreement as secured parties.

Following the occurrence of an enforcement event under a secured agreement, the relevant secured party may deliver to the Collateral Agent an enforcement notice, instructing the Collateral Agent to take enforcement action under the Collateral Agency Agreement and the various security documents (as specified in the Collateral Agency Agreement). In such case, the Collateral Agent shall foreclose upon the Collateral, exercising any and all remedies available to it under the security documents, the Collateral Agency Agreement and at law. Proceeds realized by the Collateral Agent from the Collateral (and in insolvency proceedings) will be applied:

 

•

first, to amounts owing to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such and amounts owing to each facility agent in its capacity as such and the trustee in its capacity as such, in accordance with the terms of the applicable indenture and amounts owing as fees payable to letters of credit issuers under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility;

 

•

second, to amounts owing to the holders of obligations under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility and the holders of the Super Priority Notes secured by the Collateral (including hedging agreements with lenders thereunder or their affiliates), in accordance with the terms of the Secured Revolving Credit Facility (including hedging agreements with lenders thereunder or their affiliates) and the terms of the indenture for the Super Priority Notes, and any other super priority debt;

 

•

third, ratably to amounts owing to the holders of the Secured Notes, in accordance with the terms of the indentures governing the terms of the Secured Notes; and

 

•

fourth, to the company and/or other persons entitled thereto.

All liens granted by the lien grantors under the security documents will terminate upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of a written confirmation from the required secured parties that the applicable secured obligations have been paid and performed in full and all commitments under the applicable secured agreements have been terminated.

 

149

---

Table of Contents

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Summary of Dutch Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Dutch tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our shares of common stock as of the date hereof and is intended as general information only. This summary does not contain a detailed description of all the Dutch tax law consequences to you as a holder of shares of common stock in the Company in light of your particular circumstances and does not address the effects of any non-Dutch tax laws. For Dutch tax purposes, a holder of our shares may include an individual or entity who does not have the legal title of the shares, but to whom nevertheless the shares are attributed based either on such individual or entity holding a beneficial interest in the shares or based on specific statutory provisions, including statutory provisions pursuant to which shares are attributed to an individual who is, or who has directly or indirectly inherited from a person who was, the settlor, grantor or similar originator of a trust, foundation or similar entity that holds the shares.

If you are considering the purchase, ownership or disposition of our shares, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the Dutch tax consequences to you in light of your particular situation as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

The following summary is based on the Dutch tax law as applied and interpreted by Dutch tax courts and as published and in effect on the date hereof, without prejudice to any amendments introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect. For the purpose of this paragraph, “Dutch taxes” means taxes of whatever nature levied by or on behalf of the Netherlands or any of its subdivisions or taxing authorities and a resident of the Netherlands does not include residents of the islands of Bonaire, St. Eustatius and Saba. Any reference hereafter made to a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation concluded by the Netherlands, includes the Tax Regulation for the Kingdom of the Netherlands (Belastingregeling voor het Koninkrijk).

Withholding Tax

A stockholder is generally subject to Dutch dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15 percent on dividends distributed by us. Generally, we are responsible for the withholding of such dividend withholding tax at source; the dividend withholding tax is for the account of the stockholder.

 

Dividends

distributed by us include, but are not limited to:

 

(i)

distributions of profits in cash or in kind, whatever they be named or in whatever form;

 

(ii)

proceeds from the liquidation of the company, or proceeds from the repurchase of shares by the company, in excess of the average paid-in capital recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

(iii)

the par value of shares issued to a stockholder or an increase in the par value of shares, to the extent that no contribution, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, has been made or will be made; and

 

(iv)

partial repayment of paid-in capital, that is not recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, or recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, to the extent that we have net profits (zuivere winst) and unless (a) the general meeting of stockholders has resolved in advance to make such repayment, and (b) the par value of the shares concerned has been reduced with an equal amount by way of an amendment to our articles of association.

Notwithstanding the above, no withholding is required in the event of a repurchase of shares, if certain conditions are fulfilled.

 

150

---

Table of Contents

Furthermore, subject to certain exceptions under Dutch domestic law, we may not be required to transfer to the Dutch tax authorities the full amount of Dutch dividend withholding tax withheld in respect of dividends distributed by us, if we have received a profit distribution from a qualifying foreign subsidiary (including a subsidiary resident on Aruba, Curacao, St. Maarten, Bonaire, St. Eustatius or Saba), which distribution is exempt from Dutch corporate income tax and has been subject to a foreign withholding tax of at least 5 percent. The amount that does not have to be transferred to the Dutch tax authorities can generally not exceed the lesser of (i) 3 percent of the dividends distributed by us and (ii) 3 percent of the profit distributions that we received from qualifying foreign subsidiaries in the calendar year in which we distribute the dividends (up to the moment of such dividend distribution) and in the two previous calendar years. Further limitations and conditions apply. We will, upon request, provide stockholders with information regarding the Dutch dividend withholding tax that was retained by us.

If a stockholder is resident in a country other than the Netherlands under the provisions of a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation between the Netherlands and such country, such stockholder may, depending on the terms of such treaty, be entitled to an exemption from, reduction in or refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax on dividends distributed by us.

If a stockholder is subject to Dutch corporate income tax and is entitled to the participation exemption in relation to the benefits derived from its shares and such shares are attributable to an enterprise carried out in the Netherlands, such stockholder will generally be entitled to an exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax on dividends distributed by us.

If a stockholder (i) is resident in another member state of the European Union or an appointed state of the European Economic Area, i.e. Iceland and Norway, according to the tax laws of that state and, under the terms of a double taxation agreement concluded by that state with a third state, is not considered to be resident for tax purposes outside the European Union, Norway or Iceland and (ii) owns an interest in us to which the Dutch participation exemption would be applicable if the stockholder were resident in the Netherlands; such stockholder will generally be eligible for an exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax on dividends distributed by us.

Furthermore, if a stockholder:

 

(a)

is an entity which is resident for Dutch tax purposes in a member state of the European Union, Norway or Iceland;

 

(b)

is not subject to a tax levied by reference to profits by that member state; and

 

(c)

would not have been subject to Dutch corporate income tax had the stockholder been resident in the Netherlands for corporate income tax purposes;

such stockholder will generally be eligible for a full refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax on dividends distributed by us, unless such stockholder carries out duties or activities similar to an exempt investment institution (vrijgestelde beleggingsinstelling) or fiscal investment institution (fiscale beleggingsinstelling), as defined respectively in article 6a and 28 of the Dutch corporate income tax act (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969).

A stockholder who is considered to be resident in the United States and is entitled to the benefits of the convention between the United States and the Netherlands for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income, dated December 18, 1992, as amended most recently by the Protocol signed March 8, 2004 (the “Treaty”), will be entitled to a reduction in the Dutch withholding tax by way of an exemption, reduction or refund, as follows:

 

•

if the U.S. stockholder is an exempt pension trust, as described in article 35 of the Treaty, or an exempt organization, as described in article 36 of the Treaty, the U.S. stockholder will be exempt from Dutch dividend withholding tax;

 

151

---

Table of Contents

•

if the U.S. stockholder is a company which holds directly at least 10 percent of the voting power in the company, the U.S. stockholder will be subject to Dutch withholding tax at a rate not exceeding 5 percent;

 

•

if the U.S. stockholder is a company which holds directly at least 80 percent of the voting power in the company and certain other conditions are met, the U.S. stockholder will be exempt from Dutch dividend withholding tax; and

 

•

in all other cases, the U.S. stockholder will be subject to Dutch dividend withholding tax at a rate not exceeding 15 percent.

According to Dutch domestic anti-dividend stripping rules, no credit against Dutch (corporate) income tax, exemption from, reduction in or refund of, Dutch dividend withholding tax will be granted if the recipient of the dividend paid by us is not considered to be the beneficial owner (uiteindelijk gerechtigde) of such dividends as meant in these rules.

Taxes on Income and Capital Gains

The description of taxation set out in this section of the prospectus does not apply to any stockholder who is an individual for whom the income or capital gains derived from our shares of common stock are attributable to employment activities, the income from which is taxable in the Netherlands.

A stockholder will not be subject to Dutch taxes on income or capital gains in respect of the ownership and disposal of our shares, other than Dutch dividend withholding tax as described above, except if:

 

(i)

the stockholder is, or is deemed to be, resident in the Netherlands for Dutch (corporate) income tax purposes;

 

(ii)

the stockholder is an individual and the stockholder has opted to be treated as resident in the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch income tax;

 

(iii)

the stockholder derives profits from an enterprise, whether as entrepreneur (ondernemer) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net worth of such enterprise other than as an entrepreneur or a stockholder, which enterprise is, in whole or in part, carried on through a permanent establishment (vaste inrichting) or a permanent representative (vaste vertegenwoordiger) in the Netherlands, to which the shares are attributable;

 

(iv)

the stockholder is an individual and derives benefits from miscellaneous activities (resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden) carried out in the Netherlands in respect of the shares, including, without limitation, activities which are beyond the scope of active portfolio investment activities;

 

(v)

the stockholder is entitled, other than by way of the holding of securities, to a share in the profits of an enterprise effectively managed in the Netherlands to which the shares are attributable; or

 

(vi)

the stockholder has a substantial interest (aanmerkelijk belang) or a fictitious substantial interest (fictief aanmerkelijk belang) in the company, which is not attributable to the assets of an enterprise.

Generally, a stockholder has a substantial interest if such stockholder, alone or together with its partner, directly or indirectly (a) owns, or holds certain rights on, shares representing five percent or more of the total issued and outstanding capital of the company, or of the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares of the company; (b) holds rights to acquire shares, whether or not already issued, representing five percent or more of the total issued and outstanding capital of the company, or of the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares of the company; or (c) owns, or holds certain rights on, profit participating certificates that relate to five percent or more of the annual profit of the company or to five percent or more of the liquidation proceeds of the company. A stockholder will also have a substantial interest if its partner or one of certain relatives of the stockholder or of its partner has a substantial interest.

 

152

---

Table of Contents

Generally, a stockholder has a fictitious substantial interest (fictief aanmerkelijk belang) in the company if, without having an actual substantial interest in the Company (i) an enterprise has been contributed to the company in exchange for shares on an elective non-recognition basis; (ii) the shares have been obtained under inheritance law or matrimonial law, on a non-recognition basis, while the disposing stockholder had a substantial interest in the company; (iii) the shares have been acquired pursuant to a share merger, legal merger or legal demerger, on an elective non-recognition basis, while the stockholder prior to this transaction had a substantial interest in an entity that was party thereto; or (iv) the shares held by the stockholder, prior to dilution, qualified as a substantial interest and, by election, no gain was recognized upon disqualification of these shares.

Gift Tax and Inheritance Tax

No Dutch gift or inheritance tax is due in respect of any gift of the shares by, or inheritance of the shares on the death of, a stockholder, except if:

 

(i)

at the time of the gift or death of the stockholder, the stockholder is resident, or is deemed to be resident, in the Netherlands;

 

(ii)

the stockholder passes away within 180 days after the date of the gift of the shares and is not, or not deemed to be, at the time of the gift, but is, or deemed to be, at the time of its death, resident in the Netherlands; or

 

(iii)

the gift of the shares is made under a condition precedent and the stockholder is resident, or is deemed to be resident, in the Netherlands at the time the condition is fulfilled.

For purposes of Dutch gift or inheritance tax, an individual who is of Dutch nationality will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if he has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or its death. For purposes of Dutch gift tax, any individual, irrespective of its nationality, will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if he has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.

Other Taxes and Duties

No other Dutch Taxes, including turnover tax and taxes of a documentary nature, such as capital tax, stamp or registration tax or duty, are payable by or on behalf of a stockholder by reason of the purchase, ownership and disposal of the shares.

Residency

A stockholder will not become resident, or deemed resident in the Netherlands for tax purposes by reason only of holding the shares.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our shares as of the date hereof. The discussion set forth below is applicable to United States Holders (as defined below) (i) who are residents of the United States for purposes of the Treaty, (ii) whose shares do not, for purposes of the Treaty, form part of the business property of a permanent establishment, or pertain to a fixed base, in the Netherlands and (iii) who otherwise qualify for the full benefits of the Treaty. Except where noted, this summary deals only with shares held as capital assets. As used herein, the term “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of a share that is for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

•

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

•

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

153

---

Table of Contents

•

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

•

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary does not describe all of the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws, including if you are:

 

•

a dealer in securities or currencies;

 

•

a financial institution;

 

•

a regulated investment company;

 

•

a real estate investment trust;

 

•

an insurance company;

 

•

a tax-exempt organization;

 

•

a person holding our shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction, a constructive sale or a straddle;

 

•

a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities;

 

•

a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

•

a person who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of our voting stock;

 

•

a person holding our shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States;

 

•

a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes; or

 

•

a person whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar.

The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations (including proposed regulations), rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be replaced, revoked or modified so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

If a partnership holds our shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our shares, you should consult your tax advisors.

This discussion does not contain a detailed description of all the United States federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular circumstances and does not address the effects of any state, local or non-United States tax laws. If you are considering the purchase, ownership or disposition of our shares, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular situation as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation of Dividends

The gross amount of distributions on the shares (including amounts withheld to reflect Dutch withholding taxes to the extent such amounts are actually transferred to the Dutch tax authorities, as described in “Material Tax Considerations—Summary of Dutch Tax Considerations—Withholding Tax”) will be taxable as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Such income (including withheld taxes paid over to the Dutch tax authorities) will

 

154

---

Table of Contents

be includable in your gross income as ordinary income on the day actually received by you or on the day received by your nominee or agent that holds the shares on your behalf. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations under the Code.

With respect to non-corporate United States investors, certain dividends received in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013 from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation that is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States which the United States Treasury Department determines to be satisfactory for these purposes and which includes an exchange of information provision. The United States Treasury Department has determined that the Treaty meets these requirements. We believe we are currently eligible for the benefits of the Treaty. A foreign corporation is also treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. United States Treasury Department guidance indicates that our shares, which are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, are considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. There can be no assurance that our shares will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in later years. Non-corporate holders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from a risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of our status as a qualified foreign corporation. For this purpose, the minimum holding period requirement will not be met if a share has been held by a holder for 60 days or less during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, appropriately reduced by any period in which such holder is protected from risk of loss. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the application of this legislation to your particular circumstances.

The maximum rate of withholding tax on dividends paid to you pursuant to the Treaty is 15 percent. You may be required to properly demonstrate to the company and the Dutch tax authorities your entitlement to the reduced rate of withholding under the Treaty. Subject to certain conditions and limitations imposed by the United States federal income tax rules relating to the availability of the foreign tax credit, Dutch withholding taxes on dividends will be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against your United States federal income tax liability. However, amounts withheld to reflect Dutch withholding taxes will not be creditable to the extent that we are allowed to reduce the amount of the withholding tax that is actually transferred to the Dutch tax authorities, as described in “Material Tax Considerations—Summary of Dutch Tax Considerations—Withholding Tax”. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid on the shares will be treated as income from sources outside the United States and will generally constitute passive category income. Further, in certain circumstances, you will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes imposed on dividends paid on the shares if you:

 

•

have held shares for less than a specified minimum period during which you are not protected from risk of loss, or

 

•

are obligated to make payments related to the dividends.

The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.

To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, as determined under United States federal income tax principles, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted basis of the shares, and the balance in excess of adjusted basis will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange. However, we do not expect to keep earnings and profits in accordance with United States federal income tax principles. Therefore, you should expect that a distribution will generally be treated as a dividend (as discussed above).

 

155

---

Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Company

Based on the composition of our income and valuation of our assets, including goodwill, we do not believe we were a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for the 2010 taxable year, and we do not expect to become one in the future, although there can be no assurance in this regard.

In general, a foreign corporation will be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which:

 

•

at least 75% of its gross income is passive income, or

 

•

at least 50% of the value (determined based on a quarterly average) of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents (other than royalties and rents derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person). If we own at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, we will be treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests, as owning our proportionate share of the other corporation’s assets and receiving our proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

The determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually. Accordingly, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year due to changes in our asset or income composition. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our shares, you will be subject to special tax rules discussed below.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” received and any gain realized from a sale or other disposition, including a pledge, of shares. Distributions received in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the shares will be treated as excess distributions. Under these special tax rules:

 

•

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the shares,

 

•

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

 

•

the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to tax at the highest applicable tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

In addition, non-corporate United States Holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from us in taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2013 if we are a PFIC in our taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year.

You will be required to file an annual report if you hold our shares in any year in which we are classified as a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our shares and any of our non-United States subsidiaries is also a PFIC, a United States Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. You are urged to consult your tax advisors about the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

In certain circumstances, in lieu of being subject to the excess distribution rules discussed above, you may make an election to include gain on the stock of a PFIC as ordinary income under a mark-to-market method, provided that such stock is regularly traded on a qualified exchange. Our shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which is a qualified exchange for purposes of the mark-to-market election. However, no assurance can be given that the shares will be “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election.

 

156

---

Table of Contents

If you make an effective mark-to-market election, you will include in each year that we are a PFIC as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of your shares at the end of the year over your adjusted tax basis in the shares. You will be entitled to deduct as an ordinary loss in each such year the excess of your adjusted tax basis in the shares over their fair market value at the end of the year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. If you make an effective mark-to-market election, any gain you recognize upon the sale or other disposition of your shares in a year in which we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income. Any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

Your adjusted tax basis in the shares will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. If you make a mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the Internal Revenue Service consents to the revocation of the election. You are urged to consult your tax advisor about the availability of the mark-to-market election, and whether making the election would be advisable in your particular circumstances.

Alternatively, holders of PFIC shares can sometimes avoid the rules described above by electing to treat such PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under Section 1295 of the Code. However, this option is not available to you because we do not intend to comply with the requirements, or furnish you with the information, necessary to permit you to make this election.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences of holding shares if we are considered a PFIC in any taxable year.

Taxation of Capital Gains

For United States federal income tax purposes, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale or exchange of a share in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for the share and your tax basis in the share. Subject to the discussion above under “Passive Foreign Investment Company”, such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. Capital gains of individuals derived with respect to capital assets held for more than one year are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized by you will generally be treated as United States source gain or loss.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting will apply to dividends in respect of our shares and the proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our shares that are paid to you within the United States (and in certain cases, outside the United States), unless you are an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if you fail to provide a taxpayer identification number or certification of other exempt status or if you have previously failed to report in full dividend and interest income.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

157

---

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of common stock indicated below:

 

Name		Number of Shares of Common Stock
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Goldman, Sachs & Co
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A.
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
KKR Capital Markets LLC
Total			25,000,000

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares of common stock covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock described below. The offering of the shares of common stock by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers (which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $             per share of common stock). After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase from the selling stockholders up to an aggregate of 3,750,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts, commissions and any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the shares of common stock offered as described above but not the additional shares of common stock. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

158

---

Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an aggregate of additional 3,750,000 shares of common stock.

 

Per Share of Common Stock

Total

No Exercise

Full Exercise

(in US $)

Public offering price

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by the selling stockholders

Proceeds to be paid to the selling stockholders

The estimated offering expenses payable by us are approximately $            , which includes legal, accounting, printing costs and various other fees associated with registering and listing our shares of common stock. The selling stockholders will be responsible for their respective underwriting discounts and commissions on their shares of common stock sold in this offering. We will pay all other expenses incurred by such selling stockholders, including any legal costs and registration fees associated with their common stock shares being sold in this offering.

Our shares of common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “NXPI”.

We, our directors and certain of our executive officers, the Private Equity Consortium and PPTL Investment LP have agreed that, without the prior written consent of each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, we and they will not, during the period ending 90 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

•

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

•

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

•

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, it will not, during the period ending 90 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described herein are subject to certain exceptions.

In addition, the restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

•

during the last 17 days of the restricted period we issue an earnings release or a material news event relating to us occurs; or

 

•

prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16 day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period,

 

159

---

Table of Contents

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18 day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares of common stock or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under their option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of common stock, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as an underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A. are not U.S.-registered broker-dealers and, therefore, to the extent that they intend to effect any sales of the shares of common stock in the United States, they will do so through one or more U.S.-registered broker-dealers in accordance with the applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations, and as permitted by the FINRA regulations.

From time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, commercial banking, investment banking and other services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

With respect to the 2006 offerings by NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC of Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes, Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes, Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes, Euro Unsecured Notes and Dollar

 

160

---

Table of Contents

Unsecured Notes, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, its affiliate Banc of America Securities LLC, Rabo Securities USA, Inc., an affiliate of Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., and HSBC Bank plc, an affiliate of HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., served as initial purchasers and placement agents.

With respect to NXP B.V.’s Senior Secured Credit Facility, (i) Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, served as administrative agent, global collateral agent and lender, (ii) Morgan Stanley Bank International Limited, an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, served as joint lead arranger and joint lead bookrunner, (iii) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated served as joint lead arranger and joint lead bookrunner, (iv) Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, served as documentation agent and lender, (v) Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, served as lender and (vi) Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V., a predecessor of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., served as lender. With respect to the 2009 cash tender offer for certain of NXP B.V.’s and NXP Funding LLC’s outstanding notes, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., the predecessor of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and its affiliate, J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd., acted as dealer managers.

With respect to the 2009 exchange offer for certain of NXP B.V.’s outstanding notes, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and its affiliate, Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc, acted as dealer managers.

In May 2010, we entered into the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility that allows us, subject to specified terms and conditions, to refinance our existing Secured Revolving Credit Facility on or after September 28, 2012. Under the terms of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, (i) Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc, an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, acts as administrative agent and global collateral agent; and (ii) Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman Sachs International, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., and Morgan Stanley Bank International Limited, an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch International, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc., Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V., a predecessor of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., and HSBC Bank plc, an affiliate of HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., act as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.

With respect to the July 2010 offering by NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC of our 2018 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC served as sole-bookrunning lead manager, initial purchaser and placement agent and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and KKR Capital Markets LLC served as co-managers, initial purchasers and placement agents. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC also served as purchase agent in repurchases of certain of our existing secured notes contemporaneous with the July 2010 notes offering.

With respect to our 2010 initial public offering, each of the underwriters on this offering served as an underwriter.

With respect to the Term Loan we entered into on March 4, 2011, Barclays Bank PLC, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc., serves as sole lead arranger, sole bookrunner, administrative agent and lender and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, serves as global collateral agent.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates have made or held, and may in the future make or hold, a broad array of investments and may have actively traded, and, in the future may actively trade, debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities or instruments of us and our subsidiaries. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express

 

161

---

Table of Contents

independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

KKR has a 98% economic interest in KKR Capital Markets Holdings L.P., which owns 100% of the equity interests of KKR Capital Markets LLC, an underwriter on this offering. Affiliates of KKR are selling stockholders in this offering and indirectly hold approximately 19.19% of our capital stock and will hold approximately 16.85% of our capital stock after this offering. In addition, affiliates of each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated who are participating in the underwriting of the shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus, have, and will continue to have after the offering, indirectly through investments in private equity funds, including the funds that form the Private Equity Consortium, interests in less than 1% of our capital stock. In connection with our 2010 initial public offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which affiliates of KKR and certain other parties to the registration rights agreement, including certain of the selling stockholders, have the right to require us to register such investors’ shares of our common stock with the SEC for sale by them to the public, subject to certain limitations. Representatives of KKR and of certain other parties to the registration rights agreement serve as members of our Board of Directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Conflict of Interest

Affiliates of KKR Capital Markets LLC as selling stockholders in this offering, are expected to receive 5% or more of the expected net proceeds of the offering. KKR Capital Markets LLC may therefore be deemed to have a “conflict of interest” with us within the meaning of Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”) of FINRA. Therefore, this offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121. KKR Capital Markets LLC has informed us that it does not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the account holder.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the shares of common stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the shares of common stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares of common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the shares of common stock may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

•

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

•

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

•

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

162

---

Table of Contents

For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (Qualified Investors) that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares of common stock will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares of common stock, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares of common stock are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares of common stock with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares of common stock, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Hong Kong

The shares of common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

163

---

Table of Contents

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may they be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any shares of common stock, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on such shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

164

---

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, as to matters of U.S. Federal and New York State law, and by De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V., as to matters of Dutch law. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as to matters of U.S. Federal and New York State law, and by Stibbe N.V., as to matters of Dutch law. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the Private Equity Consortium by Clifford Chance LLP as to matters of U.S. Federal and New York State law, Luxembourg law and Dutch law. Certain partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their respective families, related persons and others have an indirect interest, through limited partnerships that are investors in funds affiliated with KKR and Silver  Lake, in less than 1% of our common stock.

EXPERTS

The 2008 consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V. included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Accountants B.V., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V. as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2010, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG Accountants N.V., independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

 

165

---

Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered in this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents. Since the prospectus may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these contracts and other documents. We have included or incorporated by reference copies of these documents as exhibits to our registration statement.

We provide our stockholders with annual reports on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by our independent auditors. We are required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. For fiscal years ending on or after December 31, 2011, we are required to file our annual reports on Form 20-F within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year.

Our subsidiary, NXP B.V., is currently required under the terms of the indentures governing its Super Priority Notes, Secured Notes and Unsecured Notes to prepare and file with the SEC an annual report on Form 20-F and interim reports and other documents required pursuant to Dutch law under cover of Form 6-K, within the periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations.

For further information about us and our common stock or about NXP B.V., you may inspect a copy of the registration statement, of the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement or of any reports, statements or other information we or NXP B.V. file with the SEC without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, United States. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, United States, upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us and NXP B.V. that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website. Our and NXP B.V.’s filings with the SEC are available through the electronic data gathering, analysis and retrieval (“EDGAR”) system of the SEC.

The reports, statements and information filed by NXP B.V. with the SEC are not part of this prospectus and our reference to such filings should not in any way be interpreted as incorporating them herein by reference.

 

166

---

Table of Contents

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” information in this prospectus that we have filed with it. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document already on file with the SEC.

This prospectus incorporates by reference the document listed below that we have previously filed with the SEC (excluding any document, or portion thereof, to the extent disclosure is furnished and not filed):

 

•

Exhibit 15.1 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2011.

Any statement contained in the document incorporated by reference into this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded for the purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a later statement contained in this prospectus modifies or supersedes the earlier statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.

We will provide to each person, including any beneficial owners, to whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of the document that has been incorporated by reference into this prospectus, at no cost. Any such request may be made by writing or telephoning us at the following address or phone number:

NXP Semiconductors N.V.

Attn: Investor Relations

High Tech Campus 60

5656 AG Eindhoven

The Netherlands

Telephone: +31 40 2729233

The document incorporated by reference into this prospectus can also be requested through, and is available in, the Investors section of our website, which is located at www.nxp.com. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website.

 

167

---

Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

32 bit ARM microcontrollers

 

Microcontroller based on a 32-bit processor core developed and licensed by ARM technologies.

AC-DC

 

Conversion of alternating current to direct current.

Analog

 

A form of transmission that is a continuous wave of an electrical signal that varies in frequency and/or amplitude in response to variations of physical phenomena such as human speech or music.

ASIC

 

Application Specific Integrated Circuit. An integrated circuit customized for a particular use for a particular customer, rather than a general purpose use. For example, a chip designed solely to run a mobile phone is an ASIC.

AUP

 

Advanced Ultra low Power, is the smallest, high-performance, low voltage logic available.

Back-end

 

The packaging, assembly and testing stages of the semiconductors manufacturing process, which takes place after electronic circuits are imprinted on silicon wafers in the front-end process.

BCD-SOI

 

A mixed-signal silicon-on-insulator process technology combining Bipolar, CMOS and DMOS devices.

BCDMOS

 

Bipolar CMOS DMOS. A process technology that combines elements of bipolar, CMOS and DMOS technology and is capable of handling high voltages.

BiCMOS

 

A process technology that combines bipolar and CMOS processes, typically by combining digital CMOS circuitry with higher voltage or higher speed bipolar circuitry.

Bipolar

 

A process technology used to create semiconductors for applications involving the use of higher power levels than are possible with a CMOS chip. Due to the geometry of a bipolar circuit, these devices are significantly larger than CMOS devices. The speed of the most advanced bipolar devices exceeds those attainable with CMOS, but only at very large electrical currents. As a result, the number of bipolar devices that can be integrated into a single product is limited.

CAN tuner

 

A module component used in television systems to convert broadcasts into a format suitable for television projection. CAN tuners are rapidly being replaced by silicon tuners.

CAN

 

Controller Area Network. A network technology used in automotive network architecture.

CATV

 

An abbreviation for cable television.

Car access and immobilizers

 

An automobile technology segment focused on keyless entry and car immobilization applications. An automobile immobilizer is an electronic device fitted to an automobile which prevents the engine from running unless the correct key (or other token) is present.

Chip

 

Semiconductor device.

CFL

 

Compact Fluorescent Light. A type of fluorescent lamp designed to replace an incandescent lamp, while using less power and increasing rated life.

 

168

---

Table of Contents

CMOS

 

Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor. The most common integrated circuit fabrication technology in the semiconductor industry. The technology is used to make integrated circuits where small size and high speed are important. As a result of the very small feature sizes that can be attained through CMOS technology, however, the ability of these integrated circuits to cope with high electrical currents and voltages is limited.

Coolflux DSP

 

A low power digital signal processor designed for mobile audio applications.

Cordless and VoIP

 

Cordless and Voice Over Internet Protocol. A cordless and VoIP terminal operating on a wireless local area network allows cordless telephony on private networks.

Digital

 

A form of transmission where data is represented by a series of bits or discrete values such as 0 and 1.

Diode

 

A semiconductor that allows currents to flow in one direction only.

Discrete semiconductors

 

Unlike integrated circuits, which contain up to tens of millions of transistors, discrete semiconductors are single devices, usually with two terminals (diodes) or three terminals (transistors). These are either applied as peripheral components on printed circuit boards, or used for special purposes such as very high power applications.

DMOS

 

Diffused Metal on Silicon Oxide Semiconductor. A process technology used to manufacture integrated circuits that can operate at high voltage.

DSP

 

Digital signal processor. A specialized microprocessor optimized to process sequences of numbers or symbols which represent signals.

DVB-T2

 

Digital Video Broadcasting—Second Generation Terrestrial. A television broadcasting standard used to transmit compressed digital audio, video and other data using land based (terrestrial) signals.

e-passport

 

A passport with secure data source chip used in providing personalized information.

ESD

 

Electrostatic discharge. The sudden and momentary electric current that flows between two objects caused by direct contact or induced by an electrostatic field. This term is used in the context of electronics to describe momentary unwanted currents that may cause damage to electronic equipment.

EURIBOR

 

Euro Interbank Offered Rate. The benchmark rate at which euro interbank term deposits within the eurozone are offered by one prime bank to another prime bank.

EZ-HV

 

A silicon-on insulator process technology that allows high-voltage to be integrated alongside low-voltage analog and digital circuitry on commercial silicon chips more easily than in conventional silicon-on-insulator ICs.

Fab (or wafer fab)

 

A semiconductor fabrication facility in which front-end manufacturing processes take place.

Fabless semiconductor company

 

A semiconductor company that does not have any internal wafer fab manufacturing capacity but instead focuses on designing and marketing its products, while outsourcing manufacturing to an independent foundry.

 

169

---

Table of Contents

FlexRay

 

A new communications protocol designed for the high data transmission rates required by advanced automotive control systems.

Foundry

 

A semiconductor manufacturer that manufactures chips for third parties.

Front-end

 

The wafer processing stage of the semiconductors manufacturing process in which electronic circuits are imprinted onto raw silicon wafers. This stage is followed by the packaging, assembly and testing stages, which together comprise the back-end process.

GPS

 

Global Positioning System.

HC/T

 

First-generation family of logic devices that combines high speed with low power dissipation and is compatible with older logic families.

HDMI

 

High-Definition Multimedia Interface. A compact audio/video interface for transmitting uncompressed digital data.

HID

 

High-Intensity Discharge. HID lighting is a generally brighter, more energy efficient alternative to fluorescent or incandescent lighting.

HVDMOS

 

High Voltage Diffused Metal on Silicon Oxide Semiconductor. A process technology used to manufacture integrated circuits that can operate at high voltage.

I2 C

 

A multi-master serial single-ended computer bus that is used to attach low-speed peripherals to a motherboard, embedded system or mobile phone.

IC

 

Integrated Circuit. A miniaturized electronic circuit that has been manufactured in the surface of a thin substrate of semiconductor material.

ICN5

 

NXP wafer fab facilities located in Nijmegen, Netherlands, processing 5” diameter wafers.

In-process research and development

 

The value allocated to incomplete research and development projects in acquisitions treated as purchases.

IPTV

 

Internet Protocol Television. A system through which digital television service is delivered using the internet.

Leadframe

 

A thin layer of metal that connects the wiring from tiny electrical technicals on the semiconductor surface to the large scale circuitry on electrical devices and circuit boards. Leadframes are used in almost all semiconductor packages.

LDMOS

 

Laterally Diffused Metal Oxide Semiconductor. A transistor used in RF/microwave power amplifiers.

LED

 

Light Emitting Diode. A semiconductor device which converts electricity into light.

LIN

 

Local Interconnect Network. A network technology used in automotive network architecture.

LNA

 

Low-Noise Amplifier. An electronic amplifier used to amplify very weak signals.

LVC

 

Second-generation family of logic devices, using CMOS technology, that combines high speed with low power dissipation and is compatible with older logic families.

 

170

---

Table of Contents

MR

 

Magneto-resistive sensors. Sensors that use magnetic field changes that occur when metallic objects pass within close proximity of a permanent magnet to detect position, velocity and acceleration of metallic moving objects without physical contact.

Magneto-resistive device

 

A device fabricated with magneto-resistive material (material that has the ability to change the value of its electrical resistance when an external magnetic field is applied to it).

Memory

 

Any device that can store data in machine readable format. Usually used synonymously with random access memory and read only memory.

MEMS

 

Micro Electro Mechanical Systems. Tiny mechanical devices that are built onto semiconductor chips and are measured in micrometers.

Microcontroller

 

A microprocessor combined with memory and interface integrated on a single circuit and intended to operate as an embedded system.

Micron

 

A metric unit of linear measure which equals one millionth of a meter. A human hair is about 100 microns in diameter.

MIFARE

 

Trademarked name, owned by NXP, for the most widely used contactless smart card, or proximity card, technology, for payment in transportation systems.

Mixed-signal

 

The mixed-signal part of an application solution refers to the devices and sub-system solutions that translate real world analog signals and phenomena such as radio frequency communication and power signals, sound, light, temperature, pressure, acceleration, humidity and chemical characteristics into digital or power signals that can be fed into the central microprocessing or storage devices at the heart of an application system solution

MMIC

 

Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit. A type of integrated circuit device that operates at microwave frequencies.

MOS

 

Metal Oxide Semiconductor. A metal insulator semiconductor structure in which the insulating layer is an oxide of the substrate material.

MOSFET

 

Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor. A device used for amplifying or switching electronic signals.

Nanometer

 

A metric unit of linear measure which equals one billionth of a meter. There are 1,000 nanometers in 1 micron.

Near field communication

 

A technology which allows devices to establish a secure point-to-point wireless connection at very close ranges (within several centimeters), and which is being increasingly adopted in mobile devices and point-of-sale terminals or other devices.

ODM

 

Original Design Manufacturer. A company which manufactures a product which ultimately will be branded by another firm for sale.

OEM

 

Original Equipment Manufacturer. A manufacturer that designs and manufactures its products for the end consumer market.

Power MOS

 

A specific type of metal oxide semiconductor designed to handle large amounts of power.

 

171

---

Table of Contents

Power scaling

 

Design technique used to increase output power without changing the geometry, shape, or principle of operation.

Process technologies

 

The technologies used in front-end processes to convert raw silicon wafers into finished wafers containing hundreds or thousands of chips.

Rectifier

 

An electrical device that converts alternating current to direct current.

RF

 

Radio Frequency. A high frequency used in telecommunications. The term radio frequency refers to alternating current having characteristics such that, if the current is input to an antenna, an electromagnetic (EM) field is generated suitable for wireless broadcasting and/or communications.

Radio Frequency Identification

 

An RF chip used for identification.

Semiconductors

 

Generic term for devices such as transistors and integrated circuits that control the flow of electrical signals. The most common semiconductor material for use in integrated circuits is silicon.

SiGe

 

Silicon Germanium. A semiconductor material made from a blend of silicon and germanium.

Silicon

 

A type of semiconducting material used to make wafers. Silicon is widely used in the semiconductor industry as a base material.

Silicon tuners

 

Semiconductor devices for receiving broadcast television signals. Silicon tuners are expected to displace mechanical CAN tuners as the dominant technology in television receivers.

SIM

 

Subscriber Identity Module. A smart card that stores the key identifying a cellular phone service subscriber and related information.

Solid State Lighting

 

A type of lighting that uses semiconductor light-emitting diodes (LEDs), organic light-emitting diodes (OLED), or polymer light-emitting diodes (PLED) as sources of illumination rather than electrical filaments, plasma or gas.

SPI

 

Serial Peripheral Interface Bus. A synchronous serial data link standard that operates in full duplex mode.

SS MOS

 

Small signal power discrete including a metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor.

SS Diode

 

Small signal discrete that allows current to flow in one direction only.

SS Transistor

 

A small signal transistor.

Substrate

 

The base material made from silicon on which an integrated circuit is printed.

Telematics

 

The science of sending, receiving and storing information via telecommunication devices.

Thyristor

 

A four-layer semiconductor that is often used for handling large amounts of electrical power.

UART

 

Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter. An integrated circuit used for serial communications over a computer or peripheral device serial port.

USB

 

Universal Serial Bus. A standard that provides a serial bus standard for connecting devices, usually to a computer.

 

172

---

Table of Contents

VoIP

 

Voice over Internet Protocol. The routing of voice conversations over the internet or any other internet protocol based network.

WACC

 

Weighted Average Cost of Capital. A calculation of a company’s cost of capital in which each category of capital is proportionally weighted.

Wafer

 

A disk made of a semiconducting material, such as silicon, usually either 100, 125, 150, 200 or 300 millimeters in diameter, used to form the substrate of a chip. A finished wafer may contain several thousand chips.

White goods

 

A term which refers to large household appliances such as refrigerators, stoves, dishwashers and other similar items.

Yield

 

The ratio of the number of usable products to the total number of manufactured products.

 

173

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements and related schedules, together with reports of independent registered public accounting firms thereon, are filed as part of this annual report:

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, KPMG Accountants N.V.			F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Deloitte Accountants B.V.			F-3
Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December  31, 2008 (audited by Deloitte Accountants B.V.), 2009 and 2010			F-4
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December  31, 2008 (audited by Deloitte Accountants B.V.), 2009 and 2010			F-5
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2010			F-6
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December  31, 2008 (audited by Deloitte Accountants B.V.), 2009 and 2010			F-7
Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December  31, 2008 (audited by Deloitte Accountants B.V.), 2009 and 2010			F-9
Notes to the consolidated financial statements			F-10

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of NXP Semiconductors N.V.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NXP Semiconductors N.V. and subsidiaries (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in equity for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG Accountants N.V.

Amstelveen, the Netherlands

March 9, 2011

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of NXP Semiconductors N.V.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. and subsidiaries (the “Company”). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements, present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of NXP Semiconductors N.V. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the disclosures in the accompanying 2008 financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted for the “Reverse stock split”, which is as of August 2, 2010.

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the disclosures in the accompanying 2008 financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted for the effect of presenting the Company’s interest in Sound Solutions as discontinued operations, which is as of March 9, 2011.

/s/ Deloitte Accountants B.V.

Amsterdam, the Netherlands, April 16, 2010 (except as to Note 1, under paragraph Reverse stock split, which is as of August 2, 2010, Note 1, under paragraph Adjustments, which is as of March 9, 2011 and Note 3, which is as of March 9, 2011)

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

Consolidated statements of operations of NXP Semiconductors N.V.

 

				For the years ended December 31
		($ in millions unless otherwise stated)		2008				2009				2010
		Revenues			5,104				3,519				4,402
		Cost of revenues			(3,958	)			(2,621	)			(2,579	)
		Gross profit			1,146				898				1,823
		Research and development expenses			(1,187	)			(764	)			(568	)
		Write-off of acquired in-process research and development			(26	)			—				—
		Selling expenses			(394	)			(271	)			(265	)
		General and administrative expenses:
		Impairment of goodwill			(430	)			—				—
		Impairment of other intangibles			(284	)			—				—
		Impairment of assets held for sale			—				(69	)			—
		Other general and administrative expenses			(1,103	)			(712	)			(701	)
		Other income (expense)			(365	)			(13	)			(16	)
6,7		Operating income (loss)			(2,643	)			(931	)			273
8		Financial income (expense):
		Extinguishment of debt			—				1,020				57
		Other financial income (expense)			(614	)			(338	)			(685	)
		Income (loss) before income taxes			(3,257	)			(249	)			(355	)
9		Provision for income taxes			(42	)			(10	)			(24	)
		Income (loss) after income taxes			(3,299	)			(259	)			(379	)
10		Results relating to equity-accounted investees			(268	)			74				(86	)
		Income (loss) from continuing operations			(3,567	)			(185	)			(465	)
3		Income (loss) on discontinued operations, net of tax			36				32				59
		Net income (loss)			(3,531	)			(153	)			(406	)
		Attribution of net income (loss) for the period:
		Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders			(3,557	)			(167	)			(456	)
11		Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests			26				14				50
		Net income (loss)			(3,531	)			(153	)			(406	)
12		Earnings per share data(1):
		Net income (loss) per common share in $:
		Basic and diluted income (loss) from continuing operations			(19.79	)			(0.86	)			(2.03	)
		Basic and diluted income (loss) from discontinued operations			0.20				0.15				0.26
		Basic and diluted net income (loss)			(19.59	)			(0.71	)			(1.77	)
		Basic and diluted net income (loss) attributable to stockholders			(19.74	)			(0.78	)			(1.99	)
		Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares of common stock used in computing per share amounts (in thousands)			180,210				215,252				229,280

 

(1)	As adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-20 reverse stock split as discussed in note 1.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

 

		For the years ended December 31
($ in millions unless otherwise stated)		2008				2009				2010
Net income (loss)			(3,531	)			(153	)			(406	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities			6				—				—
Recognition funded status pension benefit plan			(38	)			19				(20	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments			215				76				160
Reclassifications into income			—				(78	)			(2	)
Income tax on net current period changes			7				(4	)			1
Total comprehensive income (loss)			(3,341	)			(140	)			(267	)
Attribution of comprehensive income (loss) for the period:
Income (loss) attributable to stockholders			(3,367	)			(154	)			(317	)
Income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests			26				14				50
Total net comprehensive income (loss)			(3,341	)			(140	)			(267	)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

Consolidated balance sheets of NXP Semiconductors N.V.

 

				As of December 31
		($ in millions unless otherwise stated)		2009								2010
		Assets
		Current assets
35		Cash and cash equivalents							1,026								898
13,33		Receivables:
		Accounts receivable—net			393								396
		Other receivables			55								42
									448								438
14		Assets held for sale							144								48
3		Current assets of discontinued operations							103								110
15		Inventories							522								513
9,16		Other current assets							270								129
		Total current assets							2,513								2,136
		Non-current assets
10		Investments in equity-accounted investees							43								132
17		Other non-current financial assets							35								19
3		Non-current assets of discontinued operations							297								266
9,18		Other non-current assets							85								135
19,30		Property, plant and equipment:
		At cost			2,301								2,139
		Less accumulated depreciation			(973	)							(975	)
									1,328								1,164
20		Intangible assets excluding goodwill:
		At cost			3,202								2,928
		Less accumulated amortization			(1,316	)							(1,442	)
									1,886								1,486
21		Goodwill							2,392								2,299
		Total non-current assets							6,066								5,501
		Total assets							8,579								7,637
		Liabilities and equity
		Current liabilities
33		Accounts payable							556								593
14		Liabilities held for sale							2								21
3		Current liabilities of discontinued operations							64								60
22		Accrued liabilities							666								461
9,23,24,25,31		Short-term provisions							268								95
26		Other current liabilities							87								95
27		Short-term debt							610								423
		Total current liabilities							2,253								1,748
		Non-current liabilities
28,30		Long-term debt							4,673								4,128
9,23,24,25,31		Long-term provisions							423								415
3		Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations							30								20
29		Other non-current liabilities							159								107
		Total non-current liabilities							5,285								4,670
30,31		Contractual obligations and contingent liabilities
		Equity
11		Non-controlling interests							198								233
32		Stockholders’ equity:
		Common stock, par value €0.20 per share(1):
		Authorized: 430,503,000 shares (2009: 430,503,000 shares)			—
		Issued: 250,751,500 shares (2009: 215,251,500 shares)			42								51
		Capital in excess of par value			5,555								6,006
		Accumulated deficit			(5,153	)							(5,609	)
		Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)			399								538
		Total Stockholder’s equity							843								986
		Total equity							1,041								1,219
		Total liabilities and equity							8,579								7,637

 

(1)	As adjusted for the impact of the 1-for-20 reverse stock split as discussed in note 1.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

Consolidated statements of cash flows of NXP Semiconductors N.V.

 

		For the years ended December 31
($ in millions)		2008				2009				2010
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)			(3,531	)			(153	)			(406	)
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax			(36	)			(32	)			(59	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(3,567	)			(185	)			(465	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			1,184				818				684
Write-off of in-process research and development			26				—				—
Impairment goodwill and other intangibles			714				—				—
Impairment assets held for sale			—				69				—
Net (gain) loss on sale of assets			369				(58	)			21
Gain on extinguishment of debt			—				(1,045	)			(57	)
Results relating to equity-accounted investees			268				—				86
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests			(19	)			(29	)			(2	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in receivables and other current assets			173				(66	)			109
(Increase) decrease in inventories			144				31				8
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities			(343	)			(194	)			(117	)
Decrease (increase) in other non-current assets			254				105				(157	)
Increase (decrease) in provisions			20				(178	)			(120	)
Other items			120				2				369
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities			(657	)			(730	)			359
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of intangible assets			(36	)			(8	)			(7	)
Capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment			(356	)			(92	)			(258	)
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment			61				21				31
Proceeds from disposals of assets held for sale			130				—				8
Proceeds from the sale of securities			—				20				—
Purchase of other non-current financial assets			(14	)			(2	)			(2	)
Proceeds from the sale of other non-current financial assets			10				1				27
Purchase of interests in businesses			(198	)			—				(8	)
Proceeds from (cash payments related to) sale of interests in businesses			1,449				123				(60	)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities			1,046				63				(269	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net (repayments) borrowings of short-term debt			(4	)			7				8
Amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility			400				400				—
Repayments under the revolving credit facility			—				(200	)			(200	)
Repurchase of long-term debt			—				(286	)			(1,383	)
Net proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt			—				—				974
Principal payments on long-term debt			—				(1	)			(2	)
Capital repayments to non-controlling interests			(78	)			—				—
Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock			—				—				448
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities			318				(80	)			(155	)
Net cash provided by (used for) continuing operations			707				(747	)			(65	)
Cash flows from discontinued operations:
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities			35				(15	)			10
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities			(31	)			15				(17	)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities			(2	)			—				2
Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations			2				—				(5	)
Net cash provided by (used for) continuing and discontinued operations			709				(747	)			(70	)
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash positions			46				(8	)			(63	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			755				(755	)			(133	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period			1,041				1,796				1,041
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period			1,796				1,041				908
Less cash and cash equivalents at end of period-discontinued operations			15				15				10
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period-continuing operations			1,781				1,026				898

For a number of reasons, principally the effects of translation differences and consolidation changes, certain items in the statements of cash flows do not correspond to the differences between the balance sheet amounts for the respective items.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

Consolidated statements of cash flows of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

 

 

				For the years ended December 31
		($ in millions)		2008				2009				2010
		Supplemental disclosures to the consolidated statements of cash flows
		Net cash paid during the period for:
		Interest			483				391				278
		Income taxes			84				50				19
		Net gain (loss) on sale of assets:
		Cash proceeds from the sale of assets			1,650				165				6
		Book value of these assets			(2,172	)			(159	)			(142	)
		Non-cash gains (losses)			153				52				115
					(369	)			58				(21	)
		Non-cash investing information:
36		Assets received in lieu of cash from the sale of businesses:
		Trident shares			—				—				177
		Virage Logic shares/options			—				15				—
		ST-NXP Wireless JV			341				—				—
		Others			13				5				—
		Other items:
		Other items consist of the following non-cash elements in income:
		Exchange differences			87				(39	)			353
		Share-based compensation			27				28				12
		Value adjustments/impairment financial assets			38				—				(4	)
		Non-cash tax benefit against goodwill			(29	)			—				—
		Non-cash tax expense against other intangibles			—				5				—
		Non-cash interest cost due to applying effective interest method			—				8				15
		Others			(3	)			—				(7	)
					120				2				369

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

Consolidated statements of changes in equity of NXP Semiconductors N.V.

 

														Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
($ in millions)		Common stock				Capital in excess of par value				Accumulated deficit				Currency translation differences				Unrealized gain (loss) on available- for-sale securities				Unrecognized net periodic pension cost				Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges				Total accum. other compr. income				Total stock- holders equity				Non- controlling interests				Total equity
Balance as of December 31, 2007			133				5,409				(1,429	)			148				—				48				—				196				4,309				257				4,566
Net income (loss)											(3,557	)																							(3,557	)			26				(3,531	)
Components of other comprehensive income:
—Recognition of funded status pension benefit plan																							(38	)							(38	)			(38	)							(38	)
—Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities																			6												6				6								6
—Foreign currency translation adjustments															215																215				215								215
—Income tax on current period changes																							7								7				7								7
Restructuring of share capital			(91	)			91																												—								—
Share-based compensation plans							27	(1)																											27								27
Dividends distributed																																							(19	)			(19	)
Capital repayment																																							(78	)			(78	)
Changes in participations																																							27				27
Balance as of December 31, 2008			42				5,527				(4,986	)			363				6				17				—				386				969				213				1,182
Net income (loss)											(167	)																							(167	)			14				(153	)
Components of other comprehensive income:
—Recognition of funded status pension benefit plan																							19								19				19								19
—Foreign currency translation adjustments															76																76				76								76
—Reclassifications into income															(72	)			(6	)											(78	)			(78	)							(78	)
—Income tax on current period changes																							(4	)							(4	)			(4	)							(4	)
Share-based compensation plans							28																												28								28
Dividends distributed																																							(29	)			(29	)
Balance as of December 31, 2009			42				5,555				(5,153	)			367				—				32				—				399				843				198				1,041
Net income (loss)											(456	)																							(456	)			50				(406	)
Components of other comprehensive income:
—Recognition of funded status pension benefit plan																							(20	)							(20	)			(20	)							(20	)
—Foreign currency translation adjustments															160																160				160								160
—Reclassifications into income															(2	)															(2	)			(2	)							(2	)
—Income tax on current period changes																							1								1				1								1
Share-based compensation plans							12																												12								12
Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock			9				439																												448								448
Dividends distributed																																							(2	)			(2	)
Changes in participations																																							(13	)			(13	)
Balance as of December 31, 2010			51				6,006				(5,609	)			525				—				13				—				538				986				233				1,219

 

(1)	The total charge in 2008 for share-based compensation plans amounted to $35 million, offset by $8 million relating to the liability arising from transfer of employees to the new established ST-NXP Wireless joint-venture.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

1 Introduction

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NXP Semiconductors N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including NXP B.V.

NXP Semiconductors N.V. (the ‘Company’ or ‘NXP’) is a holding company, whose only material assets are the direct ownership of 100% of the shares of NXP B.V., which provides leading High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products solutions that leverages application insight and technology and manufacturing expertise in radio frequency, analog, power management, interface, security and digital processing products. NXP’s product solutions are used in a wide range of automotive, identification, wireless infrastructure, lighting, industrial, mobile, consumer and computing applications. The Company headquarters are in the Netherlands. In its current form, NXP was established on September 29, 2006, when Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (“Philips”) sold 80.1% of its semiconductor business (with over 50 years of innovation and operating history) to a consortium of private equity investors (the “Private Equity Consortium”) in a multi-step transaction. In order to carry out this transaction, Philips transferred 100% of its semiconductor business to a separate legal entity, being NXP B.V., on September 28, 2006. Subsequently, on September 29, 2006, all of the issued and outstanding shares of NXP B.V. were then acquired by the Company. We refer to this multi-step transaction as the “Formation”.

At the time of the Formation, the Company was called KASLION Acquisition B.V., a Dutch private company with limited liability. On May 21, 2010, the Company converted into a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap) and changed its name to NXP Semiconductors N.V. In August 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering and since then has been listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “NXPI”.

Reverse stock split

In connection with the IPO, the Company amended its Articles of Association on August 2, 2010 in order to effect a 1-for-20 reverse stock split of its shares of common stock. As a consequence, the number of shares outstanding has been adjusted retrospectively to reflect the reverse stock-split in all periods presented. Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding and earnings per share have been adjusted retrospectively to reflect the reverse stock split in all periods presented. Also, the exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable under the Company’s share based compensation plans were proportionately adjusted retrospectively to reflect the reverse stock split. In addition, authorized and issued share capital has been adjusted retrospectively to reflect the reverse stock split.

The effect of the 1-for-20 reverse stock split of our shares of common stock is reflected in the table below:

 

		Before stock split				After stock split
		December 31, 2009				December 31, 2009				December 31, 2010
Number of common shares outstanding before issuance of new shares			4,305,030,000				215,251,500				215,251,500
Issuance of new shares from IPO			—				—				34,000,000
Issuance of new shares for equity incentive plan			—				—				1,500,000
Number of common shares outstanding at the end of the period			4,305,030,000				215,251,500				250,751,500

Conversion

In addition to the reverse stock split, the Company has also amended its Articles of Association in order to convert a certain percentage of previously authorized common stock to preferred stock. Including the shares

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

issued upon the public offering in August 2010 and the shares of common stock issued in view of a new equity incentive plan in November 2010, the final result is that the stock capital of the Company as of December 31, 2010 consists of 1,076,257,500 authorized shares, including 430,503,000 authorized shares of common stock (of which 250,751,500 are issued), as well as 645,754,500 authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.

Accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (US GAAP). Historical cost is used as the measurement basis unless otherwise indicated.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reporting currency

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company changed its reporting currency from Euro to U.S. dollars in order to better align with the rest of the semiconductor market and to permit easier comparison with the financial results of its peers.

The financial statements have been restated for all periods prior to 2008 to reflect the change in reporting currency on a consistent basis. For restating the historical financial statements from euro to U.S. dollars, the Company has applied the process described in the accounting policies.

The functional currency of the Company and the various entities within the NXP Group were not changed as a result of the change in reporting currency.

Segment reporting

In compliance with FASB ASC Topic 280 “Segment Reporting”, as from January 1, 2010 four segments are distinguished as business segments. The Company is structured in two market-oriented business segments: High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Standard Products, which each represent a reportable operating segment. The two other reportable segments are Manufacturing Operations and Corporate and Other.

Adjustments to previously reported financial statements

Amounts previously reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 have been adjusted to correct immaterial errors in the application of functional currency to certain intangible assets and goodwill recorded in conjunction with certain business combinations. These adjustments affecting the consolidated balance sheet are set out in the table hereafter.

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Consolidated balance sheet for the period ending December 31, 2009:

 

($ in millions)		As originally reported				Adjustments				As reported before discontinued operations				Discontinued operations				As currently reported
Intangible assets excluding goodwill			2,006				(55	)			1,951				(65	)			1,886
Goodwill			2,621				(39	)			2,582				(190	)			2,392
Total non-current assets			6,160				(94	)			6,066								6,066
Total assets			8,673				(94	)			8,579								8,579
Long-term provisions			(460	)			7				(453	)			30				(423	)
Total non-current liabilities			(5,292	)			7				(5,285	)							(5,285	)
Accumulated deficit			5,219				(66	)			5,153								5,153
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)			(552	)			153				(399	)							(399	)
Total stockholders’ equity			(930	)			87				(843	)							(843	)
Total liabilities and equity			(8,673	)			94				(8,579	)							(8,579	)

As a result of correcting the application of functional currency to certain intangible assets, a portion of the currency translation movements resulted in lower amortization expenses in the prior periods. As a result, the following line items affecting the consolidated statements of operations have been corrected for these immaterial errors:

Consolidated statement of operations:

 

		2009
($ in millions)		As originally reported				Adjustments				As reported before discontinued operations				Discontinued operations				As currently reported
General and administrative expense			(803	)			8				(795	)			14				(781	)
Provision for income taxes			(17	)			—				(17	)			7				(10	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(161	)			8				(153	)			(32	)			(185	)
Basic earnings per share data:
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(0.75	)			0.04				(0.71	)			(0.15	)			(0.86	)

 

		2008
($ in millions)		As originally reported				Adjustments				As reported before discontinued operations				Discontinued operations				As currently reported
General and administrative expense			(1,875	)			43				(1,832	)			15				(1,817	)
Provision for income taxes			(46	)			—				(46	)			4				(42	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(3,574	)			43				(3,531	)			(36	)			(3,567	)
Basic earnings per share data:
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(19.83	)			0.24				(19.59	)			(0.20	)			(19.79	)

The per share data of income (loss) from discontinued operations of 2008 and 2009 is not affected by the prior period adjustments.

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

2 Significant accounting policies and new standards after 2010

Principles for consolidated financial statements

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company together with its consolidated subsidiaries and all entities in which the Company holds a direct or indirect controlling interest, in such a way that the Company would have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb the losses or the right to receive benefits of the entity that could be potentially significant to the Company.

All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Net income (loss) includes the portion of the earnings of subsidiaries applicable to non-controlling interests. The income (loss) and equity attributable to non-controlling interests are disclosed separately in the consolidated statements of operations and in the consolidated balance sheets under noncontrolling interests.

Investments in equity-accounted investees

Investments in companies in which the Company does not have the ability to directly or indirectly control the financial and operating decisions, but does possess the ability to exert significant influence, are accounted for using the equity method. Generally, in the absence of demonstrable proof of significant influence, it is presumed to exist if at least 20% of the voting stock is owned. The Company’s share of the net income of these companies is included in results relating to equity-accounted investees in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company recognizes an impairment loss when an other-than-temporary decline in the value of an investment occurs.

When its share of losses exceeds the carrying amount of an investment accounted for by the equity method, the carrying amount of that investment is reduced to zero and recognition of further losses is discontinued unless the Company has guaranteed obligations of the investee or is otherwise committed to provide further financial support for the investee.

Accounting for capital transactions of a subsidiary or an equity-accounted investee

Until 2009 the Company’s policy was to recognize in income dilution gains or losses arising from the sale or issuance of stock by a subsidiary that is included in the consolidated financial statements or an unconsolidated entity which is accounted for using the equity method of accounting in the consolidated statement of operations, unless the Company or the subsidiary either has reacquired or plans to reacquire such shares. In such instances, the result of the transaction was recorded directly in equity. Following the adoption on January 1, 2009 of SFAS No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements: an amendment of ARB No. 51” which has subsequently been included in ASC 810, the Company recognizes for transactions occurring after December 31, 2008 dilution gains or losses related to changes in ownership of consolidated entities directly in equity. In case of loss of control of the subsidiary following such transaction the dilution gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. In accordance with ASC 323-10, paragraph 40-1, any dilution gain or loss related to entities in which the Company has a non-controlling interest is recognized in the statement of operations.

Dilution gains or losses are presented in the consolidated statement of operations in the line item other income and expense upon loss of control of subsidiaries in accordance with ASC 810. Dilution gains and losses related to equity-accounted investees are presented in the line item results relating to equity-accounted investees.

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Foreign currencies

The Company uses the U.S. dollar as its reporting currency. For consolidation purposes, the financial statements of the entities within the Company with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, are translated into U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities are translated using the exchange rates on the applicable balance sheet dates. Income and expense items in the statements of operations and cash flows are translated at monthly exchange rates in the periods involved.

The effects of translating the financial position and results of operations from functional currencies are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholder’s equity. Cumulative translation adjustments are recognized as income or expense upon partial or complete disposal or substantially complete liquidation of a foreign entity.

The following table sets out the exchange rates for euros into US dollars applicable for translation of NXP’s financial statements for the periods specified.

 

		$1 per €
		period end				average(1)				high				low
2008			1.4061				1.4768				1.2749				1.5801
2009			1.4402				1.3978				1.2683				1.4916
2010			1.3370				1.3326				1.2183				1.4402

 

(1)	The average rates are the accumulated average rates based on monthly quotations.

The functional currency of foreign entities is generally the local currency, unless the primary economic environment requires the use of another currency. When foreign entities conduct their business in economies considered to be highly inflationary, they record transactions in the Company’s reporting currency instead of their local currency. Gains and losses arising from the translation or settlement of non-functional currency-denominated transactions, monetary assets and liabilities into the functional currency are recognized in income in the period in which they arise. However, currency differences on intercompany loans that have the nature of a permanent investment are accounted for as translation differences as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within equity.

Derivative financial instruments

The Company uses derivative financial instruments principally in the management of its foreign currency risks.

The Company measures all derivative financial instruments based on fair values derived from market prices of the instruments or from option pricing models, as appropriate, and records these as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet. Changes in the fair values are immediately recognized in the statement of operations unless cash flow hedge accounting is applied.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item.

The Company formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions and for which cash flow hedge accounting is applied, are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. When it is established that a derivative is not highly

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur within a period of two months from the originally forecasted transaction date, the Company continues to carry the derivative on the consolidated balance sheets at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are recognized immediately in earnings.

In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the Company continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, and recognizes any changes in its fair value in earnings. The application of cash flow hedge accounting for foreign currency risks is limited to transactions that represent a substantial currency risk that could materially affect the financial position of the Company. Consequently, the application of cash flow hedge accounting seldom occurs.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at acquisition that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash. It also includes cash balances that cannot be freely repatriated. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at face value.

Receivables

Receivables are carried at face value, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. As soon as trade accounts receivable can no longer be collected in the normal way and are expected to result in a loss, they are designated as doubtful trade accounts receivable and valued at the expected collectible amounts. They are written off when they are deemed to be uncollectible because of bankruptcy or other forms of receivership of the debtors.

The allowance for doubtful trade accounts receivable takes into account objective evidence about credit-risk concentration, collective debt risk based on average historical losses, and specific circumstances such as serious adverse economic conditions in a specific country or region.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, less advance payments on work in progress. The cost of inventories comprises all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. The costs of conversion of inventories include direct labor and fixed and variable production overheads, taking into account the stage of completion. The cost of inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. An allowance is made for the estimated losses due to obsolescence. This allowance is determined for groups of products based on purchases in the recent past and/or expected future demand. Abnormal amounts of idle facility expense and waste are not capitalized in inventory. The allocation of fixed production overheads to the inventory cost is based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.

Other non-current financial assets

Other non-current financial assets include available-for-sale securities and cost-method investments.

The Company classifies its investment in equity securities that have readily determinable fair values based on quoted market prices as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded in other comprehensive income in equity. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

separate component of other comprehensive income until realized. Fair value measurement is based on quoted market prices for the assets. If these are not available, the Company uses other observable inputs, such as quoted market prices for similar assets.

Lacking also that information, the Company uses unobservable inputs such as discounted projected cash flows. Available-for-sale securities that are contractually restricted from sale for a period longer than 1 year are accounted for by the cost method without changes in fair value being reflected in their measurement unless they are other than temporarily impaired in which case the impairment loss is charged to earnings. Similarly, restricted equity securities obtained as payment from the acquirer upon disposal of product lines are accounted for under the cost method. NXP recognizes in nonmonetary transactions initially the fair value of the assets surrendered or received, whichever is more reliably determinable, as consideration for acquired equity securities, as its interest in the acquirer at transaction date, which is the new cost basis going forward.

Impairments of financial assets

A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. The Company assesses its long-term investments accounted for as available-for-sale on a quarterly basis to determine whether declines in market value below cost are other-than-temporary, in which case the cost basis for the individual security is reduced and a loss realized in the period in which it occurs. When the decline is determined to be temporary, the unrealized loses are included in other comprehensive income.

If objective evidence indicates that cost-method investments need to be tested for impairment, calculations are based on information derived from business plans and other information available for estimating their fair value.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Assets constructed by the Company include direct costs, overheads and interest charges incurred during the construction period. Government investment grants are deducted from the cost of the related asset. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected economic life of the asset. Depreciation of special tooling is also based on the straight-line method unless a depreciation method other than the straight-line method better represents the consumption pattern. Gains and losses on the sale of property, plant and equipment are included in other income and expense. Costs related to repair and maintenance activities are expensed in the period in which they are incurred unless leading to an extension of the original lifetime or capacity. Plant and equipment under capital leases are initially recorded at the present value of minimum lease payments. These assets and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

The Company recognizes the fair value of an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred based on discounted projected cash flows in the absence of other observable inputs such as quoted prices, while an equal amount is capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset and subsequently depreciated over the useful life of the asset.

Leases

The Company leases various office space and equipment. Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are recognized in the statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Leases in which the Company has substantially all the risk and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the lease obligation. The lease obligations are included in other current and other non-current liabilities. The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the assets and the lease term.

Goodwill

The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with the provisions of ASC 805-30. Accordingly, goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or whenever impairment indicators require so. Previously, the Company carried out the annual impairment test in the third quarter. Due to changes in the Company’s internal forecasting process in 2010, it was determined to be preferable to move the annual test to the fourth quarter. In order to comply with the ASC 805 requirement of testing goodwill for impairment at least once in every 12 month period, the goodwill impairment test was initially carried out in the third quarter of 2010. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010, the impairment test is annually executed in the fourth quarter of each financial year.

An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the asset’s implied fair value. This determination is made at the business operating segment level, which is for the Company the reporting unit level in accordance with ASC 805, and consists of two steps. First, the Company determines the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including the goodwill and intangible assets, to the reporting units. Furthermore, the Company determines the fair value of each reporting unit and compares it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company performs the second step of the impairment test. In the second step, the Company compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets (recognized and unrecognized) and liabilities of the reporting unit in a manner similar to acquisition accounting in a business combination. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The Company generally determines the fair value of the reporting units based on discounted projected cash flows in the absence of other observable inputs such as quoted prices.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets (other than goodwill) arising from acquisitions are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated economic lives. Remaining useful lives are evaluated every year to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. The Company considers renewal and extension options in determining the useful life. However, based on experience the Company concluded that these assets have no extension or renewal possibilities. There are currently no intangible assets with indefinite lives. Until 2009, in-process research and development with no alternative use was written off immediately upon acquisition. As from 2009 upon adoption of SFAS 141(R) “Business Combinations—Revised” as per January 1, 2009, which has been codified in ASC 350-30, in-process R&D is capitalized and indefinitely lived until completion or abandonment of the associated R&D efforts. The indefinitely lived assets are not amortized but tested annually for impairment until the completion or abandonment, upon which the assets are amortized over their remaining useful lives. Patents, trademarks and other intangible assets acquired from third parties are capitalized at cost and amortized over their remaining useful lives.

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Certain costs relating to the development and purchase of software for internal use are capitalized and subsequently amortized over the estimated useful life of the software in conformity with ASC 350-40.

Impairment or disposal of intangible assets other than goodwill and tangible fixed assets

The Company accounts for intangible and tangible fixed assets in accordance with the provisions of ASC 360. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset with future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. The Company determines the fair value based on discounted projected cash flows. The review for impairment is carried out at the level where discrete cash flows occur that are largely independent of other cash flows in the absence of other observable inputs such as quoted prices. For the Manufacturing Operations segment, the review of impairment of long-lived assets is carried out on a Company-wide basis, as Manufacturing Operations is the shared manufacturing base for the other business segments with, for this purpose, no discrete cash flows that are largely independent of other cash flows. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell.

Non-current assets held for sale and disposal groups

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. For this to be the case the asset (or disposal group) must be available for immediate sale in its present condition and the sale must be highly probable. For the sale to be highly probable, (i) the appropriate level of management must be committed to a plan to sell the asset, (ii) an active program to locate a buyer and complete the plan must be initiated, (iii) the asset must be actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value, (iv) the sale should generally be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification and (v) actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of the asset’s carrying amount and the fair value less costs to sell. The Company determines the fair value based on discounted projected cash flows in the absence of other observable inputs such as quoted prices. Depreciation or amortization of an asset ceases when it is classified as held for sale, or included within a disposal group that is classified as held for sale.

Discontinued operations

A discontinued operation is a component of the Company that either has been disposed of, or that is classified as held for sale, and: (i) represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations that can be clearly distinguished from the rest of the Company in terms of operations and cash flows or (ii) is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations. Generally, a major line of business is a segment or business unit. Discontinued operations are carried at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell. The Company determines the fair value based on discounted projected cash flows in the absence of other observable inputs such as quoted prices. Results from discontinued operations until the date of disposal are presented separately as a single amount in the consolidated statements of operations together with any gain or loss from disposal. Results from operations qualifying as discontinued

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

operations as of the balance sheet date for the latest period presented, that have previously been presented as results from continuing operations, are re-presented as results from discontinued operations for all periods presented. The financial information of discontinued operations is excluded from the respective captions in the consolidated financial statements and related notes for all years presented.

Research and development

Costs of research and development are expensed in the period in which they are incurred, except for In-process research and development assets acquired in a business combinations since 2009, which are capitalized and after completion are amortized over their useful lives.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed when incurred.

Provisions and accruals

The Company recognizes provisions for liabilities and probable losses that have been incurred as of the consolidated balance sheet dates and for which the amount is uncertain but can be reasonably estimated.

Provisions of a long-term nature are stated at present value when the amount and timing of related cash payments are fixed or reliably determinable unless discounting is prohibited under US GAAP. Short-term provisions are stated at face value.

The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. Additionally, the Company accrues for certain costs such as compensation and benefits for employees directly involved in the remediation activities. Measurement of liabilities is based on current legal requirements and existing technology. Liabilities and expected insurance recoveries, if any, are recorded separately. The carrying amount of liabilities is regularly reviewed and adjusted for new facts or changes in law or technology.

Restructuring

The provision for restructuring relates to the estimated costs of initiated reorganizations that have been approved by the Management Team, and which involve the realignment of certain parts of the industrial and commercial organization.

When such reorganizations require discontinuance and/or closure of lines of activities, the anticipated costs of closure or discontinuance are included in restructuring provisions only when the liability is incurred in accordance with ASC 420-10-25. The liability is initially measured at fair value. The Company determines the fair value based on discounted projected cash flows in the absence of other observable inputs such as quoted prices.

These liabilities, in as far as related to one-time employee termination benefits are recognized, in accordance with ASC 420-10-25, ratably over the future service period when those employees are required to render services to the Company, if that period exceeds 60 days or a longer legal notification period.

However, generally employee termination benefits are covered by a contract or an ongoing benefit arrangement and are recognized in accordance with ASC 712-10-15 when it is probable that the employees will be entitled to the benefits and the amounts can be reasonably estimated.

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Guarantees

The Company complies with ASC 460-10-55. In accordance with this ASC “Guarantees”, the Company recognizes, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability at the fair value of the obligation incurred, for guarantees within the scope of the recognition criteria. The Company determines the fair value based on either quoted prices for similar guarantees or discounted projected cash flows, whichever is available.

Debt and other liabilities

Debt and other liabilities, other than provisions, are stated at amortized cost. Debt issue costs are not expensed immediately but are reported as deferred charges and subsequently amortized over the term of the debt using the effective interest rate method. Unless the exchange would meet the criteria for troubled debt restructuring, debt that has been exchanged for other debt is initially measured at fair value in accordance with the provisions of ASC 470-50. Any gain or loss resulting from the exchange and adjusted for the unamortized portion of debt issue costs for the exchanged debt is immediately recognized in the statement of operations on the line item “Financial income (expense)”. The Company determines the fair value based on quoted prices for the instruments or quoted prices for similar instruments. In the rare cases that such observable inputs are not available the Company determines the fair value based on discounted projected cash flows.

Loans that are hedged under a fair value hedge are remeasured for the changes in the fair value that are attributable to the risk that is being hedged.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from made-to-order sales to Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEMs”) and similar customers. The Company’s revenues are also derived from sales to distributors.

The Company applies the guidance in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) Topic 13 ‘Revenue Recognition’ and recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or the service has been provided, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured, based on the terms and conditions of the sales contract. For made-to-order sales, these criteria are met at the time the product is shipped and delivered to the customer and title and risk have passed to the customer. Examples of delivery conditions typically meeting these criteria are ‘Free on board point of delivery’ and ‘Costs, insurance paid point of delivery’. Generally, the point of delivery is the customer’s warehouse. Acceptance of the product by the customer is generally not contractually required, since, for made-to-order customers, design approval occurs before manufacturing and subsequently delivery follows without further acceptance protocols. Payment terms used are those that are customary in the particular geographic market. When management has established that all aforementioned conditions for revenue recognition have been met and no further post-shipment obligations exist, revenue is recognized.

For sales to distributors, the same recognition principles apply and similar terms and conditions as for sales to other customers are applied. However, for some distributors contractual arrangements are in place, which allow these distributors to return products if certain conditions are met. These conditions generally relate to the time period during which return is allowed and reflect customary conditions in the particular geographic market. Other return conditions relate to circumstances arising at the end of a product life cycle, when certain distributors are permitted to return products purchased during a pre-defined period after the Company has announced a product’s pending discontinuance. Long notice periods associated with these announcements prevent significant amounts of product from being returned, however. Repurchase agreements with OEMs or distributors are not entered into by the Company.

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

For sales where return rights exist, the Company has determined, based on historical data, that only a very small percentage of the sales to this type of distributors is actually returned. In accordance with these historical data, a pro rata portion of the sales to these distributors is not recognized but deferred until the return period has lapsed or the other return conditions no longer apply.

Revenues are recorded net of sales taxes, customer discounts, rebates and similar charges. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are recognized as revenues. Expenses incurred for shipping and handling costs of internal movements of goods are recorded as cost of revenues. Shipping and handling costs related to revenues to third parties are reported as selling expenses.

A provision for product warranty is made at the time of revenues recognition and reflects the estimated costs of replacement and free-of-charge services that will be incurred by the Company with respect to the sold products. In cases where the warranty period is extended and the customer has the option to purchase such an extension, which is subsequently billed separately to the customer, revenues recognition related to the warranty extension occurs on a straight-line basis over the contract period.

Royalty income, which is generally earned based upon a percentage of revenues or a fixed amount per product sold, is recognized on an accrual basis. Royalty income, other license income or other income related to R&D arrangements and that is received in the form of non-refundable upfront payments is recognized as income pro rata over the term of the contract unless a separate earnings process has been completed. Government grants, other than those relating to purchases of assets, are recognized as income as qualified expenditures are made. Software revenue is recognized in accordance with ASC 985-605-25 “Software Revenue Recognition” when the 4 criteria of SAB Topic 13 are met.

Income taxes

Income taxes in the consolidated financial statements are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Income tax is recognized in the statement of operations except to the extent that it relates to an item that is initially recognized directly within equity, including other comprehensive income (loss), in which case the related tax effect is also recognized there.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using the applicable tax rates for the years, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. Income tax payable includes amounts payable to tax authorities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities is based upon the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date of the change. Deferred tax assets, including assets arising from loss carryforwards, are recognized, net of a valuation allowance, if it is more likely than not that the asset or a portion thereof will be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax liabilities for withholding taxes are recognized for subsidiaries in situations where the income is to be paid out as dividends in the foreseeable future, to the extent that these withholding taxes are not expected to be refundable and deductible.

Income tax benefit from an uncertain tax position is recognized only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The income tax benefit recognized in the financial statements from such position is measured based on the largest benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits including related interest

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

and penalties is recorded under provisions in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on the timing of the expected payment. Penalties are recorded as income tax expense, whereas interest is reported as financial expense in the statement of operations.

Benefit accounting

The Company accounts for the cost of pension plans and postretirement benefits other than pensions in accordance with ASC 715 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits”.

The Company employees participate in pension and other postretirement benefit plans in many countries. The costs of pension and other postretirement benefits and related assets and liabilities with respect to the Company’s employees participating in defined-benefit plans have been allocated to the Company based upon actuarial valuations. Some of the Company’s defined-benefit pension plans are funded with plan assets that have been segregated and restricted in a trust, foundation or insurance company to provide for the pension benefits to which the Company has committed itself.

The net pension liability or asset recognized in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the projected defined-benefit obligation less the fair value of plan assets at the balance sheet date.

Most of our plans result in a pension provision (no assets for the plan) or a net pension liability.

The projected defined-benefit obligation is calculated annually by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

Pension costs in respect of defined-benefit pension plans primarily represent the increase in the actuarial present value of the obligation for pension benefits based on employee service during the year and the interest on this obligation in respect of employee service in previous years, net of the expected return on plan assets and net of employee contributions.

Actuarial gains and losses arise mainly from changes in actuarial assumptions and differences between actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred. They are recognized in the statement of operations, over the expected average remaining service periods of the employees with applying the corridor. Events which invoke a curtailment or a settlement of a benefit plan will be recognized in our statement of operations if such event has a material impact on our results.

Unrecognized prior-service costs related to pension plans and postretirement benefits other than pensions are being amortized by assigning a proportional amount to the statements of operations of a number of years, reflecting the average remaining service period of the active employees.

Obligations for contributions to defined-contribution and multi-employer pension plans are recognized as an expense in the statements of operations as incurred.

In accordance with the requirements of ASC 715, if the projected benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets, we recognize in the consolidated balance sheet a liability that equals the excess. If the fair value of plan assets exceeds the projected benefit obligation, we shall recognize in its statement of financial position an asset that equals the excess.

The Company determines the fair value based on quoted prices for the plan assets or comparable prices for non-quoted assets. For a defined-benefit pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement defined benefit plan it is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The Company recognizes as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, the gains or losses and prior service costs that arise during the year but are not recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to ASC 715. Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, including the gains or losses and the prior services costs are adjusted as they are subsequently recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs pursuant to the recognition provisions of ASC 715.

For all of the Company’s defined pension benefit plans, the measurement date on which it determines the funded status is year-end.

Share-based compensation

Share-based payment plans were first introduced by NXP Semiconductors N.V. for NXP employees in 2007 and new plans were introduced in 2010 after NXP Semiconductors’ initial public offering of common shares in the United States. All plans are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 “Compensation-Stock Compensation” at the estimated fair value of the equity instruments measured at the grant date. For the grants issued up to August 2010 under the 2007 plans, the Company used a binomial option-pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of the options and determines the fair value of the equity rights on the basis of the estimated fair value of the Company, using a discounted cash flow technique. For the grants issued since August 2010 under the 2010 plans the Company used the Black-Scholes-Merton method. The estimated fair value of the equity instruments is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period on a straight-line basis taking into account estimated forfeitures.

The share-based compensation plans that the Company’s employees participate in contain contingent cash settlement features upon an exit or change in control in combination with a termination of employment. The Company has concluded that the likelihood of these events occurring is remote and therefore not probable. Also, upon death or disablement the Company may offer cash settlement, but the employee or his dependents must consent. Therefore, the Company has concluded that the requirement in ASC 718 that share options and restricted shares that have contingent cash settlement features that are outside the control of the employee, such as a change in control or the death or disability of an employee, to be accounted for as liabilities rather than equity if the contingent event is probable of occurring, is not applicable to the Company. However, in the case that for certain employees the vested share-based payment rights have been declared to become cash settled such instruments will be recorded as liabilities at fair value as from the date of such event.

During 2009, NXP Semiconductors N.V. executed an option exchange program for options granted in 2007, 2008 and 2009, and which were estimated to be deeply out of the money. Under this option exchange program, options with new exercise prices, different volumes and—in certain cases—revised vesting schedules were granted to eligible individuals, in exchange for their owned options. By accepting the new options, all options (vested and unvested) owned by the eligible individuals were cancelled. As of May 2009 until August 2010, options have been granted to eligible individuals under the revised stock option program. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 the unrecognized portion of the compensation costs of the cancelled options continues to be recognized over their remaining requisite vesting period. For the replacement options the compensation costs are determined as the difference between the fair value of the cancelled options immediately before the grant date of the replacement option and the fair value of these replacement options at the grant date. This compensation cost will be recognized in accordance with the vesting schedule over the remaining vesting period. In November 2010, following NXP Semiconductors N.V. becoming a listed company, a new option program and share program was launched in addition to the existing option program and equity rights program.

Cash flow statements

Cash flow statements have been prepared using the indirect method. Cash flows in foreign currencies have been translated into U.S. dollar using the weighted average rates of exchange for the periods involved.

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Cash flows from derivative instruments that are accounted for as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges are classified in the same category as the cash flows from the hedged items. Cash flows from other derivative instruments are classified consistent with the nature of the instrument.

Concentration of risk

The Company’s revenues are for a large part dependent on a limited number of customers, none of which individually exceeds 10% of total revenues. Furthermore, the Company is using outside suppliers of foundries for a portion of its manufacturing capacity.

Accounting standards adopted in 2010

Following accounting pronouncements that are of relevance to the Company became effective in 2010 and were adopted by the Company.

 

•

ASU 2009-16. “Transfer and Servicing” (ASU Topic 860)

On 12 June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2009-16.

The most significant amendments resulting from ASU 2009-16 consist of the removal of the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity (QSPE) from Statement 140, and the elimination of the exception for QSPEs from the consolidation guidance of FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46(R)).

In addition, ASU 2009-16 amends and clarifies sale accounting and requires among others that a transferor recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained and liabilities incurred as a result of a sale while eliminating the practicability exception for the measurement at fair value.

ASU 2009-16 is effective as of 1 January 2010 and has been codified in ASC 860. The Company adopted the accounting guidance as of its effective date.

The Company has evaluated the consequences of ASU 2009-16 and concluded since it is currently not involved with any QSPE, this element of the ASU does not affect the Company. With regard to the transfer of assets guidance, the ASU had no impact in 2010 but may affect future transactions, if any.

 

•

ASU No. 2010-06. “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (Topic 820)

On January 21, 2010 the FASB issued ASU 2010-06. The ASU amends ASC 820 to add new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. It also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The impact for NXP is limited to disclosures about transfers between levels 1, 2 and 3, which, however, seldom occur.

 

•

ASU 2009-17. “Consolidation” (ASC Topic 810)

On 12 June 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17, which (1) addresses the effects of eliminating the qualifying special-purpose entity (QSPE) concept from FASB Statement No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and (2) modifies some provisions about the application of certain key provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46(R)). ASU 2009-17 has been codified in ASC 810 and became effective for NXP as of 2010. It requires among other things a qualitative rather than a quantitative analysis to determine the primary beneficiary of a Variable Interest Entity (VIE) and amends certain guidance for determining

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

whether an entity is a VIE, which may change an enterprise’s assessment of which entities with which it is involved are VIEs. Furthermore, it requires continuous assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE.

The Company has reconsidered its consolidation conclusions for all entities with which it is involved and concluded that the new guidance will not result in the consolidation of new entities or deconsolidation of entities.

 

•

ASU No. 2010-20 “Receivables (ASC 310). Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses”

The ASU was issued by the FASB in July 2010. Extended disclosures are required for trade accounts receivable with a contractual maturity exceeding 1 year and resulting from delivering of goods or rendering services. In the exceptional cases where this occurs, the amounts are insignificant and therefore this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact for the Company. The new rules are effective for NXP as of 2010.

New standards to be adopted after 2010

The FASB issued several pronouncements, of which the following are to various degrees of relevance to the Company and which were not yet effective in 2010.

 

•

Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13 “Revenue Recognition (ASC 605). Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements; a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force”

ASU 2009-13, issued in October 2009, changes the guidance regarding revenues recognition for multiple-element arrangement and relaxes some of the earlier requirements. Since NXP is rarely involved in these types of arrangements the impact is expected to be infrequent and preliminarily estimated to be insignificant. The new guidance becomes effective prospectively for the Company for arrangements entered into or materially modified after December 31, 2010.

 

•

ASU No. 2010-17 “Revenue Recognition-Milestone Method (ASC 605). A consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force”

The ASU specifically affects vendors that provide research or development deliverables in an arrangement in which one or more payments are contingent upon achieving uncertain future events or circumstances.

NXP is rarely involved in these types of arrangements although the Company has collaborative development contracts with third parties. Generally, these take the form of upfront payments and subsequent cost-sharing arrangements but do not contain milestones as defined in the Master Glossary of the ASC.

The current accounting policies applied to these arrangements do vary with the type of contractual provisions. We either use a milestone method for the majority of the contractual amounts or a pro rata basis. The Company does not foresee to change its current accounting policy. Therefore we have concluded that this ASU will not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial statements and is also not expected to have in the foreseeable future.

The ASU becomes effective for NXP as of July, 2010.

3 Discontinued operations

On December 22, 2010, we announced the signing of a definitive agreement whereby Knowles Electronics, an affiliate of Dover Corporation, will acquire the Company’s Sound Solutions business, the leading provider of speaker and receiver components for the mobile handset market. Under the terms of the agreement, Knowles will acquire Sound Solutions for $855 million in cash. The transaction is expected to close on or about the end of the first quarter of 2011.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The financial results attributable to the Company’s interest in Sound Solutions (formerly included in the Company’s Standard Products segment) have been presented as discontinued operations.

The following table summarizes the results of the Sound Solutions business included in the consolidated statements of income as discontinued operations for 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Revenues			339				324				354
Costs and expenses			(299	)			(285	)			(283	)
Operating income (loss)			40				39				71
Income (loss) before taxes			40				39				71
Provision for income taxes			(4	)			(7	)			(12	)
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations			36				32				59

The following table presents the assets and liabilities held for sale of the Sound Solutions business, classified as discontinued operations, in the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2009 and 2010:

 

		December 31,
		2009				2010
Cash and cash equivalents			15				10
Amounts receivables			66				78
Inventories			20				19
Property, plant and equipment			33				27
Intangible assets including goodwill			255				231
Other assets			11				11
Assets of discontinued operations			400				376
Accounts payable			26				30
Provisions			16				9
Deferred tax liabilities			15				12
Other liabilities			37				29
Liabilities of discontinued operations			94				80

4 Information by segment and main country

On January 1, 2010, NXP reorganized the current segments into four reportable segments in compliance with FASB ASC Topic 280.

NXP has now two market-oriented business segments, High-Performance Mixed-Signal (“HPMS”) and Standard Products (“SP,”) and two other reportable segments, Manufacturing Operations and a segment Corporate and Other.

Our HPMS business segment delivers High-Performance Mixed-Signal solutions to our customers to satisfy their system and sub-systems needs across eight application areas: automotive, identification, mobile, consumer, computing, wireless infrastructure, lighting and industrial.

Our SP business segment offers standard products for use across many application markets, as well as application-specific standard products predominantly used in application areas such as mobile handsets, computing, consumer and automotive.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Our manufacturing operations are conducted through a combination of wholly owned manufacturing facilities, manufacturing facilities operated jointly with other semiconductor companies and third-party foundries and assembly and test subcontractors. While the main function of our Manufacturing Operations segment is to supply products to our HPMS and SP segments, the segment also sells products to external customers, mainly divested businesses.

Our “Corporate and other” segment includes unallocated research expenses not related to any specific business segment, corporate restructuring charges and other expenses, not allocated to the other business segments as well as operations not included in our two business segments, such as marketing and selling of CAN tuners and software solutions for mobile phones “NXP Software”.

The presentation of our financial results and our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations have been restated to reflect the new segments. The segment information for all years in this note has also been restated to reflect the new segment structure.

On July 28, 2008, our key wireless operations from our former Mobile & Personal segment were contributed to a joint venture, ST-NXP Wireless. As a result, all assets and liabilities involved in the joint venture have been deconsolidated from the former Mobile & Personal segment. The results of the divested operations until July 28, 2008, are presented in our consolidated accounts under a separate new reporting segment named “Divested Wireless Activities”. The continuing business of the former Mobile & Personal segment not divested has been regrouped into the segments High-Performance Mixed-Signal, Standard Products and Corporate and Other. All previous periods reported have been restated accordingly.

On February 8, 2010, we divested a major portion of our former Home segment to Trident Microsystems, Inc. (“Trident”). For the years 2008, 2009 and 2010 until February 8, 2010, the results of the divested operations are presented in our consolidated accounts under a separate new reporting segment named “Divested Home Activities”. The continuing business of the former Home segment not divested has been regrouped into the segments High-Performance Mixed-Signal and Corporate and Other. All previous periods have been restated accordingly.

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Detailed information by segment for the years 2010, 2009 and 2008 on a restated basis is presented in the following tables.

 

		Segments
		Revenues				Research and development expenses				Operating income (loss)				Operating income (loss) as a % of revenues				Results relating to equity- accounted investees
2010
HPMS			2,846				454				387				13.6				—
SP			848				32				91				10.7				—
Manufacturing Operations(*)			525				18				(57	)			(10.9	)			—
Corporate and Other			136				48				(117	)			N.M.				(86	)
Divested Home activities			47				16				(31	)			(66.0	)			—
			4,402				568				273				6.2				(86	)
2009
HPMS			2,011				413				(187	)			(9.3	)			(2	)
SP			567				35				(120	)			(21.2	)			—
Manufacturing Operations(*)			324				12				(175	)			(54.0	)			—
Corporate and Other			165				65				(188	)			NM				76
Divested Home activities			452				239				(261	)			(57.7	)			—
			3,519				764				(931	)			(26.5	)			74
2008
HPMS			2,511				453				(210	)			(8.4	)			(2	)
SP			756				39				(14	)			(1.9	)			—
Manufacturing Operations(*)			324				—				(544	)			(167.9	)			—
Corporate and Other			219				157				(504	)			NM				(266	)
Divested Wireless activities			792				319				(785	)			(99.1	)			—
Divested Home activities			502				219				(586	)			(116.7	)			—
			5,104				1,187				(2,643	)			(51.8	)			(268	)

 

(*)	For the year ended December 31, 2010 Manufacturing Operations supplied $1,235 million (2009: 1,087 million; 2008: $1,830 million) to other segments, which have been eliminated in the consolidated results.

NM	Not meaningful

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Certain assets of the Company have been used jointly or managed at Corporate level. Arithmetical allocation of these assets to the various businesses is not deemed to be meaningful and as such total assets by segment has been omitted. Instead, inventories per segments are included.

 

		Segments
		Inventories				Long-lived assets(1)				Total liabilities excl. debt				Gross capital expenditures				Depreciation property, plant and equipment(2)
2010
HPMS			240				2,670				313				15				13
SP			136				828				127				15				35
Manufacturing Operations			137				1,055				748				209				220
Corporate and Other			—				396				599				19				91
Divested Home activities			—				—				—				—				—
			513				4,949				1,787				258				359
Discontinued operations											80
											1,867
2009
HPMS			249				3,023				225				15				34
SP			91				973				121				18				49
Manufacturing Operations			181				1,156				920				49				321
Corporate and Other			1				454				893				9				81
Divested Home activities			—				—				2				1				—
			522				5,606				2,161				92				485
Discontinued operations											94
											2,255
2008
HPMS			244				3,204				60				13				60
SP			114				1,043				13				35				77
Manufacturing Operations			156				1,641				663				269				449
Corporate and Other			22				354				1,840				18				52
Divested Wireless activities			—				—				—				16				13
Divested Home activities			55				172				2				5				11
			591				6,414				2,578				356				662
Discontinued operations											86
											2,664

 

(1)	Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible fixed assets.

(2)	Excluding additional write down of property classified as held for sale (2010: $30 million; 2009: $5 million).

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

 

		Goodwill assigned to segments
		Carrying value at January 1, 2010				Acquisitions				Divestments				Impairment				Translation differences and other changes				Carrying value at December 31, 2010
HPMS			1,720				2				—				—				(86	)			1,636
SP			330				—				—				—				(15	)			315
Manufacturing Operations			319				—				—				—				7				326
Corporate and Other			23				—				—				—				(1	)			22
Divested Home activities			—				—				—				—				—				—
			2,392				2				—				—				(95	)			2,299

 

		Main countries
		Total revenues				Property, plant and equipment				Gross capital expenditures				Depreciation property, plant and equipment
2010
China			1,496				109				33				31
Netherlands			126				348				12				120
Taiwan			115				80				29				25
United States			337				20				4				4
Singapore			480				194				62				51
Germany			434				101				19				19
South Korea			202				—				—				—
Other countries			1,212				312				99				109
			4,402				1,164				258				359
2009
China			1,106				110				7				34
Netherlands			108				465				21				144
Taiwan			120				70				5				20
United States			261				25				1				32
Singapore			411				185				9				82
Germany			303				166				18				75
South Korea			182				—				—				—
Other countries			1,028				307				31				98
			3,519				1,328				92				485
2008
China			1,599				139				48				36
Netherlands			195				565				63				250
Taiwan			93				63				12				32
United States			354				66				11				22
Singapore			465				259				20				117
Germany			474				250				39				68
South Korea			490				—				—				—
Other countries			1,434				404				163				137
			5,104				1,746				356				662

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

5 Acquisitions and divestments

2010

On December 22, 2010, we announced that NuTune, a joint venture (55% shareholding) formed in June 2008 with Technicolor to combine NXP’s and Technicolor’s can tuner module operations, has been sold to affiliates of AIAC (American Industrial Acquisition Corporation). As a consequence, these divested operations (formerly included in the Company’s Corporate and Other segment) were deconsolidated in our consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2010. The results of the divested business until the date of transaction, December 14, 2010, remain included in our consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for all years presented under the Corporate and Other segment.

On July 26, 2010, we acquired 100% ownership of Jennic Ltd., a leading developer of low power RF solutions for wireless applications in smart energy, environment, logistics and consumer markets, for a consideration of $8 million. As from the acquisition date it is consolidated within the segment HPMS.

On February 8, 2010, the Company completed the transaction to sell the digital television and set-top-box business with those of Trident Microsystems, Inc., a publicly listed US Company. As of December 31, 2009, NXP has separated its assets and liabilities designated to be transferred into the separate line items assets and liabilities held-for-sale. These assets and liabilities held-for-sale were measured at fair value less cost to sell and resulted in an impairment loss of $69 million recorded in 2009 (refer to note 14).

The total consideration related to the above transaction was a net cash payment of $54 million (of which $7 million was paid afterwards) and a receipt of a 60% shareholding in Trident valued at $177 million, based on quoted market price at transaction date and included in our balance sheet as “Investments in equity accounted investees”. The transaction closed on February 8, 2010 and resulted in a net loss of $26 million, reported under other income (expense) in the first quarter of 2010.

After the acquisition, our shareholding was diluted as a result of Trident’s issuance of share capital. We now own 59% of the outstanding stock of Trident, with a 30% voting interest in participatory rights and a 59% voting interest for certain protective rights only. Considering the terms and conditions agreed between the parties, we account for our investment in Trident under the equity method.

As a result of retaining the 59% interest in Trident this transaction did not result in reporting the asset group as discontinued operations.

2009

On November 16, 2009, we completed our strategic alliance with Virage Logic Corporation (“Virage Logic”) and obtained approximately 9.8% of Virage Logic’s outstanding common stock. This transaction included the transfer of our Advanced CMOS Semiconductor Horizontal IP Technology and Development Team in exchange for the rights to use Virage’s IP and services. Virage Logic is a leading provider of both functional and physical semiconductor intellectual property (IP) for the design of complex integrated circuits. Shares of Virage Logic are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market in the United States. In September 2010 we sold all of the Virage shares we held.

In 2009 no acquisition transactions occurred.

2008

During 2008, the Company entered into a number of acquisitions. The more important business combinations in 2008 were the acquisitions of GloNav, Conexant’s Broadband Media Processing business, and

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

NuTune. All acquisitions, both individually and in the aggregate, were deemed immaterial in respect of the FASB ASC Topic 805 (formerly SFAS 141 (R)) disclosure requirements.

In January, 2008, NXP acquired GloNav Inc., a US-based fabless semiconductor company, adding GPS (Global Positioning Systems) to the connected entertainment portfolio. The assets acquired amounted to $2 million, the liabilities assumed amounted to $4 million. The purchase price was $87 million and was allocated to other intangible assets ($69 million) and goodwill ($20 million, net of deferred taxes).

As a result of the contribution of the wireless operations into the new joint venture ST-NXP Wireless, GloNav was part of this transaction and as such also included in this transfer of net assets on August 2, 2008.

On August 11, 2008, NXP completed its acquisition of the Broadband Media Processing (BMP) business of Conexant Systems, Inc. which provides industry-leading solutions for satellite, cable and IPTV applications. The assets acquired amounted to $22 million, the liabilities assumed amounted to $1 million. The purchase price (net of cash acquired) was $111 million and was allocated to Other intangible assets ($58 million) and Goodwill ($32 million). The revenues in the year of acquisition since the date of acquisition was $63 million.

NXP also has an additional consideration of up to $35 million based on the achievement of certain revenues milestones over the period from closing through 2009.

On September 1, 2008, NXP and Thomson combined their can tuner module operations in a joint venture, named NuTune. NXP has a 55% ownership and Thomson the remaining 45%.

The net assets acquired amounted to $20 million and resulted in a goodwill allocation of $16 million. The revenues in the year of acquisition since the date of acquisition was $31 million.

The most significant divestment in 2008 was the major part of the Company’s Mobile & Personal business segment.

On July 28, 2008, NXP and STMicroelectronics (STM) combined their wireless operations to form a new joint-venture company—ST-NXP Wireless—, in which NXP contributed business and assets forming a substantial portion of its Mobile & Personal business segment (excluding Sound Solutions, Mobile Infrastructure and amplifiers). STM owns a majority stake (80%) and NXP has a 20% ownership while receiving $1.55 billion from STM. The 20% investment in the combined wireless operations is accounted for by the equity method because the Company has significant influence. As a result of retaining this 20% investment and the ongoing significant cash flows, the divestment is not reported as a discontinued operation. The net assets divested amounted to $1,976 million, resulting in a loss on the transaction of $413 million, which has been reported under Other business income. In February 2009, STM exercised its option to buy the 20% ownership for an amount of $92 million.

6 Operating income (loss)

For information related to revenues and operating income on a business and geographical basis, see note 4, “Information by segment and main country”, of this Annual Report.

Revenues composition

 

		2008				2009				2010
Goods			5,081				3,513				4,394
Licenses			23				6				8
			5,104				3,519				4,402

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Salaries and wages

 

		2008				2009				2010
Salaries and wages			2,163				1,276				1,084
Pension and other postemployment costs			128				78				84
Other social security and similar charges:
—Required by law			213				138				115
—Voluntary			13				13				11
			2,517				1,505				1,294

Salaries and wages in 2010 include $5 million (2009: $101 million; 2008: $449 million) relating to restructuring charges. Pension and other postemployment costs include the costs of pension benefits, other postretirement benefits, and postemployment benefits, including obligatory severance.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization, including impairment charges, are as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment			662				485				359
Write-down assets held for sale			—				5				30
Amortization of internal use software			40				26				14
Amortization and impairment of other intangibles and goodwill:
—Amortization of other intangible assets			482				302				281
—Impairment of goodwill			430				—				—
—Impairment of other intangible assets			284				—				—
Impairment of assets held for sale			—				69				—
Write-off of in-process research and development			26				—				—
			1,924				887				684

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment in 2010 includes an additional write-off in connection with the retirement of property, plant and equipment amounting to $7 million (2009: $25 million; 2008: $4 million). Depreciation of property, plant and equipment resulting from the acquisition accounting amounting to $21 million (2009: $69 million; 2008: $151 million) is also included. Furthermore, depreciation of property, plant and equipment in 2010 includes $21 million relating to write-downs and impairment charges (2009: $67 million; 2008: $6 million). The 2010 write-downs related to additional depreciation of our ICN5 and ICN6 wafer fabs in Nijmegen, the Netherlands.

In 2009 a write-down of $5 million for real estate and other property has been recognized as a result of classifying certain tangible fixed assets as held-for-sale, following the effects of the Redesign Program upon which a number of activities were closed or are in the process of being closed. Reference is also made to note 14.

In 2009 impairment charges for assets held for sale ($69 million) are related to the Trident assets held for sale. Refer to note 14.

Included in the amortization of other intangible assets in 2010 is the amortization of other intangible assets resulting from acquisition accounting amounting to $281 million (2009: $302 million; 2008: $482 million).

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of software are primarily included in cost of revenues. Amortization and impairment of intangible assets are reported in the General and Administrative expenses.

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The Company periodically reviews the remaining useful lives and residual values of its long-lived assets and reviews annually the carrying value of its recorded goodwill.

In 2010 and 2009, no goodwill impairment was recognized.

Following the ongoing loss-making situation of the Company as a result of poor economic market circumstances, goodwill impairment tests were carried-out in the third quarter of 2008. As a result of these tests, an impairment was identified in our former segments Home and Corporate and Other. Simultaneously we have tested for impairment other intangible assets belonging to these segments. Following these tests a goodwill impairment charge of $430 million was recognized in 2008. Of this impairment an amount of $381 million related to our former segment Home and an amount of $49 million related to the segment Corporate and Other. The impairment test for other intangible assets resulted in an impairment loss of $284 million, which was fully attributable to the former Home segment.

Rent

Rent expenses amounted to $60 million in 2010 (2009: $63 million; 2008: $80 million).

Research and development expenses

Expenditures for research and development activities amounted to $568 million in 2010 (2009: $764 million; 2008: $1,187 million).

For information related to research and development expenses on a segment basis, refer to the separate section Information by segment and main country.

Write-off of acquired in-process research and development

In 2008, the write-off of acquired in-process research and development related to the acquisition of GloNav Inc. amounting to $12 million and Conexant Systems Inc. amounting to $14 million.

The full amounts have been written-off immediately because no alternative use was available and were charged to the statement of operations for 2008.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses incurred in 2010 totaled $265 million (2009: $271 million; 2008: $394 million). Included are shipping and handling costs of $1 million (2009: $1 million; 2008: $25 million).

The selling expenses mainly relate to the cost of the revenues and marketing organization. This mainly consists of account management, marketing, first and second line support, and order desk.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses include the costs related to management and staff departments in the corporate center, business segments and business lines, amounting to $701 million in 2010 (2009: $712 million; 2008: $1,103 million)

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Other income and expense

Other income and expense consists of the following:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Results on disposal of properties			4				9				8
Results on disposal of businesses			(374	)			(23	)			(37	)
Remaining income (expense)			5				1				13
			(365	)			(13	)			(16	)

In 2010, the result on disposal of properties mainly related to the sale of a building in Hamburg, Germany ($5 million), which was classified as assets held for sale. In 2009, the result on disposal of properties mainly related to the sale of equipment in Fishkill, USA ($5 million) and the sale of land in Laguna, Philippines ($3 million). In 2008, the result on disposal of properties included a gain of $8 million from the sale of buildings in Boeblingen Germany, a loss of $8 million related to the Crolles factory in France and various other sales of properties.

In 2010, the result on disposal of businesses mainly related to the divestment of Trident (loss $26 million) and the divestment of NuTune (loss $7 million). In 2009 the result on disposal of businesses related to various smaller items with regard to businesses sold in previous years. The result on disposal of businesses in 2008 includes a loss of $413 million related to the divestment of the major part of the former Mobile & Personal business segment. The net cash proceeds from this transaction were $1,433 million and in addition a 20% shareholding in ST-NXP Wireless J.V. was received with a fair value of $341 million, resulting in a total consideration of $1,774 million. In connection with these proceeds, net assets divested amounted $1,976 million and liabilities of $211 million were recognized, finally resulting in a loss on this transaction of $413 million.

At year-end 2008, the Company had recorded a non cash impairment charge of $249 million, as a result of the decline in fair value of the 20% shareholding in the ST-NXP Wireless J.V., which was recorded under Results relating to equity-accounted investees. Reference is also made to note 10.

Furthermore, in 2008 gains on disposals of R/F Mems activities ($15 million) and part of software activities ($14 million), and a merger gain on NuTune ($12 million) were included in results on disposal of businesses.

The remaining income consists of various smaller items for all periods reported.

7 Restructuring charges

The most significant projects for restructuring in 2010

There were no new restructuring projects in 2010. In 2010 the restructuring charges mainly related to the divestment of a major portion of our former Home business.

The most significant projects for restructuring in 2009

In 2009 the restructuring charges mainly related to the ongoing Redesign Program of the Company being:

 

•

the closure of the “ICN 6” part of the facility in Nijmegen;

 

•

effects of the transaction with Trident;

 

•

the Fit for Future Program.

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The most significant projects for restructuring in 2008

In 2008, the restructuring charges mainly related to the Redesign Program of the Company, resulting in the planned closure or sale of:

 

•

The “ICN5” part of the facility in Nijmegen, the Netherlands;

 

•

The “ICH” fab of the Hamburg facility, Germany;

 

•

The fab in Fishkill, in the USA;

 

•

The factory in Caen, France.

Furthermore, a reduction in support functions at the Corporate Center is part of the Redesign Program as a consequence of the downsizing of the Company.

The following table presents the changes in the position of restructuring liabilities in 2010 by segment:

 

		Balance January 1, 2010				Additions				Utilized				Released				Other changes(1)				Balance December 31, 2010
HPMS			46				—				(5	)			(15	)			(2	)			24
SP			5				—				(3	)			(3	)			2				1
Manufacturing Operations			144				—				(77	)			(3	)			(20	)			44
Corporate and Other			96				3				(61	)			(20	)			10				28
Divested Home activities			22				4				(15	)			1				(12	)			—
			313				7				(161	)			(40	)			(22	)			97

 

(1)	Other changes primarily related to translation differences and reclassifications between segments

The total restructuring liability as of December 31, 2010 of $97 million is classified in the balance sheet under provisions for $87 million (short-term: $55 million; long-term: $32 million) and under accrued liabilities for $10 million.

The following table presents the changes in the position of restructuring liabilities in 2009 by segment:

 

		Balance January 1, 2009				Additions				Utilized				Released				Other changes (1)(2)				Balance December 31, 2009
HPMS			2				44				(4	)			—				4				46
SP			—				7				(5	)			—				3				5
Manufacturing Operations			276				22				(109	)			(78	)			33				144
Corporate and Other			208				20				(85	)			(12	)			(35	)			96
Divested Wireless activities			1				—				(1	)			—				—				—
Divested Home activities			11				19				(7	)			(2	)			1				22
			498				112				(211	)			(92	)			6				313

 

(1)	Other changes primarily related to translation differences

(2)	The provision for restructuring for the “ICN 5/8” facility in Nijmegen, amounting to $58 million at December 31, 2009, has been reclassified from Corporate and Other to Manufacturing Operations.

The total restructuring liability as of December 31, 2009 of $313 million is classified in the balance sheet under provisions for $300 million and under accrued liabilities for $13 million.

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The additions to the restructuring liabilities, less releases, in 2010, 2009 and 2008 by segment were as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
HPMS			8				44				(15	)
SP			9				7				(3	)
Manufacturing Operations			360				(56	)			(3	)
Corporate and Other			171				8				(17	)
Divested Home activities			27				17				5
Divested Wireless activities			19				—				—
			594				20				(33	)

The utilization of the restructuring liabilities mainly reflect the realization of the ongoing Redesign Program of the Company initiated in earlier years.

The 2010 additions to the restructuring liabilities of $7 million, charged to operating income, mainly related to the divestment of the major part of our former Home business. The previous year additions to the restructuring liabilities were mainly related to the ongoing Redesign Program of the Company, which was initiated in September 2008(2009: $112 million; 2008: $610 million).

Releases of restructuring liabilities were recorded for an amount of $40 million in 2010 (2009: $92 million; 2008: $16 million), primarily attributable to reduction to severance payment due to voluntary leavers and employees that were transferred to other position in NXP, who were originally expected to be laid off.

Although additional actions under the Redesign Program are being evaluated, uncertainty regarding the outlook for 2011 impedes our ability to forecast the scope and impact of potential actions.

The components of restructuring charges less releases recorded in the liabilities in 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Personnel lay-off costs			449				101				5
Write-down of assets			36				4				2
Other restructuring costs			125				7				—
Release of excess provisions/accruals			(16	)			(92	)			(40	)
Net restructuring charges			594				20				(33	)

The restructuring charges less releases recorded in operating income are included in the following line items in the statement of operations:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Cost of revenues			348				(46	)			(14	)
Selling expenses			19				11				(2	)
General and administrative expenses			124				3				(8	)
Research & development expenses			97				52				(9	)
Other income and expenses			6				—				—
Net restructuring charges			594				20				(33	)

In addition, restructuring related costs (excluding product transfers) amounting to $53 million were directly charged to operating income in 2010 (2009: $83 million; 2008: nil).

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The details by segment were as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
HPMS			—				9				—
SP			—				2				4
Manufacturing Operations			—				13				23
Corporate and Other			—				57				27
Divested Home activities			—				2				(1	)
			—				83				53

On aggregate, restructuring charges less releases and restructuring related costs charged to operating income for 2010 amounted to $20 million (2009: $103 million; 2008: $594 million).

8 Financial income and expenses

 

		2008				2009				2010
Interest income			27				4				2
Interest expense			(502	)			(363	)			(320	)
Total interest expense, net			(475	)			(359	)			(318	)
Net gain on extinguishment of debt			—				1,020				57
Sale of securities and other financial assets			—				(4	)			8
Foreign exchange rate results			(87	)			39				(331	)
Miscellaneous financing costs/income, net			(52	)			(14	)			(44	)
Total other income and expense			(139	)			1,041				(310	)
Total			(614	)			682				(628	)

In 2010, interest expense, net, of $318 million (2009: $359 million; 2008: $475 million) was mainly related to the interest expense on the euro-denominated and U.S. dollar-denominated notes. The lower interest expense in 2010 resulted from the bond exchanges and repurchases completed in the third quarter and lower interest rates applicable to the Floating Rate Notes.

Furthermore in 2010, a net gain on extinguishment of debt of $57 million was recorded in connection with the various bond exchange and repurchase offers in 2010. In 2009, a gain on debt extinguishment of $1,020 million, net of a write-down of $25 million related to the capitalized initial bond issuing costs, was recorded in this respect. Refer to note 28.

Included in the sale of securities and other financial assets is the sale of Virage shares in 2010 (a gain of $7 million) and the sale of the DSPG shares in 2009, which resulted in a loss of $4 million.

In 2010 foreign exchange results amounted to a loss of $331 million (2009: a gain of $39 million; 2008: a loss of $87 million) and are composed of exchange rate fluctuations:

 

•

related to the remeasurement of the U.S. dollar-denominated notes and short term loans, which reside in a EURO functional currency entity, a loss of $307 million (2009: a gain of $38 million; 2008: a loss of $230 million);

 

•

related to intercompany financing a gain of $16 million (2009: a loss of $5 million; 2008: a loss of $46 million);

 

•

related to the Company’s foreign currency cash and cash equivalents of a loss of $43 million (2009: a loss of $2 million; 2008: a gain of $163 million);

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

 

•

related to foreign currency contracts a gain of $2 million (2009: a gain of $2 million; 2008: a gain of $25 million);

 

•

related to remaining items, a gain of $1 million in 2010 (2009: a gain of $6 million; 2008: a gain of $1 million).

Included in miscellaneous financing costs in 2010 is the amortization of capitalized fees (relating to the issuance of the EUR/U.S. dollar-denominated notes) amounting to $31 million (2009: $14 million; 2008: $14 million). Furthermore, in 2008 miscellaneous financing costs included an impairment charge of $25 million related to the DSPG shares, that were received in connection with the divestment of the Cordless and VoIP Terminals operations in 2007. Moreover, an impairment loss of $13 million was recorded in 2008 on the fair value of a put option that was received in connection with a partial sale of software activities.

9 Provision for income taxes

In 2010, NXP generated a loss before income taxes of $355 million (2009: $249 million). The components of loss before income taxes are as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Netherlands			81				(490	)
Foreign			(330	)			135
			(249	)			(355	)

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Netherlands:
Current taxes			—				(18	)			(12	)
Deferred taxes			43				(58	)			3
			43				(76	)			(9	)
Foreign:
Current taxes			(120	)			(11	)			(40	)
Deferred taxes			35				77				25
			(85	)			66				(15	)
Income tax benefit (expense)			(42	)			(10	)			(24	)

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate in the Netherlands as a percentage of income (loss) before income taxes and the effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Statutory income tax in the Netherlands			25.5				25.5				25.5
Rate differential local statutory rates versus statutory rates of the Netherlands			(3.3	)			(1.1	)			1.6
Changes in the valuation allowance:
New tax loss carryforwards, tax credits and temporary differences not expected to be realized			(15.0	)			(19.5	)			(16.7	)
Prior year adjustments			(0.8	)			6.9				(1.6	)
Non-taxable income			—				0.5				0.7
Non-tax-deductible expenses/losses			(5.8	)			(9.2	)			(12.3	)
Other taxes and tax rate changes			—				(1.8	)			0.1
Withholding taxes			—				(7.9	)			(4.1	)
Unrecognized tax benefits			(0.5	)			(0.2	)			(2.5	)
Tax incentives and other			(1.4	)			2.8				2.5
Effective tax rate			(1.3	)%			(4.0	)%			(6.8	)%

We currently benefit from income tax holiday incentives in certain jurisdictions which provide that we pay reduced income taxes in those jurisdictions for a fixed period of time that varies depending on the jurisdiction. The income tax holiday of one of our subsidiaries is expected to expire at the end of 2016.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The principal components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below:

 

		2009								2010
		Assets				Liabilities				Assets				Liabilities
Intangible assets			56				(379	)			49				(317	)
Property, plant and equipment			33				(18	)			43				(47	)
Inventories			9				—				1				—
Receivables			3				(7	)			1				(2	)
Other assets			4				(6	)			2				—
Provisions:
Pensions			47				(3	)			37				(1	)
Restructuring			90				—				20				—
Other			—				(17	)			12				(5	)
Long-term debt			24				(149	)			2				(81	)
Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries			—				(23	)			—				(24	)
Other liabilities			14				(1	)			20				(10	)
Tax loss carryforwards (including tax credit carryforwards)			873				—				713				—
Total gross deferred tax assets (liabilities)			1,153				(603	)			900				(487	)
Net deferred tax position			550								413
Valuation allowances			(628	)							(482	)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)			(78	)							(69	)

 

F-40

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The Company has significant deferred tax assets resulting from net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and deductible temporary differences that may reduce taxable income in future periods. Valuation allowances have been established for deferred tax assets based on a “more likely than not” threshold. The realization of our deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carryforward periods provided for in the tax law for each applicable tax jurisdiction.

The following possible sources of taxable income have been considered when assessing the realization of our deferred tax assets:

 

•

Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;

 

•

Future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;

 

•

Taxable income in prior carryback years; and

 

•

Tax-planning strategies.

The increase in the total valuation allowance during 2008 and 2009 was $496 million and $120 million, respectively, while in 2010 the valuation allowance decreased by $146 million. Of this decrease, $135 million was offset by a corresponding decrease in the deferred tax assets for tax loss carryforwards.

At the moment that the Group’s operating performance improves on a sustained basis, our conclusion regarding the need for such valuation allowance could change.

Subsequently recognized tax benefits related to the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010, will be allocated as follows: $475 million of income tax benefit that would be reported in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, $7 million to additional paid-in capital.

After the recognition of the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets, a net deferred tax liability remains of $69 million at December 31, 2010 (2009: $78 million). This net deferred tax liability consists of certain taxable temporary differences reversing outside the tax loss carryforward periods, deferred tax liabilities recorded for profitable entities and of the deferred tax liabilities for withholding taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries.

At December 31, 2010 tax loss carryforwards of $2,803 million will expire as follows:

 

Total		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016—2020		later		unlimited
2,803				3		16		16		327		1,482		114		845

The Company also has tax credit carryforwards of $69 million, which are available to offset future tax, if any, and which will expire as follows:

 

Total		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016—2020		later		unlimited
69														10		59

 

F-41

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The classification of the deferred tax assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Deferred tax assets grouped under other current assets			67				9
Deferred tax assets grouped under other non-current assets			(10	)			30
Deferred tax liabilities grouped under short-term provisions			(1	)			(2	)
Deferred tax liabilities grouped under long-term provisions			(134	)			(106	)
			(78	)			(69	)

The net income tax receivable (excluding the liability for unrecognized tax benefits) as of December 31, 2010 amounted to $5 million (2009: $21 million receivable) and includes amounts directly payable to or receivable from tax authorities.

As of December 31, 2008 the Group did not recognize a deferred income tax liability related to the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that were considered to be indefinitely reinvested. However as from 2009 the Group intends to repatriate these undistributed earnings of subsidiaries. Therefore these undistributed earnings are no longer indefinitely reinvested in the overseas jurisdictions. Consequently the Group has recognized a deferred income tax liability of $24 million at December 31, 2010 (2009: $23 million) for the additional taxes payable upon the future remittances of these earnings of foreign subsidiaries.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Balance as of January 1,			35				50				52
Increases from tax positions taken during prior periods			14				5				10
Decreases from tax positions taken during prior periods			—				(1	)			(7	)
Increases from tax positions taken during current period			1				9				140
Decreases relating to settlements with the tax authorities			—				(11	)			—
Balance as of December 31,			50				52				195

Of the total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010 $140 million, if recognized, would not impact the effective tax rate as this amount would be offset by compensating adjustments in the Company’s deferred tax assets that would be subject to valuation allowance based on conditions existing at the reporting date. All other unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate for each year disclosed above.

The Company classifies interest related to unrecognized tax benefits as financial expense and penalties as income tax expense. The total related interest and penalties recorded during the year 2010 amounted to $5 million (2009: $2 million; 2008: $2 million). As of December 31, 2010 the Company has recognized a liability for related interest and penalties of $11 million (2009: $6 million). It is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits may significantly increase/decrease within the next 12 months of the reporting date due to, for example, completion of tax examinations; however, an estimate of the range of reasonably possible change amount cannot be made other than for one jurisdiction where approximately $7 million of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next 12 months as a result of settlement of tax examinations, although this is not expected to impact income tax expense or the effective tax rate.

Tax years that remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions (mainly related to the Netherlands, Germany, USA, China, Taiwan, Thailand and the Philippines) are 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 

F-42

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

10 Investments in equity-accounted investees

Results relating to equity-accounted investees

 

		2008				2009				2010
Company’s participation in income (loss)			(4	)			—				(86	)
Results on sale of shares			—				74				—
Investment impairment charges			(268	)			—				—
Incidental results			4				—				—
			(268	)			74				(86	)

Company’s participation in income (loss)

 

		2008				2009				2010
Trident			—				—				(94	)
ASMC			2				1				4
Moversa			(3	)			(2	)			—
ASEN			3				—				4
Others			(6	)			1				—
			(4	)			—				(86	)

Results on sale of shares

In 2009, the Company sold its 20% Shareholding in the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture at its carrying value, resulting in a release of translation differences, previously accounted for under shareholders equity, amounting to $72 million. Furthermore, Geotate shares were sold, resulting in a gain of $2 million.

Investment impairment charges

In 2008, the Company’s investment in the ST-NXP Wireless joint-venture was tested for impairment. Effective February 2, 2009, STMicroelectronics exercised its option to buy NXP’s 20% ownership in the ST-NXP Wireless joint-venture for an agreed purchase price of $92 million. As a result, a non-cash impairment loss of $249 million had to be recorded. In determining the impairment loss, the fair value of our investment was based on level 3 measures. The level 3 measure has been derived from the execution of STMicroelectronics’ call option on our investment.

Due to an other-than-temporary decline of the fair value of the shareholding in ASMC, the Company recorded impairment losses in 2008 of $19 million.

Investments in and loans to equity-accounted investees

The changes in 2010 are as follows:

 

		Investments
Balance as of January 1			43
Changes:
Acquisitions/additions			177
Share in income (loss)			(86	)
Translation and exchange rate differences			(2	)
Balance as of December 31			132

 

F-43

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

There were no loans granted to equity-accounted investees.

Acquisitions is entirely due to the acquisition of and initial 60% shareholding (with 30% voting interest in participatory rights and a 60% voting interest for certain protective rights only) in Trident Microsystems, Inc. resulting from the sale of our television systems and set-top box business lines. Considering the terms and conditions agreed between the parties, we account for our investment in Trident under the equity method.

The total carrying value of investments in equity-accounted investees is summarized as follows:

 

		2009								2010
		Shareholding %				Amount				Shareholding %				Amount
Trident			—				—				59				82
ASMC			27				7				27				10
ASEN			40				36				40				40
							43								132

The fair value of NXP’s shareholding in the publicly listed companies Trident and ASMC based on quoted market prices at December 31, 2010 is $185 million and $39 million, respectively.

Investments in equity-accounted investees are included in the segment Corporate and Other.

Summarized information of equity-accounted investees

Summarized financial information on the Company’s investments in equity-accounted investees, on a combined basis, is presented below:

 

		2010
Revenues			745
Income (loss) before taxes			(107	)
Provision for income taxes			(3	)
Net income (loss)			(110	)
Total share in net income (loss) of equity-accounted investees recognized in the consolidated statements of operations			(86	)

 

		December 31, 2010
Current assets			373
Non-current assets			292
			665
Current liabilities			(243	)
Non-current liabilities			(33	)
Net asset value			389
Investments in equity-accounted investees included in the consolidated balance sheet			132

11 Non-controlling interests

The share of non-controlling interests in the results of the Company amounted to a profit of $50 million in 2010 (2009: profit of $14 million; 2008: profit of $26 million).

 

F-44

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

As of December 31, 2010, non-controlling interests totaled $233 million (2009: $198 million).

Non-controlling interests predominantly relate to the shareholding in SSMC.

12 Earnings per share

The Company amended its Articles of Association on August 2, 2010 in order to effect a 1-for-20 reverse stock split, decreasing the outstanding common shares from approximately 4.3 billion to approximately 215 million, and increased the nominal value of the common shares from €0.01 per share to €0.20 per share. In all prior periods presented, basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated to reflect the 1-for-20 reverse stock split.

The earnings per share (EPS) data have been calculated as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(3,567	)			(185	)			(465	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations			36				32				59
Net income (loss)			(3,531	)			(153	)			(406	)
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands)			180,210				215,252				229,280
Plus incremental shares from assumed conversion of:
Options, Restricted Share Units and Performance Share Units(1)			—				—				—
Equity rights(2)			—				—				—
Dilutive potential common shares			—				—				—
Adjusted weighted average number of shares (in thousands)			180,210				215,252				229,280
Basic/diluted earnings per share in $:
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(19,79	)			(0.86	)			(2.03	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations			0.20				0.15				0.26
Net income (loss)			(19,59	)			(0.71	)			(1.77	)

On February 29, 2008, through a multi-step transaction, the nominal value of the common shares was decreased from EUR 1 to EUR 0.01 and all preference shares were converted into common shares, resulting in an increase of outstanding common shares from 100 million into 4.3 billion.

 

1)

In 2010, 1,656,179 securities (2009: 1,205,416 securities) that could potentially dilute basic EPS were not included in the computation of dilutive EPS because the effect would have been antidilutive for the period presented.

 

2)

In 2010, 403,147 securities (2009: 603,018 securities) that could potentially dilute basic EPS were not included in the computation of dilutive EPS because the effect would have been antidilutive for the period presented.

In 2008, no stock options or equity rights could be considered as potential common share for the calculation of diluted earnings per share, because they had an exercise prices higher than the fair value.

 

F-45

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

13 Receivables

Accounts receivable are summarized as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Accounts receivable from third parties			397				383
Accounts receivable from equity-accounted investees			—				19
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts			(4	)			(6	)
			393				396

Income taxes receivable current portion totaling $10 million (2009: $26 million) are included under other receivables.

The changes in allowances for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Balance as of January 1,			3				2				4
Additions charged to income			—				6				2
Deductions from allowance(1)			(1	)			(2	)			—
Other movements(2)			—				(2	)			—
Balance end of period			2				4				6

 

(1)	Write-offs for which an allowance was previously provided

(2)	Included the effect of translation differences and consolidation changes

14 Assets and liabilities held for sale

The following table presents the major classes of assets and liabilities classified as held for sale in the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2009 and 2010 related to the former business segment Home (digital television and set-top-boxes) that was sold to Trident Microsystems Inc. effective on February 8, 2010 onwards.

 

		2009				2010
Inventories			42				39
Property, plant and equipment			11				—
Intangible assets including goodwill			149				—
Impairment to fair value less cost to sell			(69	)			—
Assets held for sale			133				39
Other liabilities			(2	)			(21	)
Liabilities held for sale			(2	)			(21	)

These assets held for sale as of December 31, 2009 were reported net of impairment charges of $69 million. The fair value, less cost to sell these assets, was a level 2 measurement based on the quoted market prices of the Trident publicly traded shares as adjusted for costs to sell the assets.

The total consideration of the above transaction was a net cash payment of $54 million (of which $7 million was paid afterwards) and the receipt of a 60% shareholding in Trident valued at $177 million under equity accounted investees. All assets and liabilities were transferred to Trident, except inventories ($39 million) which will be delivered gradually during 2011 and for which a liability was recorded for an amount of $21 million in promissory notes. The transaction resulted in a net loss of $26 million, reported under “Other income and expense”.

 

F-46

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

In addition to the assets and liabilities classified as held for sale as presented in the table above, which related to the former Home segment sold to Trident, other assets held for sale on December 31, 2010 amounted to a book value of $9 million, after an additional write-down of $30 million (as of the end of 2009, $11 million net of a write-down of $5 million). These assets held for sale related to real estate and other property that is held for sale following exits or planned exits as a result of the Redesign Program. The fair value of these assets classified as held for sale has been based on quoted broker values and is therefore a level 2 measurement.

Total assets held for sale at December 31, 2010 were $48 million (as of end of 2009: $144 million) whereas the liabilities amounted to $21 million at the end of December 2010 (as of end of 2009: $2 million).

15 Inventories

Inventories are summarized as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Raw materials and supplies			304				313
Work in process			141				116
Finished goods			77				84
			522				513

A portion of the finished goods stored at customer locations under consignment amounted to $19 million as of December 31, 2010 (2009: $23 million).

The amounts recorded above are net of an allowance for obsolescence.

The changes in the allowance for obsolescence are as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Balance as of January 1			86				83				107
Additions charged to income			76				67				44
Deductions from allowance			(48	)			(33	)			(35	)
Other movements(1)			(31	)			(10	)			(30	)
Balance as of December 31			83				107				86

 

1)	Included the effect of translation differences and acquisition and divestments (referred to as consolidation changes).

16 Other current assets

Other current assets are summarized as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Deferred taxes			67				9
Derivative instrument assets			2				4
Capitalized unamortized fees related to the issuance of notes			9				12
Prepayments related to Electronics Design Applications (EDA) contracts			34				1
Other prepaid expenses			158				103
			270				129

 

F-47

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

17 Other non-current financial assets

The changes during 2010 are as follows:

 

Balance as of January 1			35
Changes:
Acquisitions/additions			3
Sales/repayments			(21	)
Value adjustments			3
Translation and exchange differences			(1	)
Balance as of December 31			19

Sales/repayments mainly relate to the sale of shares and options of the strategic alliance with Virage Logic Corporation.

The balance as of December 31 mainly consist of blocked liquid assets of $9 million and guarantee deposits of $6 million.

18 Other non-current assets

Other non-current assets are summarized as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Prepaid pension costs			28				22
Deferred taxes			(10	)			30
Capitalized unamortized fees related to the issuance of notes			57				50
Capitalized unamortized fees related to the revolving credit facility			—				10
Other			10				23
			85				135

The term of amortization of capitalized fees related to the issuance cost of notes and revolving credit facility is on average 5 years.

 

F-48

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

19 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of:

 

		Total				Land and buildings				Machinery and installations				Other equipment				Prepayments and construction in progress				No longer productively employed
Balance as of January 1, 2010:
Cost			2,301				708				1,374				204				10				5
Accumulated depreciation			(973	)			(89	)			(759	)			(120	)			—				(5	)
Book value			1,328				619				615				84				10				—
Changes in book value:
Reclassifications			51				—				26				25				—				—
Capital expenditures			258				—				—				—				258				—
Transfer assets put into use			—				14				166				21				(201	)			—
Retirements and sales			(35	)			(27	)			(5	)			(3	)			—				—
Depreciation			(331	)			(53	)			(246	)			(32	)			—				—
Write-downs and impairments			(21	)			(14	)			(3	)			(4	)			—				—
Transfer to assets held for sales			(33	)			(33	)			—				—				—				—
Consolidation changes			(10	)			—				(8	)			(2	)			—				—
Translation differences			(43	)			(20	)			(14	)			(6	)			(3	)			—
Total changes			(164	)			(133	)			(84	)			(1	)			54				—
Balance as of December 31, 2010:
Cost			2,139				616				1,268				191				64				—
Accumulated depreciation			(975	)			(130	)			(737	)			(108	)			—				—
Book value			1,164				486				531				83				64				—

Reclassification represent capital lease equipment from Nijmegen (Netherlands) and Philippines.

Land with a book value of $79 million (2009: $120 million) is not depreciated.

The expected service lives as of December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

Buildings		from 9 to 50 years
Machinery and installations		from 2 to 7 years
Other equipment		from 3 to 6 years

There was no significant construction in progress and therefore no related capitalized interest.

 

F-49

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

20 Intangible assets excluding goodwill

The changes in 2010 were as follows:

 

		Total				Other intangible assets				Software
Balance as of January 1, 2010:
Cost			3,202				3,074				128
Accumulated amortization			(1,316	)			(1,229	)			(87	)
Book value			1,886				1,845				41
Changes in book value:
Acquisitions/additions			15				9				6
Divestments			(6	)			(2	)			(4	)
Amortization			(295	)			(281	)			(14	)
Translation differences and other			(114	)			(99	)			(15	)
Total changes			(400	)			(373	)			(27	)
Balance as of December 31, 2010:
Cost			2,928				2,869				59
Accumulated amortization			(1,442	)			(1,397	)			(45	)
Book value			1,486				1,472				14

Other intangible assets in 2010 consist of:

 

		January 1, 2010								December 31, 2010
		Gross				Accumulated amortization				Gross				Accumulated amortization
Marketing-related			84				(58	)			75				(72	)
Customer-related			482				(132	)			454				(149	)
Technology-based			2,508				(1,039	)			2,340				(1,176	)
			3,074				(1,229	)			2,869				(1,397	)

The estimated amortization expense for these other intangible assets for each of the five succeeding years is:

 

2011			255
2012			255
2013			232
2014			155
2015			132

All intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are subject to amortization and have no assumed residual value.

The expected weighted average remaining life of other intangibles is 4 years as of December 31, 2010.

 

F-50

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The estimated amortization expense for software as of December 31, 2010 for each of the five succeeding years is:

 

2011			8
2012			4
2013			2
2014			—
2015			—

The expected weighted average remaining lifetime of software is 1 year as of December 31, 2010.

21 Goodwill

The changes in goodwill in 2009 and 2010 were as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Balances as of January 1,			2,436				2,392
Changes in book value:
Adjustments			(31	)			28
Acquisitions			—				2
Divestments			(4	)			—
Transfer to assets held for sale			(72	)			—
Translation differences			63				(123	)
Total changes			(44	)			(93	)
Balances as of December 31,			2,392				2,299

Acquisition in 2010 related to the goodwill paid in connection with the acquisition of Jennic.

As a result of various additional settlements related to acquisitions from previous years, goodwill originally assigned from these acquisitions was adjusted in 2010 and 2009 and is reflected under ‘adjustments’, which are predominantly related to deferred tax effects with regard to purchase price accounting from the “Formation”.

The 2010 annual impairment test confirmed that the Company’s reporting units’ fair value substantially exceeded its carrying value. The Company concluded that in 2010 and 2009 there were no impairment charges.

In the bookvalue of goodwill as of December 31, 2010, an amount of $375 million (2009: $404 million) was included as the cumulative effect of impairments. The difference between the accumulated impairment amount and the charges recorded in the statement of operations is related to translation differences.

Refer to note 5 for acquisitions and divestments. Refer to note 4, Information by segment and main country, for a specification of goodwill by segment.

 

F-51

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

22 Accrued liabilities

Accrued liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Personnel-related costs:
—Salaries and wages			170				142
—Accrued vacation entitlements			43				40
—Other personnel-related costs			20				14
Utilities, rent and other			21				16
Income tax payable (refer to note 9)			5				5
Communication & IT costs (including accruals related to EDA contracts)			77				41
Distribution costs			10				7
Sales-related costs			33				8
Purchase-related costs			25				17
Interest accruals			68				92
Derivative instruments—liabilities (refer to note 38)			9				6
Liabilities for restructuring costs (refer to note 7)			13				10
Liabilities from contractual obligations			18				—
Accrual for deferred income from divestments			92				—
Other accrued liabilities			62				63
			666				461

Various accruals for deferred income from divestments from previous years (2009: $92 million) have been reclassified to other provisions.

23 Provisions

Provisions are summarized as follows:

 

		2009								2010
		Long-term				Short-term				Long-term				Short-term
Pensions for defined-benefit plans (refer to note 24)			135				7				143				8
Other postretirement benefits (refer to note 25)			9				—				6				1
Postemployment benefits and obligatory severance payments (refer to note 7)			43				257				32				55
Deferred tax liabilities (refer to note 9)			134				1				106				2
Liability for unrecognized tax benefits (refer to note 9)			59				—				62				9
Other provisions			43				3				66				20
Total			423				268				415				95

 

F-52

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The changes in total provisions excluding deferred tax liabilities and liabilities for uncertain tax positions liabilities are as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Beginning balance			222				629				497
Changes:
Additions			439				108				83
Utilizations			(35	)			(166	)			(175	)
Releases			(19	)			(76	)			(56	)
Translation differences			22				2				(17	)
Changes in consolidation			—				—				(2	)
Ending balance			629				497				330

Postemployment benefits and obligatory severance payments

The provision for postemployment benefits covers benefits provided to former or inactive employees after employment but before retirement, including salary continuation, supplemental unemployment benefits and disability-related benefits.

The provision for severance payments covers the Company’s commitment to pay employees a lump sum upon the employee’s dismissal or resignation. In the event that a former employee has passed away, in certain circumstances the Company pays a lump sum to the deceased employee’s relatives.

Product warranty

The provision for product warranty reflects the estimated costs of replacement and free-of-charge services that will be incurred by the Company with respect to products sold. The changes in the provision for product warranty are as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Beginning balance			3				—				—
Changes:
Additions			—				—				—
Utilizations			(1	)			—				—
Releases			(2	)			—				—
Translation differences			—				—				—
Changes in consolidation			—				—				—
Ending balance			—				—				—

Loss contingencies (environmental remediation and product liability)

The Company did not incur any expected losses with respect to environmental remediation and product liability obligations.

Other provisions

Other provisions include provisions for employee jubilee funds totaling $23 million as of December 31, 2010 (2009: $27 million).

 

F-53

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

24 Pensions

Our employees participate in employee pension plans in accordance with the legal requirements, customs and the local situation in the respective countries. These are defined-benefit pension plans, defined-contribution plans and multi-employer plans.

The benefits provided by defined-benefit plans are based on employees’ years of service and compensation levels. Contributions are made by the Company, as necessary, to provide assets sufficient to meet the benefits payable to defined-benefit pension plan participants.

These contributions are determined based upon various factors, including funded status, legal and tax considerations as well as local customs. The Company funds certain defined-benefit pension plans as claims are incurred.

The amount included in the statement of operations for the year 2010 was $83 million (2009: $77 million; 2008: $125 million) of which $63 million (2009: $57 million; 2008: $110 million) represents defined-contribution plans and similar plans.

The total cost of defined-benefit plans amounted to $20 million in 2010 (2009: $20 million; 2008: income $15 million) consisting of $20 million ongoing cost (2009: $24 million; 2008: $24 million) and nil from special events resulting from redesign, curtailments and settlements.

The Company currently expects contributions to pension plans which are estimated to amount to $73 million in 2011, consisting of $3 million employer contributions to defined-benefit pension plans, $62 million employer contributions to defined-contribution pension plans and multi-employer plans, and $8 million expected cash outflows in relation to unfunded pension plans.

The expected cash outflows in 2011 and subsequent years are uncertain and may change substantially as a consequence of statutory funding requirements as well as changes in actual versus currently assumed discount rates, estimations of compensation increases and returns on pension plan assets.

 

F-54

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The table below provides a summary of the changes in the pension benefit obligations and defined-benefit pension plan assets for 2010 and 2009, with respect to the Company’s dedicated plans, and a reconciliation of the funded status of these plans to the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

		2009				2010
Projected benefit obligation
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year			322				326
Additions			—				—
Service cost			15				12
Interest cost			14				15
Actuarial (gains) and losses			(8	)			21
Curtailments and settlements			(5	)			(4	)
Plan amendments			—				—
Employee contributions			—				—
Benefits paid			(21	)			(20	)
Exchange rate differences			9				(3	)
Projected benefit obligation at end of year			326				347
Plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year			137				152
Additions			—				—
Actual return on plan assets			11				8
Employer contributions			23				17
Employee contributions			—				—
Curtailments and settlements			(1	)			(3	)
Benefits paid			(22	)			(20	)
Exchange rate differences			4				(6	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year			152				148
Funded status			(174	)			(199	)
Classification of the funded status is as follows
—Prepaid pension cost under other non-current assets			28				22
—Accrued pension cost under other non-current liabilities			(60	)			(70	)
—Provisions for pensions under provisions			(142	)			(151	)
Total			(174	)			(199	)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (before tax)
AOCI at beginning of year			(32	)			(44	)
—Net actuarial loss (gain)			(11	)			21
—Prior service cost (credit)			—				—
—Exchange rate differences			(1	)			2
AOCI at end of year			(44	)			(21	)

The weighted average assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligations were as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Discount rate			4.8	%			4.3	%
Rate of compensation increase			3.0	%			3.1	%

 

F-55

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The weighted average assumptions used to calculate the net periodic pension cost were as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Discount rate			5.0	%			4.6	%			4.8	%
Expected returns on plan assets			4.7	%			4.3	%			4.3	%
Rate of compensation increase			3.8	%			3.1	%			3.0	%

For the Company’s major plans, the discount rate used is based on high quality corporate bonds (iBoxx Corporate Euro AA 10+).

Plans in countries without a deep corporate bond market use a discount rate based on the local sovereign rate and the plans maturity (Bloomberg Government Bond Yields).

Expected returns per asset class are based on the assumption that asset valuations tend to return to their respective long-term equilibria. The Expected Return on Assets for any funded plan equals the average of the expected returns per asset class weighted by their portfolio weights in accordance with the fund’s strategic asset allocation.

The components of net periodic pension costs were as follows:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Service cost			20				15				12
Interest cost on the projected benefit obligation			18				14				15
Expected return on plan assets			(9	)			(6	)			(6	)
Net amortization of unrecognized net assets/liabilities			—				—				—
Net actuarial loss recognized			(6	)			(2	)			(1	)
Curtailments & settlements			(11	)			(4	)			(1	)
Other			3				3				1
Net periodic cost			15				20				20

The Company expects to make cash contributions other than benefit payments in relation to defined-benefit plans amounting to $3 million in 2011.

A sensitivity analysis shows that if the discount rate increases by 1% from the level of December 31, 2010, with all other variables held constant, the net periodic pension cost would increase by $2 million. If the discount rate decreases by 1% from the level of December 31, 2010, with all other variables held constant, the net periodic pension cost would decrease by $1 million.

The estimated net actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year (2011) are nil and nil, respectively.

Estimated future pension benefit payments

The following benefit payments are expected to be made (including those for funded plans):

 

2011			14
2012			18
2013			14
2014			13
2015			14
Years 2016-2020			83

 

F-56

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

 

		2009				2010
Accumulated benefit obligation for all Company-dedicated benefit pension plans			285				300

Plan assets

The actual and targeted pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2009 and 2010 is as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Asset category:
Equity securities			13	%			17	%
Debt securities			60	%			57	%
Insurance contracts			13	%			8	%
Other			14	%			18	%
			100	%			100	%

The investment objectives for the pension plan assets are designed to generate returns that, along with the future contributions, will enable the pension plans to meet their future obligations. From total assets of $148 million, the German and Swiss pension fund represent $126 million. From this $126 million 29% is categorized as a Level 1 measurement, 70% as a Level 2 measurement and 1% as a Level 3 measurement. From the remaining assets of $22 million an amount of $11 million relates to assets held by insurance companies.

25 Postretirement benefits other than pensions

In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides other postretirement benefits, primarily retiree healthcare benefits in the USA accounted for as defined-benefit plans. The Company funds these other postretirement benefit plans as claims are incurred.

The amounts included in the consolidated statements of operations for 2010 are an expense of $1 million (2009: $1 million; 2008: $3 million).

The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2010 equals $7 million (2009: $9 million).

26 Other current liabilities

Other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Other taxes including social security premiums			26				26
Amounts payable under pension plans			33				22
Other short-term liabilities			28				47
Total			87				95

27 Short-term debt

 

		2009				2010
Revolving credit facility			600				400
Other short-term bank borrowings			10				18
Current portion of long-term debt			—				5
Total			610				423

 

F-57

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The weighted average interest rate under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility was 3.2% and 3.5% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We have a Secured Revolving Credit Facility of $669 million at December 31, 2010 based on exchange rates on that date, $720 million at December 31, 2009 based on exchange rates on that date, which we entered into on September 29, 2006 in order to finance our working capital requirements and general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2010, we had remaining borrowing capacity of an additional $258 million under that facility. Although the Secured Revolving Credit Facility expires in 2012, we have the flexibility of drawing and repaying under this facility on a short-term basis, the amounts drawn are classified as short-term debt.

On May 10, 2010, we entered into a €458 million Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, which becomes available, subject to specified conditions, on September 28, 2012, and matures on September 28, 2015, to replace our existing Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The conditions to utilization of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility include specified closing conditions, as well as conditions (i) that our consolidated net debt does not exceed $3,750 million as of June 30, 2012 (and if it exceeds $3,250 million on such date, the commitments under the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility will be reduced by 50%), and (ii) that we issue on or before September 28, 2012, securities with gross proceeds of $500 million, having a maturity at least 180 days after the maturity of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility, the proceeds of which are to be used to refinance debt (other than debt under the Secured Revolving Credit Facility) that matures before the maturity of the Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility.

In 2010 we borrowed locally $18 million in China for one of our subsidiaries in order to repay the entrusted loan to Sound Solutions Beijing. The latter company is now classified as a discontinued operation resulting from the intended sale of our Sound Solutions business to Knowles Electronics, an affiliate of Dover Corporation.

28 Long-term debt

 

		Range of interest rates				Average rate of interest				Amount outstanding 2010				Due in 2011				Due after 2011				Due after 2015				Average remaining term (in years)				Amount outstanding December 31, 2009
EUR notes			3.7	%-10.0%			5.2	%			1,193				—				1,193				—				3.3				1,666
USD notes			3.0	%-10.0%			7.7	%			2,911				—				2,911				1,000				4.9				3,000
Bank borrowings			2.0	%-2.5%			2.0	%			2				—				2				—				4.0				—
Liabilities arising from capital lease transactions			2.6	%-13.3%			5.4	%			24				5				19				1				2.8				4
Other long-term debt			1.0	%-1.2%			1.1	%			3				—				3				2				4.1				3
							7.0	%			4,133				5				4,128				1,003				4.4				4,673
Corresponding data previous year							6.0	%			4,673				—				4,673				1,218				4.5

 

F-58

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The following amounts of long-term debt at book value as of December 31, 2010 are due in the next 5 years:

 

2011			5
2012			10
2013			1,828	*
2014			365
2015			922
Due after 5 years			1,003
			4,133
Corresponding amount previous year			4,673

 

*	the expected cash outflow in 2013 is $1,882 million

Related to the Formation, NXP issued on October 12, 2006 several series of notes with maturities ranging from 7 to 9 years with a mix of floating and fixed rates. Several series are denominated in US dollar and several series are euro denominated. The euro and US dollar notes represent 29% and 71% respectively of the total principal amount of the notes outstanding. The series with tenors of 7 and 8 years are secured as described hereafter the two series with a tenor of 9 years are unsecured. On June 19, 2007, the Company concluded an exchange offer for these notes in which investors could exchange their existing notes for identical notes registered under the U.S. Securities Act.

Debt exchange and repurchase

At December 31, 2010, the total long-term debt has been reduced to $4,128 million from $4,673 million at the beginning of the year and $5,964 million at the beginning of 2009.

In 2010, our long-term debt level reduced by $545 million. We were able to buy back $1,440 million of our outstanding debt for a cash consideration of $1,383 million. This was financed by cash from operations and our offer of $1,000 million senior secured notes due 2018 (the bank fees related to this new issuance of $28 million were capitalized) and $448 million of net proceeds from the completion of an IPO.

In 2009 the long-term debt level was reduced mainly by $1,331 million related to the several private and open market transactions detailed below. These transactions were executed during the second and third quarter of the year.

In the second quarter of 2009 we reduced our overall debt level by $517 million through a private offer to exchange existing unsecured and secured notes for new U.S. dollar and Euro-denominated super priority notes. This transaction resulted in a reduction of $595 million of our outstanding long-term existing debt offset by the issuance of new super priority notes of $78 million at par value and a write off of debt issuance cost of $10 million. New debt issuance costs of $12 million were capitalized in conjunction with the issuance of the new super priority notes.

We recognized a net gain on this transaction of $507 million. The super priority notes issued are recorded in the balance sheet at a $50 million discount, which is subject to accretion to par value over the term of these notes using the effective interest method. The super priority notes are initially measured at fair value based upon the public trading prices of the existing notes exchanged immediately prior to the launch of the debt exchange (level 2 measurement).

In the third quarter of 2009, our overall debt level further reduced by $814 million. This is the result of our offer to purchase unsecured and secured notes for cash, a privately negotiated transaction to purchase secured notes for cash, and a privately negotiated transaction in which a purchase of secured notes for cash is combined

 

F-59

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

with a purchase of unsecured notes against issuance of new super priority notes. This transaction included a reduction of $916 million of our outstanding long-term existing debt offset by the issuance of new super priority notes of $102 million at par value, a cash expense of $286 million and a write off of debt issuance cost of $15 million. New debt issuance costs of $3 million were capitalized in conjunction with the issuance of the new super priority notes. On these transactions we recognized a net gain of $513 million. The super priority notes issued are recorded in the balance sheet at a $29 million discount, which is subject to accretion to par value over the term of these notes using the effective interest method. The super priority notes are initially measured at fair value based upon the public trading prices of the existing notes exchanged immediately prior to the launch of the debt exchange (level 2 measurement).

The Company may from time to time continue to seek to retire or purchase its outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.

Other effects on the total long-term debt position relate to the translation of euro-denominated notes outstanding.

Euro notes

The Euro notes outstanding per the end of December 2010 consist of the following three series:

 

•

a €29 million aggregate principal amount of 10% super priority notes due 2013.

 

•

a €637 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior secured notes due 2013 with an interest rate of three-month EURIBOR plus 2.75%, except that the interest rate for the period beginning on the date these notes were offered, October 12, 2006 through January 14, 2007 was 6.214%; and

 

•

a €235 million aggregate principal amount of 8.625% senior notes due 2015; and

U.S. dollar-denominated notes

The U.S. dollar-denominated notes consist of the following four series:

 

•

a $221 million aggregate principal amount of 10% super priority notes due 2013.

 

•

a $766 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior secured notes due 2013 with an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.75%, except that the interest rate for the period beginning on the date these notes were offered, October 12, 2006 through January 14, 2007 was 8.118%; and

 

•

a $362 million aggregate principal amount of 7.875% senior secured notes due 2014; and

 

•

a $606 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% senior notes due 2015; and

 

•

a $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% senior secured notes due 2018.

Certain terms and Covenants of the Euro and U.S. dollar-denominated notes

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes.

The indentures governing the notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit the Company’s ability and that of restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, pay dividends, redeem capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments; enter into agreements that restrict dividends from restricted subsidiaries; sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries; engage in transactions with affiliates; and effect a consolidation or merger.

 

F-60

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Certain portions of long-term and short-term debt as of December 31, 2010 in the principal amount of $3,639 million (2009: $4,123 million) have been secured by collateral on substantially all of the Company’s assets and of certain of its subsidiaries.

The notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally, on a senior basis by certain of the Company’s current and future material wholly owned subsidiaries (“Guarantors”).

Pursuant to various security documents related to the above mentioned secured notes and the $669 million (denominated €500 million) committed revolving credit facility, the Company and each Guarantor has granted first priority liens and security interests in, amongst others, the following, subject to the grant of further permitted collateral liens:

 

(a)

all present and future shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) each of its present and future direct subsidiaries, other than SMST Unterstützungskasse GmbH, and material joint venture entities;

 

(b)

all present and future intercompany debt of the Company and each Guarantor;

 

(c)

all of the present and future property and assets, real and personal, of the Company, and each Guarantor, including, but not limited to, machinery and equipment, inventory and other goods, accounts receivable, owned real estate, leaseholds, fixtures, general intangibles, license rights, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, chattel paper, insurance proceeds, contract rights, hedge agreements, documents, instruments, indemnification rights, tax refunds, but excluding cash and bank accounts; and

 

(d)

all proceeds and products of the property and assets described above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain assets may not be pledged (or the liens not perfected) in accordance with agreed security principles, including:

 

•

if the cost of providing security is not proportionate to the benefit accruing to the holders; and

 

•

if providing such security requires consent of a third party and such consent cannot be obtained after the use of commercially reasonable efforts; and

 

•

if providing such security would be prohibited by applicable law, general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalization” rules or similar matters or providing security would be outside the applicable pledgor’s capacity or conflict with fiduciary duties of directors or cause material risk of personal or criminal liability after using commercially reasonable efforts to overcome such obstacles; and

 

•

if providing such security would have a material adverse effect (as reasonably determined in good faith by such subsidiary) on the ability of such subsidiary to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the indenture; and

 

•

if providing such security or perfecting liens thereon would require giving notice (i) in the case of receivables security, to customers or (ii) in the case of bank accounts, to the banks with whom the accounts are maintained. Such notice will only be provided after the secured notes are accelerated.

Subject to agreed security principles, if material property is acquired by the Company or a Guarantor that is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest under the security documents, then the Company or relevant Guarantor will within 60 days provide security over this property and deliver certain certificates and opinions in respect thereof as specified in the indenture governing the notes.

 

F-61

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

29 Other non-current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

		2009				2010
Accrued pension costs			60				70
Asset retirement obligations			12				12
Liabilities related to EDA contracts			34				11
Other			53				14
			159				107

30 Contractual obligations

For an explanation of long-term debt and other long-term liabilities, see note 28 and 29.

Property, plant and equipment includes $24 million as of December 31, 2010 (2009: $4 million) for capital leases and other beneficial rights of use, such as building rights and hire purchase agreements. The financial obligations arising from these contractual agreements are reflected in long-term debt.

Operating leases

Long-term operating lease commitments totaled $150 million as of December 31, 2010 (2009: $195 million). The long-term operating leases are mainly related to the rental of buildings. These leases expire at various dates during the next 30 years.

Operating lease payments for 2010 totaled $37 million (2009: $37 million; 2008: $37 million).

The future payments that fall due in connection with these obligations are as follows:

 

2011			27
2012			23
2013			20
2014			18
2015			18
Later			44
Total			150

31 Contingent liabilities

Guarantees

At the end of 2010 there were no material guarantees recognized by the Company.

Capital contributions

The Company has a contractual agreement to contribute $18 million in its ASEN venture if our venture partner also contributes its contractually agreed amounts; the contribution may occur in the near future.

 

F-62

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Other commitments

The Company has made certain commitments to SSMC, whereby the Company is obligated to make cash payments to SSMC should it fail to purchase an agreed-upon percentage of the total available capacity at SSMC’s fabrication facilities if overall SSMC utilization levels drop below a fixed proportion of the total available capacity. In the periods presented in these financial statements no such payments were made. Furthermore, other commitments exist with respect to long-term obligations for a joint development contract with Catena Holding BV of $9 million.

Environmental remediation

The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable.

At the end of 2010 the Company has not incurred material environmental remediation obligations.

Litigation

The Company and certain of its businesses are involved as plaintiffs or defendants in litigation relating to such matters as commercial transactions, intellectual property rights and product liability. Although the ultimate disposition of asserted claims and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of the Company’s management that the outcome of any such claims, either individually or on a combined basis, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s combined or consolidated financial position, but may be material to the consolidated statement of operations of the Company for a particular period.

On January 7, 2009, the European Commission issued a release in which it confirms it will start investigations in the smart card chip sector. The European Commission has reason to believe that the companies concerned may have violated European Union competition rules prohibiting certain practices such as price fixing, customer allocation and the exchange of commercially sensitive information. As one of the companies active in the smart card chip sector, NXP is subject to a number of these ongoing investigations and is assisting the regulatory authorities in these investigations. The investigations are in their initial stages and it is currently impossible to reliably estimate the outcome of the investigations.

32 Stockholder’s equity

The Company has amended its Articles of Association on August 2, 2010 in order to effect a 1-for-20 reverse stock split of its shares of common stock. The exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable under the Company’s share-based compensation plans were proportionately adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split. Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding and earnings per share have been calculated to reflect the reverse stock split in all periods presented. The final result is that the stock capital of the Company as of December 31, 2010 consists of 1,076,257,500 authorized shares, including 430,503,000 authorized shares of common stock, and 645,754,500 authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.

In 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering of 34 million shares of common stock, priced at $14 per share. As a result, the number of common shares increased from 215,251,500 shares to 249,251,500 shares. As a result of the implementation of a new long-term incentive plan introduced in November 2010, the Company has issued 1,500,000 additional shares of common stock.

At December 2010, the Company has issued and paid up 250,751,500 ordinary shares of common stock at a par value of €0.20 each or a nominal stock capital of €50 million.

 

F-63

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The Company has granted stock options and equity rights to employees of NXP B.V. and its subsidiaries to receive the Company’s shares or depository receipts in future (refer to note 34).

33 Related-party transactions

The Company entered into related-party transactions with:

 

1.

Various related parties in which NXP typically holds a 50% or less equity interest and has significant influence (refer to note 10). The transactions in these related parties are generally conducted with terms comparable to transactions with third parties, however in certain instances upon divestment of former businesses where we enter into supply arrangements with the former owned business, sales are conducted at cost.

 

2.

In 2008, the Company established a joint venture with STMicroelectronics, at that time named ST-NXP Wireless, and then sold in February 2009. As of February, 2009, this (former) joint venture is no longer a related-party.

Through the purchase of component products, namely semiconductor products for the consumer electronic sector, NXP and Philips will have a continuing relationship for the foreseeable future.

The following table presents the amounts related to revenues and expenses incurred in transactions with these related parties:

 

		2008				2009				2010
Revenues			112				25				292
Purchase of goods and services			328				98				139

The following table presents the amounts related to accounts receivable and payable balances with these related parties:

 

		2009				2010
Receivables			7				19
Payables			30				20

On September 7, 2010, Philips Pension Trustees Limited purchased Philips’ 42,715,650 shares of common stock in the Company (“Transfer Shares”) in a private transaction. In a subsequent private transaction, on October 29, 2010, PPTL Investment LP purchased the Transfer Shares from Philips Pension Trustees Limited by way of a transfer agreement, to which also Philips is a party (“Amended Transfer Agreement”). PPTL Investment LP acquired the Transfer Shares for the purpose of owning and managing such assets as may be contributed to Philips Pension Trustees Limited.

Since October, 2006 selected members of our management purchased approximately 550,000 rights to common shares of the Company. These rights to shares have been purchased at a price estimated to be fair market value and in the aggregate represent a beneficial interest in the Company of approximately 0.25%. In March 2011, these rights to shares have been converted in shares of common stock and are freely tradable as of the conversion.

34 Share-based compensation

We record share-based compensation arrangements in accordance with Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. Topic 718 requires the cost of share-based payment arrangements to be recorded in the statement of operations.

 

F-64

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Share-based compensation plans for employees were introduced in 2007. Subsequent to becoming a listed company in August 2010, the Company introduced additional share-based compensation plans for eligible employees in November 2010. The plans introduced in November 2010 are referred to as the “Post-IPO Plans” and the plans introduced prior to November 2010 are referred to as the “Pre-IPO Plans”.

Post-IPO Plan

After NXP Semiconductors N.V. became a publicly listed company in August 2010, a new share-based payments program was launched in November 2010. Under this program performance stock, stock options and restricted shares were granted to eligible employees. The options have a strike price equal to the closing share price on the grant date of November 2, 2010. The fair value of the options has been calculated with the Black-Scholes-Merton formula, using the following assumptions:

 

•

an expected life of 6.25 years, calculated in accordance with the guidance provided in SEC Staff bulletin No. 110 for plain vanilla options using the simplified method, as given our equity shares have been publicly traded for only a limited period of time we do not have sufficient historical exercise data;

 

•

a risk-free interest rate of 1.67%;

 

•

no expected dividend payments; and

 

•

a volatility of 45% based on the volatility of a set of peer companies. Peer company data has been used given the short period of time our shares have been publicly traded.

Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate.

A charge of $2 million was recorded in 2010 for Post—IPO Plans.

A summary of the status of NXP Semiconductor’s Post—IPO stock options and share rights granted in 2010 and changes during this year is presented below.

Stock options

 

		2010
		Stock options				Weighted average exercise price in USD
Outstanding at January 1			—				—
Granted			3,749,932				13.27
Exercised			—				—
Forfeited			—				—
Cancelled			—				—
Outstanding at December 31			3,749,932				13.27

At December 31, 2010, none of the outstanding options are currently exercisable.

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options per share granted in 2010 was $6.04. The number of vested stock options at December 31, 2010 was nil.

At December 31, 2010, there was a total of $17 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.8 years.

 

F-65

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

The outstanding options issued under the Post-IPO Plans are categorized in exercise price as follows:

USD-denominated

 

exercise price		Shares				Intrinsic value in millions				Weighted average remaining contractual term
13.27			3,749,932			$	29				9.8

The aggregate intrinsic value in the tables and text above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2010 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders if the options had been exercised on December 31, 2010.

Performance share units

 

		2010
		Shares				Weighted average grant date fair value in USD
Outstanding at January 1			—				—
Granted			846,819				13.27
Exercised			—				—
Forfeited			—				—
Cancelled			—				—
Outstanding at December 31			846,819				13.27

The weighted average grant date fair value of performance share units granted in 2010 was $13.27. The number of vested performance share units at December 31, 2010 was nil.

At December 31, 2010, there was a total of $9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested performance share units. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years.

Restricted share units

 

		2010
		Shares				Weighted average grant date fair value in USD
Outstanding at January 1			—				—
Granted			1,283,395				13.27
Exercised			—				—
Forfeited			—				—
Cancelled			—				—
Outstanding at December 31			1,283,395				13.27

The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted share units granted in 2010 was $13.27. The number of vested restricted share units at December 31, 2010 was nil.

 

F-66

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

At December 31, 2010, there was a total of $13 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted share units. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years.

Pre-IPO Plans

Under these plans, stock options were issued to certain employees of the Company. In addition, certain members of our management have the right to purchase depository receipts of shares of common stock of NXP Semiconductors N.V. upon exercise and payment of the exercise price, after these rights have vested and only upon a sale of shares by the Private Equity Consortium or upon a change of control (in particular, the Private Equity Consortium no longer jointly holding at least 30% of our common stock). In addition, exercise of stock options is also contingent upon a sale of shares by the Private Equity Consortium or upon a change of control as defined above.

The exercise prices of stock options granted in 2007 and 2008 range from €20.00 to €50.00 after taking into account the reverse stock split in August, 2010. Also, equity rights were granted to certain non-executive employees containing the right to acquire our shares of common stock for no consideration after the rights have vested and upon a change of control (in particular, the Private Equity Consortium no longer jointly holding 30% of our common stock).

Since none of our stock options, equity rights or shares of common stock were traded on any stock exchange until August 2010, and exercise is dependent upon certain conditions, employees can receive no value nor derive any benefit from holding these options or rights without the fulfillment of the conditions for exercise. We have concluded that the fair value of the share-based payments could best be estimated by the use of a binomial option-pricing model because such model takes into account the various conditions and subjective assumptions that determine the estimated value. In addition to the estimated value of the Company based on projected cash flows, the assumptions used were:

 

•

Expected life of the options and equity rights is calculated as the difference between the grant dates and an exercise triggering event not before the end of 2011. For the options granted under the Pre-IPO Plans, expected lives varying from 4.25 to 3 years have been assumed;

 

•

Risk-free interest rate, varying from 4.1% to 1.6%;

 

•

Expected asset volatility, varying from 27% to 38% (based on the average volatility of comparable companies over an equivalent period from valuation date to exit date);

 

•

Dividend pay-out ratio of nil;

 

•

Lack of marketability discounts—used was between 35% and 26%;

 

•

The Business Economic Value of the Group based on projected discounted cash flows as derived from our business plan for the next 3 years, extrapolated until 2021 and using 3% terminal growth rates (the discount factor was based on a weighted average cost of capital of 12,4%).

Because the options and rights are not traded, an option-based approach (the Finnerty model) was used to calculate an appropriate discount for lack of marketability. The expected life of the options and rights is an estimate based on the time period private equity on average takes to liquidate its investment. The volatility assumption has been based on the average volatility of comparable companies over an equivalent period from valuation date to exit date.

In May 2009, we executed a stock option exchange program for stock options granted up till that date, and which were estimated to be deeply out of the money. Under this stock option exchange program, stock options

 

F-67

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

with new exercise prices, different volumes and, in certain cases, revised vesting schedules, were granted to eligible individuals, in exchange for their owned stock options. By accepting the new stock options all stock options (vested and unvested) owned by the eligible individuals were cancelled. The number of employees eligible for and affected by the stock option exchange program was approximately 120. Since May 2009, stock options have been granted to eligible individuals under the revised stock options program. The exercise prices of these stock options ranged from €0.10 to €2.00 prior to the reverse stock split. After completion of our reverse stock split in August 2010, these exercise prices range from €2.00 to €40.00. No modifications occurred with respect to the equity rights of the non-executive employees.

In accordance with the provisions of Topic 718, the unrecognized portion of the compensation costs of the cancelled options continues to be recognized over their remaining requisite vesting period. For the replacement options the incremental compensation costs are determined as the difference between the fair value of the cancelled options immediately before the grant date of the replacement options and the fair value of these replacement options at the grant date. This incremental compensation cost will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

A charge of $10 million was recorded in 2010 (2009: $19 million, 2008: $35 million) for Pre-IPO Plans, of which $6 million related to incremental compensation costs for the modified stock option scheme (2009: $2 million; 2008 nil).

The following table summarizes the information about outstanding NXP Semiconductor’s stock options and changes during 2010.

Stock options

 

		2010
		Stock options				Weighted average exercise price in EUR
Outstanding at January 1			18,967,153				23.60
Cancelled			—				—
Granted as replacement for cancelled option			—				—
Newly granted options			1,255,977				22.60
Exercised			—				—
Forfeited			(2,173,007	)			25.51
Outstanding at December 31			18,050,123				23.30

The exercise prices range from €2.00 to 50.00

At December 31, 2010, none of the outstanding options are currently exercisable.

The number of vested options at December 31, 2010 was 12,092,954 with a weighted average exercise price of €15.19.

 

		2010
		Weighted average fair value in EUR
Weighted average grant-date fair value in euro of options granted during:
2008			1.60
2009			1.80
2010			1.20

 

F-68

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

None of the options will expire as a result of exceeding the maximum contractual term because such maximum term is not applicable.

The outstanding options issued under the Pre-IPO plans are categorized in exercise prices as follows:

EUR-denominated

 

exercise price		Shares				Intrinsic value in millions
2.00			2,341,221				43
5.40			68,770				1
7.60			30,014				—
15.00			6,122,252				6
20.00			1,488,694				—
30.00			3,353,283				—
40.00			3,925,249				—
50.00			720,640				—
			18,050,123				50

The aggregate intrinsic value in the tables and text above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2010 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders if the options had been exercised on December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2010, a total of $10 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.3 years.

To date, there has been no exercise of options under the Pre-IPO Plans.

A summary of the status of NXP Semiconductor’s equity rights and changes during 2010 is presented below. All equity rights have an exercise price of nil.

Equity rights

 

		2010
		Shares				Weighted average grant date fair value in EUR
Outstanding at January 1			603,282				8.40
Granted			—				—
Exercised			—				—
Forfeited			(130,540	)			5.80
Cancelled			—				—
Outstanding at December 31			472,742				9.13

In 2010 there were no new equity rights issued. The weighted average grant date fair value of equity rights granted in 2009 and 2008 was €5.20 for both years. The number of vested equity rights at December 31, 2010 was 218,740 (December 31, 2009: nil).

At December 31, 2010, there was a total of $0.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested equity rights. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.3 years.

 

F-69

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

None of the stock options or equity rights are currently exercisable and none of the equity rights will expire as a result of exceeding the maximum contractual term because such maximum term is not applicable to these instruments.

35 Cash and cash equivalents

At December 31, 2010, our cash balance was $898 million (2009: $1,026 million), of which $338 million (2009: $235 million) was held by SSMC, our joint venture company with TSMC. A portion of this cash can be distributed by way of dividend to us, but 39% of the dividend will be paid to our joint venture partner as well. In 2010, there was no dividend distribution from SSMC.

36 Assets received in lieu of cash from the sale of businesses

In 2010, shares in Trident were obtained upon completion of the transaction to sell the digital television and set-top-box business to Trident Microsystems, Inc. ($177 million).

In 2009, shares and options were obtained upon completion of the strategic alliance with Virage Logic Corporation ($15 million).

37 Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methods. The estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange or the value that will ultimately be realized by the Company upon maturity or disposal. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements” requires to make quantitative disclose for financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. In the table below the column “Fair value hierarchy” the indicated level explains how fair value measurements have been arrived at.

 

•

Level 1 measures fair value based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

•

Level 2 measures fair value based on significant other observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets, observable interest rates or yield curves, etc.;

 

•

Level 3 measures of fair value are based on unobservable inputs such as internally developed or used techniques.

 

						December 31, 2009								December 31, 2010
		Fair  value hierarchy1)				Carrying amount				Estimated fair value				Carrying amount				Estimated fair value
Assets:
Other financial assets2)			2				35				35				19				19
Derivative instruments-assets2)			2				2				2				4				4
Liabilities:
Short-term debt			2				(610	)			(610	)			(423	)			(423	)
Long-term debt (bonds)			1				(4,666	)			(4,019	)			(4,104	)			(4,361	)
Other long-term debt			2				(7	)			(7	)			(24	)			(24	)
Derivative instruments-liabilities2)			2				(9	)			(9	)			(6	)			(6	)

 

F-70

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

 

1)	Transfers between the levels of fair value hierarchy are recognized when a change in circumstances would require it. There were no transfers during the reporting periods presented in the table above.

2)	Represent assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

For the fair value measurements of pension plan assets, and projected benefit obligations under these defined benefit plans you are referred to note 24.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

Other financial assets

For other financial assets, fair value is based upon significant other observable inputs depending on the nature of the other financial asset.

Debt

The fair value is estimated on the basis of the quoted market prices for certain issues, or on the basis of discounted cash flow analyses based upon the incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements with comparable terms and maturities. Accrued interest is included under accounts payable and not within the carrying amount or estimated fair value of debt.

38 Other financial instruments, derivatives and currency risk

The Company does not purchase or hold financial derivative instruments for trading purposes. Assets and liabilities related to derivative instruments are disclosed in note 16 and note 22. Currency fluctuations may impact the Company’s financial results. The Company has a structural currency mismatch between costs and revenues, as a high proportion of its production, administration and research and development costs is denominated in euro while a higher proportion of its revenues is denominated in U.S. dollars or U.S. dollar-related currencies. In addition, the U.S. dollar-denominated debt held by our Dutch subsidiary which has a euro functional currency may generate adverse currency results in income as well depending on the exchange rate movement between the euro and U.S. dollar.

The Company’s transactions are denominated in a variety of currencies. The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations. The Company generally hedges foreign currency exposures in relation to transaction exposures, such as receivables/payables resulting from such transactions and part of anticipated sales and purchases. The Company generally uses forwards to hedge these exposures.

Changes in the fair value of foreign currency accounts receivable/payable as well as changes in the fair value of the hedges of accounts receivable/payable are reported in the statement of operations under cost of revenues. The hedges related to anticipated transactions are recorded as cash flow hedges. The results from such hedges were deferred in equity until 2007. From December 2007 going forward, the application of cash flow hedge accounting for foreign currency risks is limited to transactions that represent a substantial currency risk that could materially affect the financial position of the Company. Consequently, the application of cash flow hedge accounting seldom occurs. Changes in the fair value of these forward currency transactions that are not designated to anticipated transactions are immediately reported in the statement of operations under cost of revenues.

 

F-71

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Derivative instruments relate to

 

•

hedged balance sheet items,

 

•

hedged anticipated currency exposures with a duration of up to 12 months.

The derivative assets at the end of 2010 amounted to $4 million (2009: $2 million whereas derivative liabilities amounted to $6 million (2009: $9 million) and are included in other current assets and accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Currency risk

A higher proportion of our revenues is in US dollars or US dollar- related currencies, compared to our costs. Accordingly, our results of operations may be affected by changes in foreign exchange rates, particularly between the euro and US dollar. A strengthening of the euro against US dollar during any reporting period will reduce operating income of the Company.

It is the Company’s policy that transaction exposures are hedged. Accordingly, the Company’s organizations identify and measure their exposures from transactions denominated in other than their own functional currency.

We calculate our net exposure on a cash flow basis considering balance sheet items, actual orders received or made and anticipated revenues and expenses.

Committed foreign currency exposures are required to be fully hedged using forward contracts. The net exposures related to anticipated transactions are hedged with a combination of forward transactions up to a maximum tenor of 12 months and a cash position in both euro and dollar. The currency exposure related to our bonds has not been hedged.

The table below outlines the foreign currency transactions outstanding per December 31, 2010:

 

($ in millions)		Aggregate Contract Amount buy/(sell)(1)				Weighted Average Tenor (in months)				Fair Value
Foreign currency forward contracts(1)
Euro (U.S. dollar)			(163	)			2				(1.6	)
(Euro) Japanese Yen			(10	)			1				(0.3	)
Pound Sterling (U.S. dollar)			(18	)			1				(0.3	)
(Euro) Pound Sterling			(2	)			1				0.0
(U.S. dollar) Singapore dollar			(12	)			2				0.2
(U.S. dollar) Chinese yuan			(2	)			1				0.0
Euro (Singapore dollar)			(9	)			1				0.0

 

(1)	U.S. dollar equivalent

Interest rate risk

The Company has significant outstanding debt, which creates an inherent interest rate risk. On October 12, 2006, the Company issued several series of notes with maturities ranging from 7 to 9 years and a mix of floating and fixed rates. Through a combination of several private and open market transactions the long-term debt level was reduced during 2009. We furthermore did a private offer to exchange existing unsecured and secured notes

 

F-72

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

for new U.S. dollar and euro-denominated super priority notes. In 2010, our long-term debt level reduced by $545 million. We were able to buy back $1,440 million of outstanding debt. This was financed by cash from operations and our offer of $1,000 million senior secured notes due 2018 and the completion of an IPO with $448 million of net proceeds. The euro and U.S. dollar-denominated notes outstanding on December 31, 2010 represent 29% and 71%, respectively, of the total notes outstanding.

The following table summarizes the outstanding notes per December 31, 2010:

 

		Principal amount*				Fixed/ floating				Current coupon rate				Maturity date
Senior Priority Notes		€	29				Fixed				10.0	%			2013
Senior Priority Notes		$	221				Fixed				10.0	%			2013
Senior Secured Notes		€	637				Floating				3,74	%			2013
Senior Secured Notes		$	766				Floating				3,04	%			2013
Senior Secured Notes		$	362				Fixed				7,875	%			2014
Senior Notes		€	235				Fixed				8,625	%			2015
Senior Notes		$	606				Fixed				9,5	%			2015
Senior Secured Notes		$	1,000				Fixed				9,75	%			2018

 

*	amount in millions

A sensitivity analysis shows that if interest rates were to increase/decrease instantaneously by 1% from the level of December 31, 2010 all other variables held constant, the annualized net interest expense would increase/decrease by $16 million. This impact is based on the outstanding net debt position as per December 31, 2010.

39 Subsequent events

Potential Secondary Offering of Common Stock

On or about March 9, 2011, we will file a registration statement with the SEC for a potential secondary offering of our shares of common stock.

Share Based Compensation Plans

On or about March 9, 2011, we will file a registration statement with the SEC in relation to the Management Equity Stock Option Plan, the Global Equity Incentive Program and the Long Term Incentive plan 2010, which we introduced in November 2010. Following the filing of such registration statement, pursuant to our Management Equity Stock Option Plan, members of our management team and certain other executives will be allowed to exercise, from time to time, their vested options. The proportion of options available for exercise cannot exceed the proportion of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold by our co-investors, including the Private Equity Consortium, to the total number of shares of common stock owned by such co-investors. We expect that following the completion of this offering, up to 15% of the vested options under the Management Equity Stock Option Plan will become exercisable, subject to the applicable laws and regulations.

 

F-73

---

Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements of NXP Semiconductors N.V.—(Continued)

All amounts in millions of $ unless otherwise stated

 

Term Loan

On March 4, 2011, we entered into a $500 million Term Loan to finance general corporate purposes (including refinancing or repaying indebtedness). Utilization of the Term Loan is subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions. Loans under the Term Loan are denominated in U.S. dollars and bear interest at a rate per annum (calculated on a 360 day basis or, in respect of Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) loans calculated on the basis of the prime rate, a 365 day basis) (i) in the case of LIBOR loans, equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% (provided that LIBOR shall be deemed not to be less than 1.25%) and (ii) in the case of Alternate Base Rate (ABR) loans, equal to ABR (the higher of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) LIBOR plus 1.00%) plus 2.25%. The Term Loan will amortize in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount with the balance payable on the final maturity date. The Term Loan has substantially the same covenants as our existing Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

In connection with the Term Loan, on March 7, 2011 we issued redemption notices for all $362 million outstanding of our 2014 Dollar Fixed Rate Secured Notes due 2014, together with $100 million of our Dollar Floating Rate Secured Notes and €143 million of our Euro Floating Rate Secured Notes. The redemptions will be conditional on the receipt of proceeds from the new term loan facility.

 

F-74

---

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Under Dutch law, indemnification provisions may be included in the articles of association. Accordingly, our articles of association, in effect since August 2, 2010, provide that we shall reimburse the members of the board of directors and the former members of the board of directors for damages and various costs and expenses related to claims brought against them in connection with the exercise of their duties. However, there shall be no entitlement to reimbursement if and to the extent that (i) a Dutch court has established in a final and conclusive decision that the act or failure to act of the person concerned may be characterized as willful (opzettelijk), intentionally reckless (bewust roekeloos) or seriously culpable (ernstig verwijtbaar) conduct, unless Dutch law provides otherwise or this would, in view of the circumstances of the case, be unacceptable according to standards of reasonableness and fairness or (ii) the costs or financial loss of the person concerned are covered by an insurance and the insurer has paid out the costs or financial loss. We may enter into indemnification agreements with the members of the board of directors and our officers to provide for further details on these matters. We expect to purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the members of the board of directors and certain other officers, substantially in line with that purchased by similarly situated companies.

 

Item 7.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Under the Management Equity Stock Option Plan, certain members of our management have the right to purchase shares of common stock of NXP Semiconductors N.V. upon exercise and payment of the exercise price, after these rights have vested and only upon a sale of shares by the Private Equity Consortium or upon a change of control (in particular, the Private Equity Consortium no longer jointly holding at least 30% of our common stock). In addition, the exercise of stock options is also contingent upon a sale of shares by the Private Equity Consortium or upon a change of control, as defined above.

From October 2007 to December 2008, we granted approximately 135 members of management and executive officers, stock options under which, such members of management and executive officers, were given the right to purchase an aggregate of approximately 42.5 million depositary receipts representing an aggregate of approximately 42.5 million shares of our common stock upon exercise and payment of the exercise price, after these rights vested, and only upon a sale of shares by the Private Equity Consortium or upon a change of control (in particular, upon the Private Equity Consortium no longer holding 30% of our common stock). The exercise prices for these stock options ranged from €20.00 to €50.00 per stock option. As of December 31, 2008, rights to purchase depositary receipts representing an aggregate of approximately 33 million shares of common stock were outstanding. Most of these outstanding shares of common stock were cancelled under our new stock options exchange program of May 2009, which is described below. The remaining lapsed as a result of the holders of stock options having left our employment. Approximately 4.5 million stock options entitling to the right to purchase depositary receipts representing an aggregate of approximately 4.5 million shares of our common stock have not been exchanged and are still outstanding as per December 31, 2010.

In May 2009, we executed a stock option exchange program for stock options granted up until that date and which were estimated to be deeply out of the money. Under this stock option exchange program, stock options with new exercise prices, different volumes and, in certain cases, revised vesting schedules, were granted to eligible individuals, in exchange for their existing stock options. By accepting the new stock options all existing stock options (vested and unvested) owned by the eligible individuals were cancelled. The number of employees eligible for and affected by the stock option exchange program was approximately 120. Since May 2009, stock options have been granted to eligible individuals under the revised stock options program. The exercise prices of these stock options ranged from €0.10 to €2.00; for comparison reasons and according to the reverse stock split on August 2010, these exercise prices currently range from €2.00 to €40.00.

 

II-1

---

Table of Contents

From October 2007 to April 4, 2010, we granted approximately 1,045 non-executive employees equity rights under which such non-executive employees were given the right to acquire an aggregate of approximately 474,722 shares of common stock for no consideration after the rights vested and upon a change of control (in particular, upon the Private Equity Consortium no longer holding 30% of our common stock).

Since none of these pre-IPO stock options, equity rights and shares of common stock were traded on any stock exchange until August 2010, and exercise is dependent upon certain conditions, employees can receive no value nor derive any benefit from holding these options or rights without the fulfillment of the conditions for exercise. We have concluded that the fair value of the share-based payments could best be estimated by the use of a binomial option-pricing model because such model takes into account the various conditions and subjective assumptions that determine the estimated value. These assumptions are discussed in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Share-based Compensation,” included elsewhere in this registration statement.

In November 2010, we launched and implemented the new Long-Term Incentive Plan 2010 for approximately 980 employees, including our chief executive officer and the other members of the management team. Under this plan, an aggregate of approximately 3,749,932 stock options have been granted that vest over a four year period. In addition, under this plan we have granted performance stock units and restricted stock units that vest over a three year period. The options have a strike price equal to the closing share price on the grant date of November 2, 2010. The fair value of the options under the post-IPO Long–Term Incentive Plan has been calculated with the Black-Scholes-Merton formula, using certain assumptions. These assumptions are discussed in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Share-based Compensation,” included elsewhere in this registration statement.

Because the stock options and equity rights were not traded, an option-based approach (the Finnerty model) was used to calculate an appropriate discount for lack of marketability. The expected life of the stock options and equity rights is an estimate based on the time period private equity investors typically take to liquidate a portfolio investment. The volatility assumption has been based on the average volatility of comparable companies over an equivalent period from valuation to exit date.

The current option pool available for stock options grants, as determined by our stockholders, is for an amount of stock options performance related stock units and restricted stock units, representing, in the aggregate, up to 25.25 million common shares in our share capital. As of December 31, 2010, a total of approximately 24 million stock options were granted and were outstanding, under our various share-based compensation plans to a group of approximately 125 (current and former) NXP executives (which includes our chief executive officer and the other members of the management team). These stock options can be exercised at exercise prices which vary from €2.00 to €50.00 per stock option.

The issuances described above were effected without registration in reliance on (1) the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, because the sales did not involve any public offering, (2) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act for shares that were sold under a written compensatory benefit plan or contract for the participation of our employees, directors, officers, consultants and advisors, and (3) Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act relating to offerings of securities outside of the United States.

 

Item 8.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibits

See exhibit index which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

II-2

---

Table of Contents

Financial Statements Schedules

All information for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission is either included in the financial statements or is not required under the related instructions or is inapplicable, and therefore has been omitted.

 

Item 9.

Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the several underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the several underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F–1 and has duly caused this registration statement or amendment thereto to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Eindhoven, the Netherlands on March 22, 2011.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to this registration statement on Form F-1 has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature		Title		Date
* Richard L. Clemmer		Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal executive officer)		March 22, 2011
* Karl-Henrik Sundström		Chief Financial Officer (Principal financial and accounting officer)		March 22, 2011
* Sir Peter Bonfield		Non-executive Director and Chairman of the Board		March 22, 2011
* Johannes P. Huth		Non-executive Director and Vice-Chairman of the Board		March 22, 2011
* Nicolas Cattelain		Non-executive Director		March 22, 2011
* Eric Coutinho		Non-executive Director		March 22, 2011
* Egon Durban		Non-executive Director		March 22, 2011
* Kenneth A. Goldman		Non-executive Director		March 22, 2011
* Josef Kaeser		Non-executive Director		March 22, 2011
* Ian Loring		Non-executive Director		March 22, 2011

 

II-4

---

Table of Contents

Signature		Title		Date
* Michel Plantevin		Non-executive Director		March 22, 2011
* Richard Wilson		Non-executive Director		March 22, 2011

 

*By:		/s/Guido Dierick
		Guido Dierick
		Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of NXP Semiconductors N.V., has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in San Jose, CA, on March 22, 2011.

 

 

II-6

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number		Description of Document
1.1		Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1#		Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2010, between NXP Semiconductors N.V., NXP B.V., the Dover Corporation, Knowles Electronics, LLC and EFF Acht Beteiligungsverwaltung GmbH (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of NXP Semiconductors N.V., filed on March 9, 2011 (File No. 001-34841))
3.1		Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V., filed on August 2, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
3.2		Articles of Association of NXP Semiconductors N.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V., filed on August 2, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
4.1		Senior Secured Indenture dated as of October 12, 2006 among NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC as Issuers, each of the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Trustee, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc. as Global Collateral Agent and Mizuho Corporate Bank Ltd. as Taiwan Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration Statement on Form F-4 of NXP B.V. filed on April 23, 2007 (File No. 333-142287))
4.2		Super Priority Notes Indenture dated as of April 2, 2009 among NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC as Issuers, each of the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on April 16, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
4.3		Senior Unsecured Indenture dated as of October 12, 2006 among NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC as Issuers, each of the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registration Statement on Form F-4 of NXP B.V. filed on April 23, 2007 (File No. 333-142287))
4.4		Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of September 29, 2006 among NXP Semiconductors N.V. (formerly known as KASLION Acquisition B.V.), NXP B.V., the Guarantors named therein, the Secured Parties as defined therein and from time to time parties thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as Global Collateral Agent and Mizuho Corporate Bank Ltd. as Taiwan Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registration Statement on Form F-4 of NXP B.V. filed on April 23, 2007 (File No. 333-142287))
4.5		Senior Secured Indenture dated as of July 20, 2010 among NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC as Issuers, each of the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as trustee, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc. as Global Collateral Agent and Mizuho Corporate Bank Ltd. as Taiwan Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V., filed on July 22, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
4.6		Amended and restated shareholders’ agreement dated August 5, 2010 among the AlpInvest Parties, Apax Parties, Bain Capital Parties, Co-Invest Parties, Kaslion S.à r.l., KASLION Holding B.V., the KKR Parties, Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V., the Silver Lake Parties and Stichting Management Co-Investment NXP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 of the current report on Form 6-K of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on August 10, 2010)

 

II-7

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description of Document
4.7		Registration Rights Agreement dated August 5, 2010 among NXP Semiconductors N.V., AlpInvest Partners CSI 2006 Lion C.V., AlpInvest Partners Later Stage II-A Lion C.V., Meridian Holding S.à r.l., Bain Pumbaa Luxco S.à r.l., KKR NXP Investor S.à r.l., NXP Co-Investment Investor S.à r.l., SLII NXP S.à r.l., Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V., Stichting Management Co-Investment NXP and certain hedge funds party to the agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 of the current report on Form 6-K of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on August 10, 2010)
5.1		Opinion of De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V. regarding the validity of the shares of common stock being registered
10.1		Intellectual Property Transfer and License Agreement dated as of September 28, 2006 between Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. and NXP B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 30, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.2		Intellectual Property Transfer and License Agreement dated as of November 16, 2009 among NXP B.V., Virage Logic Corporation and VL C.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 30, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.3		Secured Revolving Credit Facility dated as of September 29, 2006 among NXP Semiconductors N.V., NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC as borrowers, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as Global Collateral Agent and Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., as Taiwan Collateral Agent, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Syndication Agent, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation as Documentation Agent and Morgan Stanley Bank International Limited, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Joint-lead arrangers and Joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registration Statement on Form F-4 of NXP B.V. filed on April 23, 2007 (File No. 333-142287))
10.4		Shareholders’ agreement dated as of March 30, 1999, as amended among EBD Investments Pte. Ltd., Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 30, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.5		Forward Start Revolving Credit Facility dated as of May 10, 2010 among NXP Semiconductors N.V., NXP B.V., NXP Funding LLC as borrowers, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as Global Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent and Barclays Capital, Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A. (trading as Rabobank), Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V., Goldman Sachs International, HSBC Bank plc, Merrill Lynch International and Morgan Stanley Bank International Limited as Joint-Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on May 24, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.6		Lease Agreement dated as of September 15, 2009 between Beijing Economic-Technological Investment & Development Corporation and NXP Semiconductors (Beijing) Limited for the property at No. 20 Tong Ji Nan Lu of the Beijing Economic-Technological Area of China (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.7		Supplementary Agreement dated as of September 15, 2009 to the Lease Agreement dated as of September 15, 2009, between Beijing Economic-Technological Investment & Development Corporation and NXP Semiconductors (Beijing) Limited for the property at No. 20 Tong Ji Nan Lu of the Beijing Economic-Technological Area of China (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))

 

II-8

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description of Document
10.8		Lease Agreement dated as of December 23, 2004 between Jurong Town Corporation and Systems on Silicon Manufacturing Company Pte. Ltd. for the property at No. 70 Pasir Ris Drive 1, Singapore (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.9		Lease Agreement dated September 26, 2003 between Huangjiang Investment Development Company and NXP Semiconductors (Guangdong) Company Ltd. for the property at Tian Mei High Tech Industrial Park, Huang, Jiang Town, Dongguan City, China (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.10		Building Lease Contract dated as of May 12th, 2000 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.11		Agreement with regard to the Lease of a Single (vehicle) Shelter dated as of October 30, 2009 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.12		Agreement with regard to the Lease of a Standard Plant Basement dated as of July 1, 2009 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.13		Agreement with regard to the Lease of a Single (vehicle) Shelter dated as of March 8, 2010 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.14		Agreement with regard to the Lease of Additional Land dated as of July 1, 2008 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.15		Agreement with regard to the Lease of a Dangerous Goods Warehouse dated as of November 27, 2009 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.16		Agreement with regard to the Lease of a Standard Plant Basement dated as of July 1, 2009 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.17		Storage and Transportation Agreement dated as of January 15, 2007 between Phi-Kai Technology Co., Ltd. and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))

 

II-9

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description of Document
10.18		Agreement with regard to the Lease of Land at Property Number AL012 dated as of July 1, 2008 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.19		Agreement with regard to the Lease of Land at Property Number AL020 dated as of July 1, 2008 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.20		Agreement with regard to the Lease of Land at Property Number AL071 dated as of July 1, 2008 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.21		Agreement with regard to the Lease of Land at Property Number CL102 dated as of July 1, 2008 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.22		Agreement with regard to the Lease of Land dated as of September 30, 2008 between the Export Processing Zone Administration (Ministry of Economic Affairs) and NXP Semiconductors Taiwan Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 10, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.23		Management Equity Stock Option Plan Terms and Conditions dated August 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of NXP Semiconductors N.V., filed on March 9, 2011 (File No. 001-34841))
10.24		Management Equity Stock Option Plan Terms and Conditions dated January 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of NXP Semiconductors N.V., filed on March 9, 2011 (File No. 001-34841))
10.25		Long Term Incentive Plan 2010 Terms and Conditions with regard to the Stock Option Plan, the Performance Stock Unit Plan, Restricted Stock Unit Plan and Share Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of NXP Semiconductors N.V., filed on March 9, 2011 (File No. 001-34841))
10.26		Global Equity Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of NXP Semiconductors N.V. filed on June 30, 2010 (File No. 333-166128))
10.27		Secured Term Credit Agreement dated March 4, 2011, among NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC as borrowers, Barclays Bank plc as Administrative Agent, Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd. as Taiwan Collateral Agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as Global Collateral Agent and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of NXP Semiconductors N.V., filed on March 9, 2011 (File No. 001-34841))
21.1*		List of Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1		Consent of KPMG Accountants N.V.

 

II-10

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description of Document
23.2		Consent of Deloitte Accountants B.V.
23.3		Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.4		Consent of De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*		Powers of Attorney of certain officers and directors of the Company

 

*	Previously filed

#	Confidential treatment requested

 

II-11